Skip to main content

Full text of "Report to Congress on the mutual security program"

See other formats


rG~ 


M.m55..JAA3£ 

19*54-56 

Cooy 


fxejwbik  (Jmpess 


the 


j eft  the  six  menms  ended 
$une  30,  /9S5 


Report  to  Congress 

on  the 

Mutual  Security  Program 


June  30,  1955 


ton   Public  Lil  rary 
Superintendent  of  Documents 

SEP  12 1955 


PRESIDENT'S  LETTER  OF  TRANSMITTAL 

To  the  Congress  of  the  United  States : 

I  am  transmitting  herewith  the  Eighth  Semiannual  Report  on  the  Mutual 
Security  Program,  covering  operations  from  January  1, 1955-June  30, 1955,  in 
furtherance  of  the  purposes  of  the  Mutual  Security  Act  of  1954. 

During  this  period,  there  was  a  marked  increase  in  the  free  world's 
economic  well-being  and  defensive  strength. 

Working  in  partnership  together,  the  nations  of  the  free  world  have  indi- 
vidually and  collectively  benefited  from  the  mutual  security  program.  Their 
peoples  are  better  fed  and  better  clothed  than  ever  before  in  this  century,  and 
their  governments  and  their  boundaries  are  better  protected  from  external 
aggression  or  internal  subversion. 

In  the  current  world  situation,  the  dollars  invested  in  the  mutual  security 
program  have  brought  greater  security  to  the  people  of  the  United  States  than 
could  the  same  amount  of  dollars  used  in  any  other  manner. 


/_)   tJL^y 


The  White  House, 
August  24, 1955. 


in 


CONTENTS 

Page 

President's  Letter  of  Transmittal iii 

Chapter  I.  Plus-Signs  of  Progress 1 

II.  Free  Asia 7 

III.  Near  East  and  Africa 24 

IV.  Latin  America 34 

V.  Europe 43 

VI.  Other  Parts  of  the  Program 55 


CHAPTER  I 


Plus-Signs  of  Progress 


AS  THE  MUTUAL  security  program  moved 
.  into  a  new  fiscal  year  of  operation  in  mid- 
1955,  there  was  increasing  evidence  of  solid  gains 
achieved  through  joint  efforts  with  some  70  coun- 
tries and  territories  throughout  the  free  world. 
The  contribution  of  a  portion  of  our  military, 
economic,  and  technical  resources  to  buttress  the 
undertakings  of  other  free  nations  has  made  it 
possible  for  them  to  carry  out  specific  measures 
for  preparing  stiffer  defenses  against  aggression 
and  for  building  stronger  economies.  Added  to- 
gether, these  measures  have  brought  the  free  world 
as  a  whole  to  a  position  of  measurably  greater 
security  and  have  made  the  ground  firmer  for 
further  forward  movement. 

Events  of  the  past  six  months,  particularly  in 
Europe,  but  also  in  Asia  and  other  parts  of  the 
free  world,  have  given  additional  demonstration 
that  the  United  States  investment  in  cooperative 
programs  abroad  is  paying  worthwhile  dividends 
in  stronger  and  more  self-reliant  partner  nations 
and  a  lessening  of  international  tensions.  Today's 
greater  opportunities  for  peaceful  economic 
growth  flow  in  great  measure  from  our  steadfast 
policy  of  a  partnership  approach  in  solving  the 
difficult  problems  of  our  time. 

Stronger  Military  Posture 
of  the  Free  World 

The  bulk  of  mutual  security  funds  has  been  used 
to  help  put  the  free  world  into  a  stronger  position 
to  discourage  armed  aggression  as  a  means  of 
gaining  world  power.  Through  June  30, 1955,  the 
United  States  had  shipped  $11.4  billion  worth  of 
military  equipment  to  bolster  the  defense  efforts 
of  more  than  35  friendly  countries.  These  ship- 
ments included  7,575  planes,  38,400  tanks  and  com- 
bat vehicles,  and  1,079  Navy  vessels;  they  also  in- 
cluded artillery  pieces,  small  arms,  machine  guns, 
electronic  equipment,  and  other  military  supplies. 


The  United  States  has  placed  about  $2.8  billion 
worth  of  contracts  in  friendly  countries  for  pro- 
curement of  certain  types  of  military  items  to  be 
used  by  recipient  governments  for  mutual  security 
purposes.  Such  contracts  overseas  have  helped 
our  allies  to  develop  their  own  capabilities  for 
military  production,  reduce  their  dependence  on 
this  country  for  replacements  and  spare  parts,  and 
provide  a  close-in  supply  line  in  case  of  war. 

In  Europe. — The  most  powerful  concentration 
of  free  world  strength  outside  of  the  United 
States  has  been  established  in  Western  Europe. 
The  free  nations  of  Europe,  linked  with  the. 
United  States  and  Canada  through  the  North  At- 
lantic Treaty  Organization,  have  continued  to 
move  ahead  in  creating  a  strong  deterrent  force 
and  in  building  their  military  capabilities  to  the 
point  where  they  will  be  able  to  meet  successfully 
any  attempt  to  seize  their  lands  and  resources  by 
armed  force.  The  addition  in  May  of  a  sovereign 
Germany  to  the  free  world  community  and  to 
NATO  opened  up  new  avenues  to  increased  unity 
and  strength  on  the  European  continent. 

European  NATO  nations  (excluding  Greece 
and  Turkey)  are  spending  about  $12.3  billion  a 
year  on  military  production  and  maintenance  of 
their  armed  forces.  These  outlays  for  defense, 
which  are  double  what  they  were  in  1950,  are  be- 
ing made  on  an  increasingly  self-supporting  basis. 
No  new  economic  dollar  aid  to  these  European 
NATO  countries  is  planned  after  June  30,  1955. 
Economic  aid  expenditures  from  previous  appro- 
priations are  also  declining  rapidly. 

Europe's  invigorated  defense  effort,  reinforced 
by  our  assistance,  has  been  reflected  in  the  im- 
pressive increase  in  NATO  capabilities.  The 
armed  forces  committed  to  the  defense  of  the 
North  Atlantic  Treaty  area  today  number  about 
100  divisions,  active  and  in  mobilizable  reserves, 
as  compared  to  NATO's  total  manpower  comple- 


The  U.S.  Has  Shipped  Over  $11  Billion  Worth 
Of  Military  Items  To  Free  World  Countries 

Value  of  Military  Aid  Shipments 

Through  June  30, 1955 
1% 


Lotin  America 


$11.4    Billion 


ment  of  12  divisions  in  1949.  There  are  now  more 
than  6,000  planes  available  for  defense  of  the 
NATO  area. 

The  quality  of  weapons  for  the  NATO  arsenal 
has  steadily  improved.  The  latest  types  of  jet 
planes,  guided  missiles,  and  atomic  artillery  are 
available  in  increased  quantity  for  NATO  defense. 
The  basis  has  been  laid  for  consideration  of  atomic 
capabilities  in  NATO  planning.  Hundreds  of 
joint  training  exercises  have  developed  more 
effective  fighting  power  and  promoted  smoother 
operational  coordination  among  the  land,  air, 
and  sea  forces  committed  to  NATO. 

Mutual  security  funds  have  been  used  for  the 
United  States  contribution  to  a  military  construc- 
tion program  financed  jointly  by  all  the  NATO 
nations  and  designed  to  provide  NATO  with  more 
effective  logistic  support.  Through  this  program, 
NATO  now  has  142  airfields  which  could  be  used 
in  an  emergency.  Communications  and  transpor- 
tation networks  have  been  modernized  and  ex- 
tended, and  construction  on  a  3,800-mile  inland 
distribution  pipeline  for  fuel  is  well  advanced. 

Elsewhere  in  the  Free  World. — Heartening 
progress  toward  a  stronger  defense  posture  also 
has  been  made  in  other  areas  of  the  free  world. 
In  underpinning  defense  efforts  outside  Europe, 


the  mutual  security  program  not  only  has  helped 
build  greater  defense  capabilities  in  individual 
countries ;  it  also  has  been  effective  in  developing 
an  atmosphere  for  better  cooperation  in  working 
toward  regional  defense  arrangements. 

New  links  have  strengthened  and  lengthened 
our  security  chain  in  Asia  and  the  Pacific.  The 
latest  link,  the  Southeast  Asia  Collective  Defense 
Treaty,  rounds  out  our  mutual  defense  treaties 
with  Korea,  Japan,  and  the  Republic  of  China  or. 
Formosa. 

The  Republic  of  Korea  now  has  a  strong  force 
of  21  ground  divisions  on  active  duty.  The  free 
Chinese  forces  on  Formosa  are  better  trained  and 
better  equipped  today,  in  great  part  because  of 
United  States  military  aid.  Pakistan's  defense 
establishment  has  received  its  first  shipments  of 
army  equipment  as  a  result  of  a  military  assistance 
agreement  signed  with  this  country  in  early  1954. 
The  Philippines  and  Thailand  have  also  substan- 
tially raised  their  defense  capabilities  because  of 
our  mutual  security  programs.  Cambodia  con- 
cluded a  military  assistance  agreement  with  the 
United  States  in  May  1955. 

All  these  Asian  countries  are  heavily  committed 
to  safeguard  themselves  against  internal  and  ex- 
ternal aggression.  Large  portions  of  their  budg- 
etary expenditures  are  being  channeled  into  de- 
fense. In  planning  mutual  security  activities  in 
Asia,  we  have  taken  into  consideration  new  coun- 
try responsibilities  growing  out  of  defense 
arrangements  under  the  Southeast  Asia  Collec- 
tive Defense  Treaty. 

In  the  Middle  East,  good  progress  has  been  made 
in  forming  a  "Northern  Tier"  as  a  defensive  bul- 
wark in  the  region.  In  the  past  two  years,  mutual 
protective  arrangements  have  been  furthered  by 
agreements  between  Turkey  and  Iraq.  There 
is  also  the  Balkan  alliance  of  Greece,  Yugoslavia, 
and  Trukey.  All  the  foregoing  countries  are 
building  their  security  with  the  help  of  our  mili- 
tary assistance. 

In  our  own  hemisphere,  the  Rio  Pact  forms  a 
strong  defensive  bond  with  our  Latin  American 
neighbors.  Twelve  American  republics  have  con- 
cluded military  assistance  agreements  with  the 
United  States.  Appropriations  of  previous  years 
when  fully  expended  will  substantially  complete 
the  equipping  phase  of  the  military  assistance  pro- 
gram in  Latin  America.  New  funds  will  be  used 
primarily  for  maintenance  and  training  purposes.  ' 


UNITED  STATES  COLLECTIVE  DEFENSE  ARRANGEMENTS 


U.S. and  countries  with  which 
it  has  mutual  defense  treaties 
Efl£&     Communist  bloc 


NORTH  ATLANTIC  TREATY 


RIO  TREATY 


UNITED  STATES 

CANADA 

ICELAND 

NORWAY 

UNITED 

KINGDOM 
NETHERLANDS 
DENMARK 
BELGIUM 


LUXEMBOURG 

PORTUGAL 

FRANCE 

ITALY 

GREECE 

TURKEY 

FEDERAL 

REPUBLIC  OF 
GERMANY 


UNITED  STATES 
MEXICO 
CUBA 
HAITI 

DOMINICAN 
REPUBLIC 
HONDURAS 
GUATEMALA 
EL  SALVADOR 
NICARAGUA 
COSTA   RICA 


PANAMA 

COLOMBIA 

VENEZUELA 

ECUADOR 

PERU 

BRAZIL 

BOLIVIA 

PARAGUAY 

CHILE 

ARGENTINA 

URUGUAY 


ANZUS 


UNITED  STATES 
NEW  ZEALAND 
AUSTRALIA 


PHILIPPINE 
TREATY 


UNITED  STATES 

PHILIPPINES 


JAPANESE 
TREATY 


UNITED  STATES 
JAPAN 


REPUBLIC 
OF  KOREA 

(Souih  Korea) 

TREATY 

UNITED  STATES 
REPUBLIC 
OF   KOREA 


SOUTHEAST 
ASIA  TREATY 

UNITED  STATES 

UNITED   KINGDOM 

FRANCE 

NEW   ZEALAND 

AUSTRALIA 

PHILIPPINES 

THAILAND 

PAKISTAN 


REPUBLIC 

OF  CHINA 

(Formosa) 

TREATY 

UNITED  STATES 
REPUBLIC  OF 

CHINA 

(Formosa) 


The  military  assistance  we  have  furnished  in  the 
form  of  end-items  and  training,  our  contributions 
to  jointly  financed  construction  projects,  and  our 
offshore  procurement  programs  are  enabling  our 
friends  and  allies  to  raise  and  maintain  the  equiv- 
alent of  more  than  180  divisions,  about  280  air 
squadrons,  and  over  550  combat  vessels.  These 
forces,  together  with  the  strategic  overseas  mili- 
tary bases  which  our  allies  make  available  to  us, 
give  this  nation  security  which  it  could  not  other- 
wise obtain. 

Our  allies  are  fully  aware  of  the  dangers  of  ag- 
gression and  are  determined  to  resist  it.  Even 
without  United  States  support,  it  is  certain  that 
many  of  these  nations  would  carry  on  sizeable  de- 
fense efforts  within  the  limits  of  their  resources. 
But  it  is  equally  certain  that  United  States  contri- 
butions and  joint  participation  have  made  it  pos- 
sible for  these  efforts  to  be  many  times  greater  and 
more  effective.  By  supplying  certain  indispensa- 
ble elements  which  allied  nations  could  not  pro- 


vide for  themselves,  our  support  has  enabled  these 
nations  to  build  and  maintain  better  integrated, 
better  balanced,  and  far  more  powerful  military 
forces  than  would  otherwise  have  been  possible. 

General  Economic  Advance 
and  Greater  Initiative 

At  this  point,  mid-way  in  1955,  the  free  world  as 
a  whole  is  in  a  better  economic  position  than  ever 
before. 

In  Western  Europe,  all  economic  indicators- 
industrial  and  agricultural  production,  trade,  ex- 
change reserves — are  at  high  levels.  Europe's 
gross  national  product  in  1954,  in  terms  of  con- 
stant prices,  was  more  than  35  percent  above  1918, 
the  start  of  the  Marshall  Plan.  Although  Western 
Europe's  external  payments  position  with  the 
dollar  area  is  delicately  balanced  and  still  some- 
what dependent  upon  special  United  States  mili- 
tary  expenditures,  the   original   Marshall   Plan 


354136     55 


countries  of  the  area  no  longer  require  dollar 
grants  for  economic  aid. 

In  the  underdeveloped  areas,  notable  gains  in 
economic  development  have  been  scored,  despite 
the  fact  that  the  rate  of  progress  lags  far  behind 
population  needs.  Particularly  good  advances 
have  been  made  in  food  production,  and  the  out- 
look is  brighter  for  further  forward  movement  in 
other  vital  sectors  of  the  economy. 

Most  encouraging  is  the  growing  evidence  that 
the  countries  in  the  underdeveloped  areas  are 
steadily  gaining  greater  understanding  of  what 
they  must  undertake  and  what  they  can  do  to  open 
the  way  to  a  better  future.  With  broadened 
knowledge  of  their  growth  needs  and  growth 
potential  has  come  increased  enterprise  for  push- 
ing ahead  with  developmental  measures.  In 
South  and  Southeast  Asia,  for  example,  it  is  esti- 
mated that  public  expenditures  for  development 
are  currently  more  than  double  what  they  were 
in  1951-52. 

In  all  parts  of  the  economically  underdeveloped 
areas,  governments  are  mapping  out  basic  plans 
which  set  forth  key  projects  to  be  given  priority 
attention  in  meeting  the  individual  needs  of  their 
countries.  Thus,  Chile  is  accenting  transporta- 
tion and  agriculture  to  correct  its  economic  im- 
balance. Brazil,  hampered  by  inadequate  public 
utilities,  has  its  plans  centered  on  electric  power 
and  transportation  projects.  On  the  other  side  of 
the  world,  Egypt  is  pinning  its  efforts  on  the  High 
Aswan  Dam  which  could  add  2  million  acres  to  its 
presently  narrow  cultivable  land  area.  Lebanon's 
plans  encompass  the  development  of  the  Litani 
River  for  irrigation  and  power.  In  the  Far  East, 
Thailand  is  pushing  plans  to  expand  its  highway 
and  railroad  systems ;  the  Philippines  is  dividing 
its  major  developmental  measures  equally  be- 
tween rural  improvement  and  industry. 

World  attention  has  been  focused  on  India,  the 
largest  free  world  nation  striving  to  work  out  a 
better  future  for  its  377  million  people  through 
representative  government.  Under  India's  cur- 
rent 5-Year  Plan,  per  capita  income  has  been 
raised  by  over  8  percent.  Production  is  well  ahead 
of  schedule  in  food  grains  and  cotton  cloth,  and 
is  moving  forward  in  other  fields. 

The  processes  which  underlie  India's  economic 
gains  contrast  sharply  with  the  methods  used  in 
Communist  China,  where  production  increases  are 
planned  with  the  most  callous  indifference  to  the 
needs  of  the  individual  and  are  forced  into  actu- 


ality by  the  harshest  sort  of  human  regimentation. 

The  mutual  security  program  has  played  a  key 
role  in  catalyzing  and  making  more  productive  the 
determined  efforts  that  participating  countries 
have  put  into  their  own  programs  for  economic  de- 
velopment. Through  defense  support  and  de- 
velopment assistance  measures,  the  program  has 
financed  the  importation  of  vitally  needed  raw  ma- 
terials, equipment  and  commodities,  and  assisted 
in  the  execution  of  essential  developmental  proj- 
ects. Through  joint  technical  cooperation  pro- 
grams, it  has  shared  with  economically  less  ad- 
vanced peoples  all  over  the  world  the  technical 
knowledge  and  skills  which  have  played  so  great 
a  part  in  our  own  national  growth.  The  number 
of  American  technicians  at  work  in  the  underde- 
veloped areas  has  increased  over  one-third  since 
January  1953.  The  number  of  American  univer- 
sity contracts  for  technical  cooperation  activities 
had  increased  to  67  at  the  end  of  June  1955,  as 
compared  with  14  in  January  1953. 

In  a  number  of  countries — Greece,  Turkey,  Iran, 
Korea,  Formosa,  the  Philippines,  to  name  only  a 
few — economic  aid  has  also  performed  a  dual  func- 
tion in  enabling  friendly  nations  to  undertake  and 
sustain  a  substantial  military  effort  while  at  the 
same  time  carrying  forward  measures  for  internal 
development. 

The  stimulating  impact  of  the  economic  and 
technical  aspects  of  the  mutual  security  program 
has  been  felt  in  every  part  of  the  globe.  Direct 
gains  have  been  produced  in  terms  of  more  food 
and  clothing,  more  adequate  basic  facilities,  im- 
proved health  and  housing,  higher  output  and  in- 
creased productivity,  and  better  educated  children. 
As  these  gains  have  multiplied,  participating  gov- 
ernments have  substantially  enlarged  their  share 
of  funds,  facilities,  and  personnel  to  the  joint 
programs  under  way. 

Use  of  Funds  in  FY  1955 

During  fiscal  year  1955,  obligations  and  reser- 
vations under  the  military  assistance  program 
accounted  for  $3.3  billion  of  mutual  security 
funds.  In  addition,  $523  million  was  allotted  for 
direct  forces  support  in  the  form  of  soft  goods 
consumed  by  the  military,  such  as  petroleum  and 
cloth  for  uniforms.  A  total  of  $795  million  was 
allotted  for  defense  support  to  reinforce  the  econ- 
omies of  those  nations  joined  with  us  in  programs 
of  military  assistance  so  that  they  could  sustain 
their  military  contributions  to  free  world  defense; 


$125  million  was  allotted  for  joint  technical  coop- 
eration projects,  and  $256  million  for  development 
assistance.  The  remainder  was  used  for  activities 
such  as  the  United  States  share  of  international 
programs  of  technical  assistance  and  children's 
welfare,  the  escapee  and  refugee  programs,  and 
aid  to  West  Berlin. 

During  the  fiscal  year,  agreements  were  made 
with  11  countries  which  provided  for  $214.5  mil- 
lion of  mutual  security  assistance  to  be  furnished 
on  a  loan  basis.  Collections  from  all  countries 
on  previous  loans  made  under  mutual  security 
programs  amounted  to  about  $150  million  as  of 
the  end  of  June  1955.  These  were  mainly  interest 
payments,  since  under  the  terms  of  the  original 
loans  repayments  of  principal  generally  do  not 
begin  to  fall  due  until  1956. 


The  Bulk  Of  Nonmilitary  Funds  Was  Used  For 
Defense  Support  And  Direct  Forces  Support 
In  FY  1955  . . . 


(Millions  of  Dollars) 


1,731 


Defense 
Support 


Direct  Forces 
Support 


Development 
Assistance 


Technical 
Cooperation 


Other 
Programs 


795 


523 


256 


125 


32 


63  Percent  Was  Used  For  Asia 


Lotin 
America    3% 


Other  Programs 
3% 


'Allotted  by  FOA,  encludlng  military  assistance  (MDAP) 
and  allocations  to  other  agencies 


By  far  the  largest  portion  of  expenditures  made 
under  the  mutual  security  program  has  been  for 
goods  and  services  procured  in  the  United  States. 
In  fiscal  year  1955,  over  75  percent  of  all  program 
expenditures  were  paid  to  American  suppliers. 

During  the  1955  fiscal  year  also,  over  $467  mil- 
lion worth  of  United  States  surplus  agricultural 
commodities  were  sold  to  friendly  countries  which 
have  contracted  to  pay  in  their  own  currencies. 
These  surplus  sales  were  concluded  in  accordance 
with  the  provisions  of  Section  402  of  the  Mutual 
Security  Act  of  1954,  and  the  sales  proceeds  have 
been  earmarked  for  use  in  mutual  security  oper- 
ations. Together  with  transactions  made  in  the 
previous  fiscal  year  under  a  similar  provision,  over 
$700  million  of  our  agricultural  surpluses  have 
been  sold  to  friendly  countries  in  direct  connection 
with  mutual  security  activities.  Such  sales  were 
in  addition  to  the  surplus  commodity  sales  carried 
out  under  Title  I  of  the  Agricultural  Trade  Devel- 
opment and  Assistance  Act  of  1954. 

The  New  International  Cooperation 
Administration 

In  compliance  with  the  Congressional  provi- 
sion that  the  Foreign  Operations  Administration 
be  terminated  as  an  independent  agency  by  the  end 
of  June  1955,  Executive  Order  10610  was  issued 
on  May  9, 1955,  which  transferred  FOA  activities 
to  the  Department  of  State.  Certain  military 
aspects  of  the  mutual  security  program  were  trans- 
ferred for  administration  to  the  Department  of 
Defense. 

Under  the  Executive  Order,  which  took  effect 
at  the  close  of  June  30,  the  International  Cooper- 
ation Administration  was  established  as  a  semi- 
autonomous  organization  in  the  State  Department, 
and  the  President  directed  that  the  mutual  se- 
curity program  be  carried  out  by  and  under  ICA. 
The  Institute  of  Inter- American  Affairs,  the  In- 
ternational Development  Advisory  Board,  and  the 
Office  of  Small  Business,  all  of  which  formerly 
were  under  the  Foreign  Operations  Administra- 
tion, were  attached  to  or  made  part  of  ICA. 

The  President  selected  John  B.  Hollister  as  the 
Director  of  the  International  Cooperation  Admin- 
istration. Mr.  Hollister  took  office  on  July  1,  and 
Harold  E.  Stassen,  former  Director  of  the  Foreign 
Operations  Administration,  became  Special  As- 
sistant to  the  President  to  help  develop  basic  policy 
on  disarmament.    As  Director  of  the  new  organi- 


zation,  Mr.  Hollister  will  report  directly  to  the 
Secretary  of  State  and  will  supervise  and  direct 
the  nonmilitary  mutual  security  operations.  He 
also  has  the  responsibility  for  coordinating  the  en- 
tire program,  although  the  Department  of  Defense 
will  continue  to  administer  United  States  assist- 
ance furnished  directly  to  the  armed  forces  of  other 
nations.  Such  military  assistance  now  includes 
"direct  forces  support",  previously  administered 
by  the  Foreign  Operations  Administration. 

The  International  Cooperation  Administration 
was  established  within  the  State  Department  in 
conformance  with  the  wide  recognition  that  the 
development  of  military  and  economic  strength 


through  our  mutual  security  program  is  an  in- 
tegral part  of  United  States  foreign  policy.  In 
working  out  arrangements  for  the  new  organiza- 
tion, however,  care  had  to  be  taken  to  maintain 
the  central  planning  and  the  coherent  direction 
necessary  to  insure  coordinated  and  effective  pro- 
gram action.  To  effect  this,  the  Executive  Order 
specified  that  the  International  Cooperation  Ad- 
ministration be  made  semiautonomous,  with  its 
own  supporting  staff  and  program  personnel  both 
in  Washington  and  in  the  field.  Within  guide 
lines  established  by  the  Secretary  of  State,  the  Di- 
rector of  the  ICA  will  perform  the  operations  nec- 
essary to  carry  out  our  national  policy  objectives. 


CHAPTER  II 


Free  Asia 


OVER  770  MILLION  people,  45  percent  of  the 
free  world  population,  live  in  the  broad  span 
of  free  nations  that  stretches  from  Afghanistan  in 
South  Asia  to  Japan  in  the  Far  East.  In  the 
whole  history  of  the  world,  perhaps  never  before 
have  so  many  people  been  involved  in  such  deep 
and  rapid  changes  in  their  way  of  life. 

Most  of  the  people  of  free  Asia  are  attempting 
for  the  first  time  to  run  their  own  affairs.  They 
are  understandably  jealous  of  their  new  independ- 
ence. Their  leaders,  eager  and  devoted  men  but 
generally  inexperienced  in  the  complexities  of 
modern  self-government,  are  charged  with  the 
tremendous  task  of  taking  living  conditions  that 
have  remained  static  for  generations  and  bringing 
them  in  line  with  twentieth  century  aspirations. 

Picture  of  the  Asian  Problem 

The  broad  dimensions  of  the  problems  which  the 
Asian  governments  face  are  highlighted  by  these 
basic  facts : 

^  The  value  of  their  combined  output  of  goods  and 
services  is  only  about  $80  billion.  This  compares 
with  "Western  Europe's  gross  national  product  of 
$200  billion,  and  our  own  gross  national  product  of 
over  $370  billion. 

k  Their  economic  structures  are  unbalanced,  for 
the  most  part  heavily  weighted  in  favor  of  agri- 
culture in  relation  to  the  need  for  industrial  and 
minerals  development.  Pakistan  depends  on  jute 
for  nearly  half  of  its  foreign  exchange  earnings. 
Thailand  and  Burma  depend  heavily  on  rice  and 
rubber;  Formosa  on  rice  and  sugar;  the  Philip- 
pines on  abaca,  copra,  and  sugar. 
y  They  lack  the  public  services — transportation, 
communications,  power — which  are  basic  to  eco- 
nomic expansion  and  prime  requisites  for  attract- 
ing needed  private  capital. 

k  Food  production,  although  improved  in  recent 
years,  is  still  insufficient  to  provide  an  adequate, 
balanced  diet  for  the  majority  of  Asians. 


^  Diseases,  such  as  malaria,  trachoma,  and  yaws, 
chronically  sap  the  energies  of  millions  of  their 
people  and  cut  them  down  in  the  prime  of  their 
productive  life.  In  India,  Indonesia,  Pakistan, 
and  Cambodia,  average  life  expectancy  is  less  than 
35  years. 

^  Rudimentary  and  often  non-existent  educational 
facilities  limit  the  spread  of  needed  knowledge  and 
thus  deprive  their  people  of  a  major  requisite  for 
self-improvement. 

Japan  is  the  only  country  in  free  Asia  to  which 
most  of  the  foregoing  characteristics  do  not  apply. 
Japan's  problems  are  of  a  different  nature  and 
flow  from  a  heavy  pressure  of  population  on  land 
and  from  an  acute  dependence  on  two-way  inter- 
national trade :  imports  of  food  and  raw  materials 
and  exports  of  finished  goods. 

If  the  people  of  free  Asia  had  only  to  concen- 
trate their  efforts  and  resources  on  measures  for 
self-development,  that  would  be  task  enough.  But 
today,  much  of  their  energies  must  also  be  devoted 
to  extraordinary  measures  for  self-defense.  Most 
of  Asia's  independent  countries  border  on  Com- 
munist China.  They  must  not  only  maintain 
armed  forces  which  can  guard  against  military  en- 
croachment ;  they  must  also  be  ever  on  the  alert  to 
the  Communist  form  of  colonialism  which  works 
subtty  and  ceaselessly  to  infiltrate  the  mechanisms 
of  a  country's  government  and  exploit  its  condi- 
tions of  poverty  and  want,  all  the  while  nibbling  at 
the  foundations  of  freedom. 

This  insidious  new  form  of  colonialism,  as  man- 
ifested in  the  subversion  of  men's  minds  and  the 
complete  suppression  of  free  expression,  was  ar- 
raigned before  the  bar  of  world  opinion  at  the 
Afro-Asian  Conference  of  nations  held  during 
March  in  Bandung,  Indonesia. 

It  should  be  realized  also  that  the  proximity  of 
Communist  China  presents  an  economic  challenge 
as  well  as  a  military  and  political  threat  to  Asia's 
independent  governments.    It  is  the  challenge  of 


Asia's  Basic  Problems 


Low  Notional  Product 


Undiversified  Economies 


Poor  Basic  Facilities 


GNP  Per  Capita 
(Dollars) 


$1,215 


Asia         More  Developed 
Areas 


Percent  of  Total  Exports 
1950-1954 


Pakistan 


Jute  OS  Ills  ::•!;!:•£;  Cotton  :j::;l       85 


Burma 


Rubber  i;    74 


:  Oil  1:1=    62 


Philippines 


Copra 


Sugar      62 


Electric  Power 
Per  Capita 
KWH  Per  Year 


2,070 


117 


Asia        More  Developed 
Areas 


Low  Diets 

Calories  Per  Day 

3,000 

2,035 

Asia        More  Developed 
Areas 

Short  Life  Spans 


Widespread   Illiteracy 


LifeE 

<pectancy 

67  Years 

35  Years 

Asia        More  Developed 
Areas 

Percent  Literate 


95% 


32% 


Asia 


More  Developed 
Areas 


competition  in  the  race  toward  specific  economic 
goals.  On  the  outcome  may  hinge,  in  great  meas- 
ure, the  continued  support  of  the  bulk  of  the  Asian 
people  for  democratic  processes  and  democratic 
government. 

Recent  Economic  Progress: 
Gains  and  Gaps 

The  Asian  countries  as  a  whole  have  made 
progress  recently  in  both  agriculture  and  industry. 
In  agriculture,  production  gains  have  been  espe- 
cially significant  in  food  grains;  output  in  the 
1953-54  crop  year  was  10  percent  higher  than 
prewar.     It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  al- 


though the  general  food  situation  has  improved 
throughout  most  of  Asia,  normal  population 
growth  has  eaten  into  production  increases.  On 
a  per  capita  basis,  food  production  is  still  below 
the  prewar  level. 

Increases  during  1954  in  the  export  prices  of 
non-food  agricultural  products — tea,  jute,  and 
cotton — alleviated  to  some  extent  the  problems 
of  such  exporting  countries  as  Ceylon,  India, 
and  Pakistan.  On  the  other  hand,  world  prices 
of  rice  and  copra  declined,  affecting  in  particular 
Burma,  Indonesia,  the  Philippines,  and  Thailand. 

On  the  industrial  side,  the  greater  use  of  exist- 
ing capacity  and  the  addition  of  new  production 
lines  expanded  output  of  many  basic  items.    Good 


advances  were  made  in  production  of  cotton  goods, 
cement,  chemical  fertilizers,  and  electric  power. 
Most  of  these  gains  took  place  in  the  more  in- 
dustrialized countries,  Japan  and  India. 

The  bulk  of  the  increased  production  was  con- 
sumed domestically  and  did  not  materially  im- 
prove Asia's  aggregate  earnings  of  foreign  ex- 
change from  exports.  Gold  and  foreign  exchange 
assets  in  many  countries — Burma  and  the  Philip- 
pines, in  particular — have  fallen  in  comparison 
with  previous  years.  Other  countries  were  able 
to  maintain  a  manageable  payments  position  only 
because  of  external  financial  assistance.  The 
continued  shortage  of  foreign  exchange  resources 
has  led  to  harsher  restraints  on  imports  although 
the  demand  for  imports  remains  high.  Asia's 
imports  in  1954  were  cut  about  five  percent  below 
1953  levels. 

Even  with  the  substantial  gains  in  various 
economic  sectors,  most  of  the  Asian  countries  have 
not  been  able  to  raise  living  standards  appreciably 
above  the  prewar  level  in  terms  of  real  per  capita 
income.  Thus,  while  postwar  economic  progress 
on  the  whole  has  been  encouraging,  it  has  not 
moved  fast  enough. 

The  determination  of  the  free  Asian  govern- 
ments to  quicken  the  pace  of  their  economic  ad- 
vance is  revealed  in  their  planned  and  actual 
expenditures  for  development  purposes.  The 
area  is  a-boil  with  developmental  activity.  Nearly 
all  countries  have  formulated  priority  projects 
and  have  outlined  the  total  investment  resources 
needed  to  carry  them  out.  India,  Ceylon,  Burma, 
Korea,  the  Philippines,  and  the  Republic  of  China 
on  Formosa  have  mapped  out  comprehensive 
programs  extending  over  a  definite  period  of 
years.  Other  countries  are  proceeding  on  an  indi- 
vidual project  basis,  rather  than  a  coordinated 
long-term  approach.  But  in  all  cases,  there  is  a 
definite  attempt  to  channel  increasing  amounts 
of  private  capital  and  governmental  appropri- 
ations into  self-development  measures. 

Governmental  expenditures  for  economic  devel- 
opment have  steadily  increased.  In  Pakistan, 
capital  expenditures  were  the  equivalent  of  $139 
million  in  the  1955  fiscal  year,  compared  with  $83 
million  in  fiscal  year  1953  and  $25  million  in 
fiscal  year  1951.  In  the  Philippines,  capital  out- 
lays budgeted  for  fiscal  year  1955  were  more  than 
double  those  in  fiscal  year  1953.  In  recent  years, 
new  financial  institutions,  such  as  the  privately 
run  credit  and  investment  corporations  in  India 


and  Pakistan,  have  been  established.  Many 
countries  also  have  taken  specific  steps  to  improve 
the  climate  for  private  foreign  investment.  They 
have  liberalized  their  investment  laws  and  have 
actively  enlisted  tne  participation  of  foreign 
capital  in  joint  ventures. 

The  lack  of  capital  is  one  important  factor  that 
retards  further  economic  movement  in  Asia. 
Perhaps  equally  important  is  the  lack  of  trained 
manpower  and  technical  skills  needed  to  formu- 
late realistic  development  programs  and  carry 
out  the  specific  projects  included  in  them.  The 
member  countries  of  the  U.  N.  Economic  Commis- 
sion for  Asia  and  the  Far  East,  at  their  Eleventh 
Session  held  in  Tokyo  during  March  and  April 
1955,  laid  heavy  stress  on  the  need  for  technical 
assistance.  Specific  acknowledgment  was  made  of 
the  importance  of  United  States  technical  coopera- 
tion programs  in  speeding  country  development 
efforts. 

Steps  to  Stronger  Defense 

The  necessity  for  keeping  continually  prepared 
against  possible  assault  drains  off  a  large  portion 
of  financial  and  productive  resources  in  Asia  which 
could  otherwise  be  put  into  projects  for  economic 
growth.  Pakistan  and  Thailand,  for  example, 
spend  over  30  percent  of  their  total  budgets  for 
security  purposes.  Defense  expenditures  of  For- 
mosa and  Korea  are  even  larger,  running  as  high 
as  67  percent, 

With  the  intensification  of  Communist  activity 
in  Asia,  it  has  become  imperative  to  be  militarily 
strong  and  on  the  alert.  At  Bangkok,  Thailand, 
in  March  1955,  the  Manila  Pact  nations  appraised 
current  military  factors  and  concluded  that  the 
mobile,  retaliatory  power  available  gave  solid  hope 
of  discouraging  open  armed  aggression  in  the 
treaty  area.  The  member  nations  are  working  to 
increase  the  effectiveness  of  that  power.  Steps 
have  been  taken  to  exchange  information  on  mili- 
tary forces  that  could  be  drawn  upon  in  case  of 
need,  and  on  strategies  to  be  used.  Out  of  present 
actions  may  also  come  plans  for  combined  mili- 
tary exercises. 

In  keeping  with  the  objective  of  having  strong 
treaty  partners  for  Far  East  defense,  the  United 
States  continued  to  provide  the  armed  forces  of 
Thailand  and  the  Philippines  with  essential  mili- 
tary equipment  during  the  first  part  of  1955.  Also 
in  the  Far  East  area  in  the  6-month  period,  pri- 


ority  was  placed  on  the  delivery  of  military  equip- 
ment to  the  Republic  of  China  on  Formosa.  AdT 
ditional  United  States  equipment  was  also  trans- 
ferred to  Japan  to  aid  in  equipping  the  new  Japa- 
nese self-defense  forces. 

On  the  other  side  of  the  Asian  land  mass,  Pak- 
istan in  February  1955  signed  a  formal  agreement 
with  Turkey  for  cooperation  and  consultation  on 
problems  of  mutual  interest,  including  defense 
against  unprovoked  attack.  Under  the  recently 
concluded  military  assistance  agreement,  the 
United  States  is  already  furnishing  Pakistan  with 
certain  needed  weapons  and  other  military  equip- 
ment to  be  used  in  strengthening  the  Pakistani 
contribution  to  free  world  defense. 

Program  Accent  on  Asia 

Nearly  $1.1  billion  of  mutual  security  funds 
was  allotted  for  the  free  countries  of  Asia 
during  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1955.  This 
amount  did  not  include  allotments  for  military 
end-items  and  training.  In  the  12-month  period 
of  the  1955  fiscal  year,  military  shipments  to  the 
Asian  area  (excluding  Pakistan)  totaled  $510  mil- 
lion in  value.  Cumulative  military  shipments  to 
date  have  totaled  $2.1  billion. 

Of  the  $1.1  billion  of  nonmilitary  funds,  $540 
million  was  allotted  for  defense  support  pur- 
poses— that  is,  economic  assistance  designed  pri- 
marily to  make  possible  the  maintenance  of  an 
adequate  defense  effort  without  disrupting  the 
normal  economy.  Financing  of  consumer-type 
items  channeled  directly  to  the  military  forces, 
termed  direct  forces  support,  totaled  $414  million. 
The  United  States  share  of  joint  technical  cooper- 
ation programs  for  the  12-month  period  totaled 
$58  million.  Assistance  keyed  to  specific  develop- 
mental projects  totaled  $72  million :  63  percent  of 
this  development  assistance,  primarily  to  India, 
was  on  a  loan  basis. 

The  heavy  program  emphasis  on  Asia  is  in  ac- 
cord with  current  requirements  and  opportunities 
on  the  international  scene.  There  is  much  at  stake 
in  this  vast  and  vital  area  of  the  world.  With 
conditions  improved  in  Europe,  we  are  putting 
more  attention  on  the  free  countries  of  Asia.  We 
are  seeing  more  clearly  the  complex  problems  their 


people  face  and  responding  with  greater  effective- 
ness to  mesh  our  efforts  with  theirs.  In  fiscal  year 
1955,  roughly  63  percent  of  all  nonmilitary  funds 
for  mutual  security  was  programmed  for  Asian 
countries. 

In  a  new  measure  to  reinforce  and  accelerate 
Asian  undertakings  for  self-development,  a  spe- 
cial President's  Asian  Development  Fund  is  being 
established.  The  President  will  be  able  to  use  the 
Fund  at  his  discretion  over  a  3-year  period,  pri- , 
marily  for  developmental  projects  which  would 
benefit  more  than  one  country,  thus  promoting 
economic  progress  in  the  Asian  region  as  a  whole. 

The  fact  that  it  is  in  the  enlightened  self-in- 
terest of  the  United  States  to  support  the  Asian 
people  in  their  actions  for  a  more  secure  and  bet- 
ter life  needs  no  repetition.  We  know  how  closely 
their  progress  is  bound  in  with  our  own.  From  the 
standpoint  of  having  strong  partners  and  valuable 
bases  in  the  fight  against  aggression,  or  of  assur- 
ing availability  of  the  raw  materials  needed  for 
our  continued  growth,  or  of  developing  new  and 
expanded  markets  for  world  trade — looked  at 
from  any  angle,  our  objectives  are  mutual  and 
inseparable. 

One  important  point  should  be  kept  in  mind  in 
considering  various  approaches  to  Asia's  prob- 
lems of  economic  development.  Most  of  the  Asian 
countries  are  starting  from  rockbottom.  It  is  not 
a  question  of  making  a  once  full-blown  economy 
bloom  again,  as  in  Western  Europe,  or  of  embark- 
ing on  an  emergency  reconstruction  program 
marked  by  definable  time  limits.  The  task  in  Asia 
is  of  an  entirely  different  nature.  It  involves 
building  up  from  a  very  low  base,  of  establishing 
new  economic  mechanisms,  of  creating  skills  where 
none  existed  before.  It  involves  long-range  poli- 
cies and  planning. 

The  primary  responsibility  for  economic  de- 
velopment in  Asia  is  that  of  the  Asian  countries 
themselves.  It  is  they  who  must  exercise  the  initi- 
ative and  carry  the  central  part  of  the  load.  Sup- 
plemental help  through  the  mutual  security  pro- 
gram, together  with  the  assistance  extended  by 
other  free  nations  wherever  possible,  can  do  much 
to  make  the  Asian  endeavor  effective  and  suc- 
cessful. 


10 


Free  Asia  Has  30  Percent  Of  The  World's  Population 

TOTAL  ••  771  Million 


Million  People 


Ceylon 


Indonesia 


Northeast   Asia   and   Formosa 

The  Korean  Program— 
A  Major  Effort  in  Asia 

The  United  States  provided  about  $700  million 
in  fiscal  year  1955  to  help  the  Eepublic  of  Korea 
strengthen  its  economic  and  defense  capabilities. 
Of  this  total,  $420  million  was  channeled  for  assist- 
ance to  the  Korean  military  forces;  most  of  these 
military  aid  funds  were  drawn  from  appropria- 
tions made  directly  to  the  Department  of  Defense. 

United  States  shipments  of  weapons  and  equip- 
ment, as  well  as  food,  fuel,  and  other  supplies 
destined  exclusively  for  troop  use,  continued  to 
support  the  Korean  military  establishment.  This 
aid  has  helped  Korea  maintain  a  powerful  army  of 
20  divisions,  a  marine  corps  of  1  division,  a  navy  of 
49  vessels,  and  an  air  force  of  1  fighter  wing  and 
miscellaneous  supporting  aircraft.  Korea  has  in 
addition,  two  para-military  forces — the  National 
Police  Force,  and  the  Korean  Service  Corps.  In 
the  first  part  of  1955,  emphasis  of  our  military 


assistance  measures  was  placed  on  training  in  com- 
mand functions  and  delivery  of  jet  aircraft  and 
transportation  equipment.  The  Korean  Second 
Army  was  being  trained  to  take  over  the  logistic 
support  activities  formerly  carried  out  by  the 
United  States  armed  forces  in  Korea. 

Coordinated  programs  carried  out  by  the  For- 
eign Operations  Administration,  the  Department 
of  the  Army,  and  the  United  Nations  Korean  Re- 
construction Agency  have  materially  assisted 
Korea  in  moving  toward  a  more  balanced  economy. 
Since  1951,  industrial  production  has  more  than 
doubled  and  stands  50  percent  above  the  level 
achieved  before  the  Communist  invasion.  Agri- 
cultural production  in  the  same  period  has  risen  by 
about  one-third,  although  it  is  still  below  the  aver- 
age level  of  1935-39.  Inflationary  pressures,  how- 
ever, remain  a  serious  economic  problem.  In  the 
first  half  of  1955,  wholesale  prices  rose  by  about 
one-third.  Korea's  heavy  outlay  for  national  de- 
fense, which  constitutes  over  one-half  of  total  ex- 
penditure reflected  in  the  n:ii  ionaJ  budget,  has  been 


35413(5— So- 


il 


250 


200 


150 


(Index,   1953=100) 

> 

/ 

Money  Supply      f 

V 

/ 

/     - 

J. 

y 

\ 

Wholesale  Prices  (Seoul) 

i      1      i 

,         1         ■ 

1 

50 


1953  1954 

'Money  supply  data  for  1955  are  estimates 


1955 


a  major  factor  contributing  to  this  precipitous 
price  rise. 

Under  the  mutual  security  program,  emphasis 
has  been  placed  on  expanding  basic  industries  so 
that  the  Korean  economy  will  be  less  dependent 
on  outside  support.  In  fiscal  year  1955,  FOA  made 
available  almost  $100  million  for  industrial  devel- 
opment— $66  million  for  transportation,  $13  mil- 
lion for  manufacturing,  $11  million  for  power, 
and  $6  million  for  communications. 

Many  of  the  projects  initiated  under  previous 
programs  are  now  in  an  advanced  stage.  FOA 
had  provided  $30  million  to  finance  construction  of 
three  thermal-power  plants  with  a  total  capacity  of 
100,000  kilowatts.  Construction  of  one  plant  is 
now  about  25  percent  completed.  The  foundation 
and  steel  work  on  the  second  and  third  plants  is 
progressing  rapidly. 

In  railroad  transportation,  construction  of  a 
vital  rail  link  between  the  east  and  the  west  coast 
has  moved  ahead  on  schedule.  The  United  States 
has  assisted  by  financing  necessary  supplies  and 
equipment  and  by  providing  competent  engineer- 
ing services.  In  communications,  the  engineering 
work  has  been  completed  on  a  project  to  provide 
the  capital  city  of  Seoul  with  a  modern  telephone 


system  and  to  build  exchanges  in  other  major 
cities. 

Korea  lost  a  major  part  of  its  warehousing  and 
storage  facilities  in  the  struggle  against  the  Com- 
munist invaders.  To  replace  these  vital  facilities, 
funds  have  been  provided  to  build  750  new  ware- 
houses ;  250  already  are  under  construction.  In  ad- 
dition, FOA  made  available  to  Korea  300  ware- 
houses which  had  been  erected  by  the  United 
States  Army  for  its  own  use. 

FOA  also  provided  about  $9  million  to  finance 
imports  of  machinery  and  equipment  needed  by 
Korean  businessmen  to  establish  36  small  indus- 
trial plants.  These  plants  will  increase  Korea's 
ability  to  meet  domestic  consumption  requirements, 
and  at  the  same  time  accelerate  the  output  of  goods 
for  export.  One  plant  will  produce  lime  for  use 
in  stepping  up  agricultural  production;  another 
plant  is  scheduled  to  turn  out  agar-agar  for  ex- 
port; a  third  will  increase  Korea's  capacity  to 
manufacture  clothing  for  its  armed  forces.  Con- 
struction of  such  plants  will  ultimately  bring  con- 
siderable reductions  in  imports  presently  financed 
by  the  United  States. 

Two  major  projects,  financed  by  the  United  Na- 
tions Korean  Reconstruction  Agency  (UNKRA), 
are  being  built:  a  flat-glass  plant  which  will 
provide  one-half  of  Korea's  glass  requirements, 
and  a  cement  plant  with  a  capacity  of  100,000 
tons  annually.  UNKRA  is  also  training  Korean 
miners  and  mine  managers  and  helping  to  rehabili- 
tate mine  buildings  and  tunnels.  UNKRA  techni- 
cians are  helping  the  Koreans  to  carry  forward 
several  projects  in  agriculture,  particularly  in 
irrigation  and  flood  control. 

The  United  States  Army  in  Korea  is  assisting 
in  refugee  resettlement.  Almost  $2  million  worth 
of  supplies  and  equipment  for  erecting  houses  and 
farm  buildings  is  under  procurement.  These  sup- 
plies will  make  possible  the  resettlement  of  some 
35,000  refugee  families.  As  relief  activities  de- 
creased, the  United  States  Army  transferred 
many  of  its  assistance  functions  to  the  Foreign 
Operations  Administration.  The  full  transfer  of 
functions  is  scheduled  to  be  completed  by  March 
1956.  UNKRA  also  is  closing  out  its  activities; 
upon  completion  of  existing  projects,  its  functions 
will  be  terminated. 

Emphasis  on  Productivity  in  Japan 

A  technical  cooperation  program  was  formally 
initiated  in  Japan  with  the  signing  of  the  neces- 


12 


sary  basic  agreement  in  April  1955.  Projects  un- 
der the  joint  program  will  concentrate  on  stepping 
up  Japanese  productivity.  Japan  faces  an  urgent 
task  of  increasing  her  foreign  exchange  receipts 
in  order  to  compensate  for  the  decline  in  special 
dollar  earnings  derived  from  United  States  pro- 
curement and  troop  expenditures  in  the  country. 
At  the  same  time,  the  country  must  provide  for  a 
growing  population  which  is  expected  to  reach 
93.5  million  in  the  next  five  years. 

During  the  first  half  of  1955,  the  Japan  Pro- 
ductivity Center  was  established.  It  is  operating 
as  a  non-governmental  Japanese  organization, 
with  management  and  labor  scheduled  to  partici- 
pate. Management  representatives  have  already 
been  selected ;  it  is  anticipated  that  the  labor  rep- 
resentatives will  be  added  in  the  near  future.  The 
Center  is  set  up  to  coordinate  the  various  aspects  of 
the  productivity  drive,  such  as  technical  exchange 
projects,  the  dissemination  of  technical  informa- 
tion, and  the  provision  of  technical  services. 

The  United  States  Operations  Mission  in  Japan, 
working  with  the  Productivity  Center,  has  de- 
veloped several  priority  projects  which  will  bring 
Japanese  participants  to  the  United  States  for 
research  and  study  in  fields  basic  to  the  Japanese 
economy — steel,  automotive,  cement,  management, 
and  market  research.  Participants  in  the  steel 
study  had  already  arrived  by  the  end  of  June. 
American  specialists  will  also  be  sent  to  Japan  to 
assist  in  the  development  of  better  procedures  in 
management,  marketing,  and  industrial  training. 
Other  projects  dealing  with  agricultural  admin- 
istration and  research  also  are  planned. 

A  Regional  Training  Center  established  in 
Tokyo  last  j-ear  in  cooperation  with  the  Japanese 
Government  is  helping  to  place  nationals  of  other 
Asian  countries  in  specific  Japanese  industrial  and 
agricultural  plants  in  order  to  train  them  in  ad- 
vanced production  techniques  which  are  readily 
adaptable  to  their  needs.  To  date,  some  300  per- 
sons from  other  nations  of  free  Asia  have  par- 
ticipated in  such  training  activities.  The  coun- 
tries which  send  participants  to  the  Regional 
Training  Center  pay  the  costs  involved  with  funds 
derived  from  the  local  sale  of  commodities  im- 
ported under  the  mutual  security  program. 

In  May  1955,  negotiations  were  concluded  for 
the  purchase  by  Japan  of  up  to  $85  million  of 
United  States  surplus  agricultural  products  under 
Title  I  of  the  Agricultural  Trade  Development 
and  Assistance  Act  of  1954.     Under  the  agree- 


ment, Japan  will  pay  for  the  products  in  its  own 
currency.  The  equivalent  of  $59.5  million  in  yen 
derived  from  the  sale  will  be  loaned  to  Japan 
to  help  the  country  promote  development  of  its 
industry  and  agriculture.  The  remainder  of  the 
yen  will  be  used  in  Japan  by  agencies  of  the  United 
States  Government,  primarily  for  the  construction 
of  housing  for  military  dependents,  procurement 
of  Japanese  commodities  for  third  countries,  and 
exchange  of  students. 

Aid  to  Formosa  Increased 

During  the  first  half  of  1955,  United  States 
nonmilitary  assistance  to  the  Republic  of  China 
on  Formosa  was  augmented  by  $18  million.  The 
additional  funds  were  made  available  to  help 
strengthen  the  Chinese  military  establishment 
through  a  program  to  retire  and  replace  over-age 
personnel  and  build  an  effective  reserve.  For  the 
full  fiscal  year  1955,  $138  million  was  made  avail- 
able to  the  Republic  of  China  for  direct  forces 
support,  defense  support,  and  technical  coopera- 
tion activities. 

Deliveries  of  military  items  to  the  Chinese 
armed  forces  have  been  accelerated.  Under  the 
mutual  security  program,  major  items  of  army, 
navy,  and  air  force  weapons  and  equipment  have 
been  provided.  Currently,  emphasis  is  being 
placed  on  delivery  of  jet  aircraft  as  replacements 
for  propeller-driven  planes. 

Economic  conditions  on  Formosa  during  the 
first  half  of  1955  remained  generally  favorable. 
Sales  contracts  for  exports  of  sugar  were  sub- 
stantially higher  than  in  the  corresponding  period 
of  1954.  A  new  trade  agreement  with  Japan  in 
April  called  for  a  $19-million  increase  in  For- 
mosa-Japanese trade.  For  a  while,  these  favor- 
able developments  were  overshadowed  by  a  heavy 
drought  which  cut  sharply  into  the  first  rice  crop 
of  the  current  year,  and  also  brought  on  a  short- 
age of  hydroelectric  power  that  limited  produc- 
tion in  certain  industries.  But  improved  weather 
for  the  second  rice  crop  and  the  increased  availa- 
bility of  electric  power  from  a  newly  completed 
thermal  plant  offset,  in  part,  these  adverse  factors. 

Mutual  security  funds  allotted  for  direct  forces 
support  are  used  to  construct  defense  facilities 
and  to  finance  imports  of  consumer  goods  Used 
solely  by  the  military  forces.  Imports  financed 
under  the  defense  support  category  are  used  to 
help  the  Republic  of  China  maintain  economic 
equilibrium  in  carrying  out  its  heavy  military 


13 


program  and  to  expand  Formosa's  productive 
capacity  for  eventual  self-support. 

About  half  of  the  funds  allocated  for  defense 
support  in  the  1955  fiscal  year  were  used  for 
purchasing  industrial  raw  materials  and  consumer 
goods.  Most  of  the  remainder  helped  to  provide 
capital  equipment  for  industrial  and  agricultural 
development.  Particular  emphasis  was  given  to 
increasing  power  facilities,  and  manufacturing 
of  fertilizer  and  metals.  Proceeds  from  the  sale 
of  $20  million  worth  of  United  States  surplus  agri- 
cultural commodities  will  be  loaned  primarily  for 
developmental  purposes.  Increased  attention  has 
also  been  devoted  to  programming  machinery  and 
equipment  for  small-scale  industrial  enterprises 
on  Formosa. 

In  April,  completion  of  the  Peipu  power  unit 
increased  the  island's  thermal-power  capacity  by 
two-thirds  by  adding  40,000  kilowatts  to  its  power 
output  potential.  Construction  of  a  hydro-power 
station  at  Tung  Myen  was  also  completed  in  the 
January-June  period  and  provided  another  12,500 
kilowatts. 


Progress  is  being  made  in  exploiting  the  coastal 
and  deep-sea  fishing  resources  of  the  island.  By 
April  1955,  23  fishing  vessels  had  been  added  to 
the  deep-sea  fishing  fleet,  constituting  a  20-per- 
cent increase  in  the  fleet's  size.  The  vessels  were 
constructed  locally  and  used  imported  engines 
financed  with  mutual  security  funds.  A  fisheries 
development  fund  is  being  set  up  to  enable  men 
discharged  from  the  Chinese  armed  forces  to  es- 
tablish themselves  in  self-supporting  work. 

Southeast  Asia 

Gambodia,  Laos,  and  Viet  Nam 

The  three  newly  independent  states  of  Cam- 
bodia, Laos,  and  Viet  Nam  remain  confronted 
with  complex  economic  and  political  problems, 
although  they  have  taken  several  measures  which 
have  he^ed  to  ease  some  of  their  difficulties. 
Agreements  have  been  worked  out  for  the  com- 
mon use  of  the  Mekong  River — the  main  inland 
trade  artery — and  the  Port  of  Saigon.    Each  state 


Control  room  of  the  new  Peipu  thermoeleotric  power  plant  in  Formosa.     The  power  plant  was  com 
pleted  in  April  1955  to  add  40,000  KW  to  the  island's  generating  capacity. 


14 


lias  established  its  own  central  bank,  and  arrange- 
ments have  been  made  for  partitioning  the  assets 
and  liabilities  of  the  Institute  of  Issue,  the  former 
central  bank  which  had  previously  served  all 
three  countries.  As  a  result,  there  has  been  a  mini- 
mum of  interruption  to  normal  trade  and  com- 
mercial activities. 

The  internal  threat  posed  by  strong  pockets  of 
Communist  insurgents  and  armed  dissident  groups 
is  complicated  by  the  fact  that  in  all  three  states 
normal  budgetary  revenues  can  cover  little,  if  any, 
of  the  costs  of  the  armed  forces  needed  to  carry 
out  effective  security  measures. 

United  States  assistance  under  the  mutual  secu- 
rity program  has  been  reoriented  to  help  Cam 
bodia,  Laos,  and  Viet  Nam  meet  urgent  problems 
of  survival  and  self-government.  For  fiscal  year 
1955,  about  $400  million  of  mutual  security 
funds  was  allotted  by  FOA  to  the  three  states. 
The  bulk  of  these  funds  is  being  used,  directly 
or  indirectly,  to  support  the  military  forces.  Dol- 
lars are  being  provided  to  finance  payments  for 
army  rations,  pay,  and  local  supplies.  Civilian- 
type  items — such  as  petroleum  products,  cloth- 
ing, and  medical  supplies — will  be  imported  for 
use  of  the  national  defense  forces. 

Dollar  funds  also  finance  the  import  of  com- 
modities essential  to  the  stability  of  the  civilian 
economy — motor  vehicles,  industrial  machinery, 
cement,  textiles,  chemicals,  and  fertilizer.  Pro- 
ceeds realized  from  the  sale  of  these  commodities 
on  the  local  market  are  being  used  for  further 
support  of  the  defense  forces,  and  in  addition  for 
financing  projects  to  improve  transportation  and 
communication,  to  advance  agricultural  reform 
measures,  and  to  expand  agricultural  credit  and 
production. 

About  $56  million  was  made  available  to  assist 
in  the  evacuation,  relief,  and  resettlement  of  the 
hundreds  of  thousands  of  Vietnamese  who  took 
advantage  of  the  opportunity  to  escape  from  Com- 
munist-controlled North  Viet  Nam. 

American  technicians  in  the  three  states  are 
working  on  joint  technical  cooperation  projects  in 
which  training  activities  predominate,  particu- 
larly in  education,  health,  and  public  administra- 
tion. Such  measures  are  designed  to  meet  the 
critical  existing  deficiencies  in  public  services,  and 
to  enable  the  non-Communist  governments  better 
to  fulfill  their  responsibilities  to  their  people. 

Cambodia. — In  May  1955,  a  military  assistance 
agreement  was  concluded  with  Cambodia.    Under 


this  agreement,  the  United  States  will  provide 
equipment  to  Cambodia's  military  establishment. 
The  United  States  is  also  providing  financial  aid 
to  help  support  Cambodia's  military  budget,  and 
a  small  U.  S.  Military  Assistance  Advisory  Group 
is  now  in  Cambodia  studying  the  country's  mili- 
tary needs. 

A  United  States  Operations  Mission  was  estab- 
lished in  Cambodia  in  January  1955  to  administer 
the  nonmilitary  activities  carried  forward  under 
the  mutual  security  program.  During  the  first 
part  of  1955,  considerable  progress  was  made  in 
getting  a  number  of  key  projects  under  way.  Par- 
ticularly important  was  the  agreement  under 
which  Cambodia,  with  American  financial  aid, 
will  build  a  road  connecting  the  capital  city  of 
Plmom  Penh  with  the  new  deep-water  seaport 
which  France  has  agreed  to  construct  on  the  Gulf 
of  Siam.  The  road  and  port  will  provide  Cam- 
bodia for  the  first  time  with  its  own  means  of 
access  to  the  sea.  In  the  first  half  of  the  year  also, 
progress  was  made  on  rehabilitating  the  rail  line 
between  the  Cambodian  capital  and  Thailand's 
capital  at  Bangkok.  With  United  States  assist- 
ance, Cambodia  has  repaired  the  western  section 
of  the  roadbed  and  is  now  constructing  an  inter- 
national station  at  the  Thai  border. 

A  serious  failure  in  Cambodia's  normally  abun- 
dant rice  crop  has  caused  widespread  food  short- 
ages and  complicated  the  country's  economic  dif- 
ficulties. In  response  to  this  critical  situation,  the 
United  States  is  prepared  to  finance  Cambodian 
imports  of  rice,  and  in  addition  has  provided  some 
3000  tons  of  seed-rice  to  help  insure  the  success  of 
the  next  crop. 

American  technicians  are  working  in  Cambodia 
on  various  technical  cooperation  projects  designed 
to  develop  local  skills  and  speed  up  progress  in  key 
sectors  of  the  economy.  American  financial  ex- 
perts, for  example,  have  helped  in  the  establish- 
ment of  the  new  National  Bank  and  Exchange 
Office.  Other  technicians  are  helping  to  instruct 
Cambodians  in  effective  irrigation  and  flood-con- 
trol methods. 

Laos. — -The  northern  borders  of  Laos  form  a 
common  frontier  with  Communist  China  and 
North  Viet  Nam.  The  country's  two  northern 
provinces  are  now  occupied  by  Communist-led  in- 
surgents, and  Communist  agitators  continue  to 
operate  in  other  areas.  To  help  the  Lao  people 
in  their  efforts  to  protect  their  independence,  the 


15 


United  States  is  giving  direct  financial  support 
to  the  Lao  army. 

The  Lao  Government  is  inexperienced  in  the 
management  of  the  fiscal  institutions  and  trade 
operations  which  form  the  backbone  of  the 
country's  economic  structure.  FOA  therefore  as- 
sisted in  the  establishment  of  the  Natioaal  Bank 
of  Laos  and  arranged  to  provide  an  expert  advisor 
in  central  banking  methods.  It  also  undertook  to 
assist  the  government  and  private  traders  in  work- 
ing out  more  efficient  procurement  and  marketing 
methods. 

In  another  step  to  facilitate  trade  operations,  a 
ferry  service  was  initiated  between  the  river  port 
of  Thadua  in  Laos  and  the  city  of  Nongkhai  in 
Thailand.  These  ports,  on  the  Mekong  Eiver,  con- 
nect with  Vientiane  and  Bangkok  and  make  pos- 
sible the  movement  of  heavy  cargo  between  the  two 
capitals.  This  new  trade  link  will  greatly  reduce 
the  cost  of  imported  commodities  in  Laos  and  will 
strengthen  commercial  ties  between  Laos  and 
Thailand. 

American  technicians  are  helping  Lao  villagers 
to  raise  their  living  standards  through  better 
health  and  sanitation  practices,  more  efficient  agri- 
cultural production,  and  improved  elementary  and 
adult  education.  International  Voluntary  Serv- 
ices, Inc.,  a  philanthropic  service  organization,  is 
assisting  in  the  development  and  operation  of  this 
village  program. 

Due  to  adverse  weather  conditions,  the  current 
rice  crop  in  Laos  is  much  smaller  than  normal.  As 
a  result,  Laotians  in  certain  areas  of  the  country 
are  now  facing  famine.  In  order  to  prevent  wide- 
spread suffering,  the  United  States  is  making 
available  25,000  tons  of  rice  to  the  Lao  people. 
Of  this,  5,000  tons  will  be  distributed  free  within 
Laos,  while  the  remaining  20,000  tons  will  be  sold 
for  local  currency  to  help  meet  the  costs  of  pro- 
grams jointly  agreed  upon. 

South  Viet  Nam- — South  Viet  Nam's  task  of 
consolidating  its  newly  won  independence  and  ex- 
tending the  authority  of  the  central  government 
was  made  more  difficult  in  the  early  months  of 
1955  by  internal  disturbances  as  certain  of  the 
armed  religious  sects  resorted  to  open  violence  to 
force  their  demands  upon  the  government  of  Pre- 
mier Diem.  By  mid-year,  however,  it  appeared 
that  the  government  forces  had  succeeded  in  bring- 
ing these  local  outbreaks  under  control.  The 
rapid  progress  made  by  the  regular  Vietnamese 
troops  in  moving  against  these  internal  dissident 


groups  indicated  that  with  reorganization  and 
more  training;  the  Vietnamese  army  can  be  formed 
into  a  strong  force  to  combat  external  aggression 
as  well. 

In  February  1955,  an  agreement  was  reached 
with  the  Governments  of  France  and  Viet  Nam 
under  which  the  U.  S.  Military  Assistance  Advis- 
ory Group,  within  the  framework  of  the  Franco- 
Vietnamese  high  command,  undertook  the  reorgan- 
ization and  training  of  the  Vietnamese  army. 
The  first  group  of  Vietnamese  military  students 
is  already  receiving  training  in  the  United  States. 

The  terms  of  the  cease-fire  agreement  in  the 
Indochina  region  prohibited  the  introduction  into 
Viet  Nam  of  any  reinforcements  of  war  materiel, 
but  permitted  the  replacement  of  such  materiel  on 
a  piece-by-piece  basis.  Consequently,  the  flow  of 
new  United  States  military  equipment  to  the  coun- 
try has  been  suspended.  By  mid-May,  nearly 
700,000  tons  of  supplies  and  equipment  had  been 
removed  from  North  Viet  Nam.  This  comprised 
virtually  all  removable  French  and  Vietnamese 
military  materiel,  private  property,  and  govern- 
ment property  originally  furnished  through 
United  States  aid. 

The  Vietnamese  Government  carried  out  a  num- 
ber of  important  fiscal  and  economic  measures  in 
the  first  half  of  1955.  It  set  up  a  National  Bank, 
put  new  foreign  exchange  regulations  into  effect, 
and  negotiated  a  trade  agreement  with  France. 
Commerce  began  to  flow  under  the  arrangements 
concluded  with  its  neighbors,  Cambodia  and  Laos, 
concerning  the  use  of  the  Port  of  Saigon. 

The  mass  movement  of  refugees  fleeing  from 
the  Communists  in  the  north  continued  into  the 
first  half  of  1955.  The  United  States  Navy, 
working  with  French  naval  and  air  units,  con- 
tinued to  support  this  "passage-to-freedom"  op- 
eration. By  May  15,  1955,  almost  800,000  per- 
sons, military  and  civilian,  had  been  helped  to 
locate  southward  in  free  Vietnam.  Through 
June  30,  FOA  had  allotted  $56  million  to  assist' 
the  Vietnamese  Government  in  taking  adequate 
measures  to  care  for  incoming  refugees  and  to  re- 
settle them  in  permanent  sites  where  they  could 
become  useful  and  self-reliant  members  of  the 
community. 

United  States  assistance  in  1955  has  centered, 
more  and  more  on  the  resettlement  phase  of  the 
refugee  problem.  Close  to  500,000  persons  have 
been  moved  to  resettlement  sites,  and  some  40,000 
family  housing  units  have  been  completed.     As 


16 


Vietnamese  civilians  escaping  from  Communist-held  North  Viet  Nam.  Through  mid-1955,  nearly 
500,000  Vietnamese  refugees  have  teen  moved  to  resettlement  sites  where  they  can  become  self-reliant 
members  of  the  community. 


the  Vietnamese  move  into  their  new  locations, 
they  are  being  provided  with  needed  hand  tools 
and  construction  materials.  Seeds  and  simple 
farm  implements  are  also  being  furnished  so  that 
they  can  begin  to  make  provision  for  their  own 
food  needs. 

In  other  phases  of  the  program  in  Viet  Nam, 
American  technicians  are  helping  the  Vietnamese 
carry  out  needed  measures  of  land  reform.  Proj- 
ect activity  in  the  field  of  agriculture  emphasizes 
irrigation  and  drainage  to  increase  the  cultivable 
acreage  available  for  refugees  and  displaced  per- 
sons. Steps  are  being  taken  to  provide  agri- 
cultural credit  at  low  interest  rates  to  ease  the 
economic  plight  of  the  small  farmer.  To  improve 
public  administration,  American  experts  are  help- 
ing to  set  up  an  Institute  of  Public  Administra- 
tion through  which  police  training  and  in-service 
training  for  civil  servants  will  be  provided. 


Technical  Cooperation  in  Indonesia 

Indonesia  continues  to  have  insufficient  foreign 
exchange  earnings  to  cover  urgently  needed  im- 
port requirements.  Import  controls  designed  to 
check  the  serious  drain  on  foreign  exchange  re- 
serves have  contributed  to  a  scarcity  of  raw  ma- 
terials needed  in  the  domestic  market.  Food 
costs,  particularly  in  urban  areas,  are  rising 
steadily.  Government  borrowing  to  finance  re- 
curring large-scale  budgetary  deficits  is  the  prin- 
cipal reason  for  the  considerable  inflationary 
movement.  Despite  Indonesia's  need  and  desire 
for  economic  development,  limited  financial  re- 
sources have  prevented  the  country  from  increas- 
ing its  rate  of  capital  investment. 

The  technical  cooperation  program  in  Indonesia 
emphasizes  joint  activities  to  diversify  and  in- 
crease agricultural  and  fisheries  production,  im- 


17 


prove  public  health  services,  and  expand  facilities 
for  technical  training.  Totaling  $7.2  million  in 
fiscal  year  1955,  the  program  provided  $5.7  mil- 
lion for  technical  cooperation  projects,  $1.3  mil- 
lion for  malaria-control  measures,  and  $200,000 
for  supplies  for  a  special  project  in  public  admin- 
istration. 

In  the  first  half  of  1955,  the  program  being  car- 
ried out  by  the  University  of  California  to  reor- 
ganize the  medical  school  at  the  University  of 
Indonesia  was  enlarged  to  provide  for  more  train- 
ing equipment  and  an  increase  in  the  number  of 
Indonesians  to  receive  advanced  training  in  the 
United  States.  An  interim  agreement  designed 
to  expand  and  improve  training  facilities  in  engi- 
neering and  the  sciences  was  signed  by  the  Univer- 
sity of  California  and  Gadjah  Mada  University. 
A  similar  arrangement  is  being  made  with  the 
University  of  Indonesia. 

Early  in  1955,  12  technicians  from  Tuskegee 
Institute  began  activities  in  vocational  training  in 
Indonesia.  Four  are  now  stationed  at  Semarang 
where  they  are  helping  to  install  new  equipment 
in  a  vocational  institute  and  where  they  will 
shortly  begin  instruction  in  various  trades.  Addi- 
tional instructors  are  scheduled  to  work  in  Medan 
and  other  vocational  educational  centers. 

Philippine  Development  Advances 

The  Philippine  Government  has  made  progress 
in  establishing  a  sound  foundation  for  economic 
development,  particularly  in  improving  govern- 
ment services  in  agriculture,  public  health,  and 
education.  During  the  1955  regular  legislative 
session,  the  Philippine  Congress  enacted  legisla- 
tion providing  for  the  establishment  of  agrarian 
courts  to  arbitrate  disputes  between  landlords  and 
tenants.  It  also  passed  a  bill  which  establishes  an 
agency  for  coordinating  all  economic  development 
activities. 

Progress  toward  economic  development  has  been 
made  in  the  face  of  a  number  of  difficulties  which 
handicap  the  government  program.  Although 
production  indexes  are  at  peak  levels,  there  is  still 
substantial  unemployment  and  underemployment. 
Foreign  exchange  earnings  continue  vulnerable 
to  fluctuations  in  world  prices  of  Philippine  ex- 
ports. Foreign  exchange  reserves  in  the  first  half 
of  1955  fell  to  the  lowest  point  since  the  beginning 
of  exchange  controls  in  1949.  These  reserves  are 
being  further  strained  by  the  necessity  of  financing 
imports  of  essential  industrial  equipment. 


Philippine  Production  At  Peak  Levels 


75 


(Index,  1951  =  100) 

/' 

^ 

A- 

Agriculture' 

A 

*      Manufacturing 

1             1             1             1             1             1 

1949      1950 


1951 


1952       1953       1954 


'Crop  year  beginning  in  year  staled. 


To  help  the  Philippines  meet  more  effectively 
the  increased  responsibilities  and  requirements 
arising  from  its  role  in  the  Southeast  Asia  defense 
arrangements,  the  mutual  security  program  for 
fiscal  year  1955  was  expanded  from  $19.7  million 
to  $29.2  million.  The  $29.2  million  program  com- 
prised allotments  of  $12.4  million  for  defense  sup- 
port, $7.3  million  for  technical  cooperation,  and 
$9.5  million  for  direct  forces  support. 

A  fund  of  $5  million  has  been  established  to 
make  needed  foreign  exchange  available  for  im- 
porting industrial  items.  The  fund  has  been  used 
to  purchase  equipment  needed  for  a  cement  mill, 
a  textile  plant,  and  certain  road  construction 
activities.  FOA  helped  to  establish  an  Industrial 
Development  Center  at  Manila  in  January  1955 
to  provide  technical  advice  to  private  investors 
who  wish  to  establish  small-scale  enterprises. 
Training  facilities  in  the  Philippines,  already 
used  extensively  by  other  countries  in  the  Far  East 
area,  are  being  expanded  to  provide  for  addi- 
tional numbers  of  incoming  trainees. 

During  the  January-June  period  of  1955,  joint 
programs  designed  to  improve  living  conditions  in 
the  rural  areas  registered  further  progress.  In- 
stallation of  28  irrigation  pumps  was  begun ;  when 
completed  these  pumps  will  bring  water  to  more 
than  13,000  acres  of  farmland. 


18 


To  service  the  needs  of  their  members,  Philip- 
pine farmers'  cooperatives  erected  70  warehouses 
capable  of  storing  3.7  million  bushels  of  rice.  Ad- 
ditional measures  were  taken  to  expand  farm 
credit  facilities.  The  Philippine  Agricultural 
Credit  and  Financing  Administration  loaned 
farmers  $14  million  in  fiscal  year  1955;  this  was 
about  seven  times  the  amount  of  credit  made  avail- 
able in  the  previous  year. 

Technical  assistance  was  provided  to  the  Philip- 
pine College  of  Agriculture  at  Los  Baiios  under  a 
contract  with  Cornell  University.  Educational 
facilities  at  the  University  of  the  Philippines  were 
improved  through  FOA-ftnanced  assistance  to  its 
Institute  of  Public  Administration  under  a  con- 
tract with  the  University  of  Michigan ;  to  its  La- 
bor Education  Center  under  a  contract  with  the 
University  of  Connecticut ;  and  to  its  Faculties  of 
Business  Administration,  Engineering,  and  Edu- 
cation under  a  contract  with  Stanford  University. 

Thailand  Faces  Economic  Problems 

Thailand's  official  gold  and  foreign  exchange 
holdings,  which  declined  $29  million  in  1954,  be- 
gan to  improve  somewhat  in  the  first  part  of  1955, 
primarily  as  a  result  of  a  moderate  increase  in 
rice  exports.  The  country's  economy,  however, 
remains  in  a  seriously  weakened  position.  Gov- 
ernment revenues  are  insufficient  to  cover  the  in- 
crease in  costs  of  the  military  effort  which  Thai- 
land's geographic  position  necessitates,  and  at  the 
same  time  provide  for  the  minimum  public  serv- 
ices essential  for  economic  and  political  stability. 

The  Thai  Government  has  taken  a  number  of 
firm  measures  to  reduce  some  of  its  economic  ills. 
It  has  established  drastic  controls  on  imports,  re- 
stricted the  use  of  preferential  exchange  rates,  and 
greatly  liberalized  rice  export  regulations.  It  has 
substantially  curtailed  expenditures  for  develop- 
ment purposes  in  order  to  avoid  a  much  larger 
increase  in  deficit  spending.  Some  of  these  meas- 
ures, however,  aggravate  the  budgetary  problem 
by  reducing  government  income  from  foreign  ex- 
change transactions. 

A  total  of  $46.6  million  was  made  available 
under  the  mutual  security  program  in  fiscal  year 
1955  to  help  Thailand  build  up  its  defense  capa- 
bilities and  strengthen  its  economic  base.  This 
was  in  addition  to  the  military  weapons  and  equip- 
ment supplied  to  Thailand  under  the  military  as- 
sistance program.     The    $46.6    million    included 


$29.7  million  for  defense  support  activities,  $4.7 
million  for  technical  cooperation,  and  $12.2  million 
for  purposes  of  direct  forces  support.  Funds  for 
direct  forces  support  are  being  used  primarily  to 
provide  petroleum  products  for  military  use,  to 
construct  defense  installations,  such  as  military 
training  centers,  and  to  improve  naval  instal- 
lations. 

Substantial  amounts  of  local  currency  are  re- 
quired for  the  construction  to  be  undertaken  in 
connection  with  projects  for  defense  support  and 
direct  forces  support.  To  provide  the  needed 
additional  funds,  which  cannot  be  supplied  from 
Thai  budgetary  revenues,  $24.7  million  has  been 
earmarked  to  finance  the  import  of  essential  com- 
modities, the  domestic  sale  of  which  will  generate 
the  necessary  local  currency. 

On  the  basis  of  a  survey  undertaken  during  the 
fall  of  1954,  contracts  were  entered  into  with 
American  engineering  and  construction  firms  for 
an  all-weather  road  between  the  city  of  Saraburi, 
near  Bangkok,  and  the  isolated  Northeast  prov- 
inces. During  the  first  half  of  this  year,  assistance 
was  also  provided  for  improving  eight  Thai  air- 
fields and  for  extending  the  rail  line  from  Udorn 
to  a  point  on  the  Mekong  River  a  few  miles  below 
the  Lao  capital  of  Vientiane. 

To  strengthen  regional  ties  and  promote  plan- 
ning on  a  regional  basis,  exchanges  of  technicians 
have  been  arranged  between  Thailand  and  the  new 
governments  in  Laos  and  Cambodia.  Technicians 
from  Laos  and  Cambodia  are  being  brought  to 
Thailand  for  additional  practical  training.  Sev- 
eral projects  are  being  considered  for  joint  action, 
notably  those  concerned  with  rinderpest  and  ma- 
laria control  and  improvement  of  highways,  rail- 
ways, and  telecommunications.  A  cooperative 
survey  of  the  development  potentialities  of  the 
Mekong  River  will  be  jointly  sponsored,  with 
United  States  assistance,  by  Thailand,  Laos,  Cam- 
bodia, and  Viet  Nam. 

The  Thai  Government  has  taken  several  con- 
crete steps  to  improve  the  climate  for  foreign 
investment.  It  recently  has  enacted  the  Industry 
Promotion  Act  and  signed  an  Investment  Guar- 
anty Agreement  with  the  United  States.  Thai  of- 
ficials are  being  sent  abroad  in  an  effort  to  attract 
outside  investments.  The  first  application  by  an 
American  firm  for  an  investment  guaranty,  one  to 
enable  the  establishment  of  a  modern  tapioca  fac- 
tory, was  approved  in  June. 


354136—55- 


19 


Thai  army  maintenance  men  check  an  M-21).  tank  furnished  under  the  mutual  security  program.  Amer- 
ican military  advisors  are  helping  to  train  Thai  armed  forces  in  the  operation  and  maintenance  of 
U.  S.-furnished  military  equipment. 


In  May  1955,  a  3-year  contract  in  the  field  of 
public  administration  was  negotiated  between  the 
University  of  Indiana  and  Thammasat  Uni- 
versity. The  University  of  Indiana  will  send  nine 
full-time  members  to  Thailand  and  train  about 
60  Thai  students  and  officials  in  the  United  States. 
Under  similar  contracts  previously  negotiated, 
Thai  institutions  are  working  with  American  uni- 
versities in  agricultural  education,  teacher  train- 
ing, and  engineering. 

South  Asia 

Support  for  Pakistan  Strengthened 

Pakistan  has  taken  a  firm  stand  on  the  side  of  the 
free  world.  United  States  military  assistance  to 
the  Pakistani  armed  services  will  enable  Pakistan 
to  increase  the  effectiveness  of  its  army,  navy,  and 


air  forces  and  substantially  strengthen  its  defenses 
against  possible  external  aggression. 

The  United  States  aid  program  carried  out  in 
fiscal  year  1955  was  based  on  the  findings  of  a 
special  economic  mission  sent  to  Pakistan  in  the 
summer  of  1954.  A  political  and  economic  crisis 
had  developed  at  that  time,  brought  on  by  a  com- 
bination of  natural  disasters  and  unfavorable  de- 
velopments in  Pakistan's  export  markets.  As  a 
result  of  Pakistan's  urgent  need  for  aid,  United 
States  assistance  for  the  1955  fiscal  year  was  pro- 
grammed at  $71.8  million.  This  included  $40 
million  for  commodity  imports.  Funds  realized 
from  the  sale  of  these  imported  commodities  on 
the  local  market  will  be  used  mainly  for  long- 
range  developmental  projects  to  broaden  the 
country's  economic  base.  Part  of  these  funds  will 
also  be  used  to  help  defray  the  costs  of  maintain- 
ing the   military   establishment.     The  program 


20 


also  included  $20  million  for  equipment  and  sup- 
plies for  projects  in  the  defense  support  category ; 
$5.5  million  for  flood  relief ;  $5.3  million  for  tech- 
nical cooperation  projects;  and  $1.0  million  for 
freight  costs  involved  in  the  ocean  transport  of 
surplus  agricultural  commodities.  Of  the  total 
amount,  $20  million  was  made  available  on  a  loan 
basis. 

The  technical  cooperation  program  was  broad- 
ened this  year  to  include  projects  directed  toward 
improvement  of  Pakistan's  transportation  and  in- 
dustrial facilities.  A  contract  between  Pan- 
American  World  Airways  and  Pakistan  Interna- 
tional Airlines,  financed  in  part  out  of  mutual  se- 
curity funds,  was  signed  in  May  1955.  Under  the 
terms  of  this  contract,  American  technicians  will 
help  Pakistan  expand  its  air  transport  system.  A 
team  of  experts  from  Pan-American  will  work 
with  Pakistani  personnel  in  the  various  phases  of 
airline  operations. 

Joint  technical  cooperation  activities  are  con- 
tinuing in  agricultural  production,  land  reclama- 
tion, vocational  education,  and  public  health. 
American  universities  are  helping  to  modernize 
Pakistani  institutions  of  higher  education.  Amer- 
ican technicians  are  assisting  in  the  nationwide 
community  development  program  through  which 
villagers  are  pooling  their  efforts  to  build  progres- 
sive and  well-integrated  rural  communities. 

The  United  States  is  helping  the  Government 
of  Pakistan  in  designing  a  multipurpose  dam  to 
be  built  on  the  Karnafuli  River  in  East  Pakistan. 
Electric  power  from  this  dam  will  greatly  acceler- 
ate the  development  of  industry  in  East  Pakistan. 
The  dam  will  also  be  used  for  irrigation  during 
the  dry  season,  as  well  as  for  flood  control. 

The  United  States  and  Pakistan  signed  an  agree- 
ment in  May  which  makes  possible  the  guaranty 
of  American  private  investments  in  Pakistan. 
Such  guaranties,  which  are  designed  to  encourage 
private  enterprise  to  contribute  to  the  economic 
strength  of  countries  participating  in  the  mutual 
security  program,  provide  protection  to  Ameri- 
can investors  against  loss  by  expropriation  or 
from  inconvertibility  of  foreign  currency  into 
dollars. 

India's  Economy  Expanding 

The  current  situation  in  India  gives  encour- 
agement for  continued  economic  development. 
Food  and  raw  materials  are  more  adequate  than 
at  any  time  in  recent  years.     National  income  and 


government  revenues  are  rising,  and  industrial 
production  is  climbing.  The  rise  in  agricultural 
and  industrial  output  has  brought  about  an  ex- 
pansion in  foreign  trade. 

These  favorable  developments  reflect  in  part 
the  achievements  of  the  first  5-Year  Plan.  The 
percentage  increases  planned  in  production  of 
food  grains  and  in  cotton  cloth  for  the  5-year 
period  were  substantially  exceeded  within  the  first 
three  years.  Output  of  cement,  ammonium  sul- 
phate, and  cotton  was  also  running  ahead  of  sched- 
ule. Road  building,  locomotive  production,  elec- 
tric power  output,  and  hospital  construction,  how- 
ever, were  lagging  behind  the  planned  rate. 

The  gains  in  food  production,  while  substan- 
tial, have  been  confined  mainly  to  food  grains. 
They  have  been  brought  about  by  a  combination 
of  good  crop  seasons  and  newly  instituted  im- 
provements in  agricultural  methods.  Because  of 
population  increases,  however,  agricultural  pro- 
duction on  a  per  capita  basis  is  still  below  prewar. 
It  is  increasingly  evident  that  the  ultimate  solu- 
tion of  the  agricultural  problem  in  India  rests 
on  more  than  increased  production  alone. 
Greater  attention  must  be  paid  to  other  factors, 
such  as  storage  facilities,  credit  arrangements,  and 
effective  marketing  mechanisms. 

A  second  5- Year  Plan  is  in  the  initial  draft- 
ing stage.  Its  primary  objectives  are  a  sizeable 
increase  in  national  income  in  order  to  raise  the 
standard  of  living,  and  a  more  rapid  industrial- 
ization with  particular  attention  to  the  develop- 
ment of  basic  industries.  The  plan  also  envisions 
several  programs  for  reducing  unemployment  and 
underemployment,  factors  which  have  become  ma- 
jor problems  in  both  the  urban  and  rural  parts 
of  India. 

The  new  plan  aims  at  an  increased  new  invest- 
ment of  $11.2  billion,  of  which  $6.8  billion  would 
bo  made  by  the  Government  and  $4.4  billion  would 
be  made  by  the  private  sector.  It  would  provide 
for  total  increases  of  20  percent  in  consumer 
goods  and  150  to  175  percent  in  producer  goods. 
A  proposed  new  increase  of  20  percent  in  agri- 
cultural output  includes  a  15-percent  rise  in  the 
production  of  food  grains  and  a  25-percent  rise 
in  other  foodstuffs  and  commercial  crops.  Trans- 
portation facilities,  particularly  the  railroads,  as 
well  as  power  facilities  would  be  considerably 
improved.  Investment  in  industries  and  mining 
would  account  for  25  percent  of  the  total  planned 
expenditure. 


21 


During  fiscal  year  1955,  the  United  States  al- 
lotted $84.3  million  for  India,  of  which  $45  mil- 
lion was  made  available  on  a  loan  basis.  Of  the 
$69.1  million  of  development  assistance  funds 
either  loaned  or  granted  to  India  in  fiscal  year 
1955,  $30  million  was  programmed  for  the  pur- 
chase of  cotton  and  wheat  from  the  United  States. 
The  rupees  acquired  by  the  United  States  from 
the  sale  of  those  commodities  are  part  of  the  $45- 
million  loan,  and  will  be  utilized  by  India  for 
development  of  power,  multipurpose  river- valley 
projects,  and  other  joint  undertakings  in  the  Indo- 
American  program. 

The  technical  cooperation  program  has  contin- 
ued to  emphasize  projects  of  community  develop- 
ment, designed  to  increase  agricultural  production 
and  improve  conditions  in  rural  communities, 
where  70  percent  of  the  Indian  population  live. 
Contracts  are  being  negotiated  with  five  Ameri- 
can land  grant  colleges  to  provide  technical 
support  to  a  number  of  Indian  states  and  agri- 
cultural institutions.  A  water  supply  and  sani- 
tation program  for  villages  is  getting  under  way, 
and  more  attention  is  being  given  to  small-scale 
irrigation,  soil  conservation,  and  better  farm  man- 
agement. The  University  of  Tennessee,  under 
contract,  will  assist  Indian  women's  colleges  in 
home  economics.  Under  another  contract,  the 
University  of  Texas  will  help  in  the  establishment 
of  teacher  training  institutions  for  the  improve- 
ment of  secondary  education. 

U.  S.  Universities  Aiding  Afghanistan 

Major  emphasis  in  the  technical  cooperation 
program  of  approximately  $2  million  in  Afghanis- 
tan has  been  directed  to  the  multipurpose  Hel- 
mand  Valley  project  in  the  southern  part  of  the 
country.  A  group  of  United  States  experts  is 
assisting  the  Helmand  Valley  Authority  on  a  wide 
range  of  technical  matters — engineering,  agricul- 
ture, health  and  sanitation,  community  develop- 
ment, and  public  administration.  The  Afghan 
Government  is  enlarging  the  irrigated  land  areas 
in  the  Valley  and  is  settling  its  nomadic  popula- 
tion in  permanent  agricultural  communities. 
With  the  assistance  of  United  States  experts,  a 
training  school  for  community  development  as 
well  as  a  number  of  demonstration  farms  have 
been  established  in  the  Valley.  Two  American 
forestry  experts  are  assisting  the  Authority  in 
reforestation  projects. 


Under  contracts  made  with  FOA,  Columbia 
University  Teachers  College  has  a  team  of  four 
specialists  in  Kabul,  and  the  University  of  Wyo- 
ming has  23  specialists  in  the  same  area.  Teachers 
College  is  assisting  the  Afghan  Ministry  of  Edu- 
cation in  the  field  of  teacher  training  and  general 
education.  Wyoming  University  is  assisting  in 
technical  education  and  agriculture.  With  tech- 
nical guidance  from  Wyoming,  an  Afghan  Insti- 
tute of  Applied  Science  has  been  established  with 
two  subsidiary  schools — the  Afghan  Institute  of 
Technology  and  the  Vocational  Agricultural 
School. 

Wyoming  University  is  also  assisting  the 
Afghan  Ministry  of  Agriculture  in  agricultural 
research  and  demonstration.  A  demonstration 
farm  and  a  training  center  for  agricultural  re- 
search and  demonstration  have  been  established 
near  Kabul. 

The  Near  East  Foundation,  under  a  contract 
with  FOA,  is  cooperating  with  the  Afghan  Gov- 
ernment in  a  program  for  training  people  for  com- 
munity development  work  in  Afghan  villages. 

Rehabilitation  in  Nepal 

The  development  effort  of  the  Government  of 
Nepal  in  the  first  half  of  1955  was  directed  chiefly 
toward  rehabilitation  work  to  repair  the  destruc- 
tion caused  by  last  year's  severe  floods.  The 
United  States  Government  has  assisted  the  Nepa- 
lese,  primarily  by  sending  supplies  and  equipment 
necessary  for  the  recovery  of  inundated  farm 
lands  and  the  reconstruction  of  washed-out  roads. 

A  project  for  the  reclamation  of  the  Rapti  Val- 
ley has  been  undertaken.  An  area  of  about  130,000 
acres  will  be  opened  up  for  resettlement  of  farmers 
whose  lands  were  destroyed  by  the  recent  floods. 
Survey  work  has  begun  for  a  road  connecting  the 
Rapti  Valley  with  the  Valley  of  Kathmandu  in 
order  to  bring  additional  food  supplies  to  the 
heavily  populated  and  food-deficient  Kathmandu 
area.  Malaria  control  measures  will  be  an  in- 
tegral part  of  the  Rapti  Valley  project  since  the 
presently  high  incidence  of  malaria  limits  further 
settlement  and  development.  The  plan  also  in- 
cludes simple  irrigation  by  diverting  water  from 
the  Rapti  River  into  local  irrigation  ditches. 

The  village  improvement  program  in  Nepal  is 
progressing  steadily.  There  are  now  six  develop- 
ment centers,  including  a  new  one  started  in  the 


22 


January-June  period  of  1955.  These  centers  have 
trained  more  than  175  Nepalese  who  are  now 
working  in  the  villages  demonstrating  more  effec- 
tive methods  of  using  insecticides,  fertilizers,  and 
improved  farm  implements.  They  are  also  dem- 
onstrating how  simple  measures  of  public  health 
can  reduce  the  hisrh  rate  of  village  diseases. 


The  Nepalese  have  been  taking  steps  to  raise 
the  low  literacy  rate  that  holds  back  progress  in 
the  country,  and  with  the  help  of  the  University 
of  Oregon  they  are  making  gradual  progress. 
Under  this  program  more  than  100  young  vil- 
lagers are  being  trained  to  work  as  teachers  in 
various  school  districts  throughout  the  country. 


23 


CHAPTER  III 


Near  East  and  Africa 


THROUGH  the  mutual  security  program,  the 
United  States  is  working  with  the  countx'ies  of 
the  Near  East  and  Africa  on  measures  designed  to 
bring  to  that  important  region  a  greater  degree  of 
political  stability,  a  larger  capacity  for  defense, 
and  a  more  rapid  rate  of  economic  development. 

In  the  fiscal  year  just  ended,  program  opera- 
tions continued  to  concentrate  heavily  on  Greece, 
Turkey,  and  Iran.  These  three  countries  re- 
ceived most  of  the  military  weapons  and  equip- 
ment we  furnished  to  the  region  under  the  United 
States  military  assistance  programs.  They  also 
accounted  for  nearly  half  of  the  funds  used  for 
purposes  other  than  direct  aid  to  their  military 
establishments. 

Program  activities  in  other  parts  of  the  region 
were  focused  on  the  economic  and  technical  de- 
velopment efforts  in  the  Arab  States  and  Israel 
and  in  a  number  of  countries  in  Africa — Ethiopia, 
Liberia,  Libya,  and  several  of  the  dependent  ter- 
ritories. During  the  first  half  of  1955,  FOA  car- 
ried out  additional  program  actions  to  support 
priority  developmental  projects  in  Egypt,  Jordan, 
and  Lebanon.  Technical  cooperation  programs 
in  nearly  all  countries  continued  to  grow  in  im- 
portance. In  the  6-month  period,  another  univer- 
sity contract  was  signed  so  that  by  June  30,  16 
American  universities  were  working  in  9  Near 
Eastern  or  African  countries  in  response  to  re- 
quests for  United  States  technical  assistance  in 
specific  fields  of  development. 

Programming  of  Funds.— Approximately  $317 
million  of  United  States  funds  was  allotted  for 
mutual  security  purposes  in  the  Near  East  and 
Africa  during  fiscal  year  1955.  This  excludes 
amounts  provided  for  direct  military  assistance, 
but  includes  $35  million  for  direct  forces  support. 
Military  shipments  to  the  area  (including  Pakis- 
tan) during  the  12-month  period  were  valued  at 


$238  million.  The  nonmilitary  funds  were  al- 
lotted as  follows:  defense  support,  $90  million, 
including  $62  million  on  a  loan  basis ;  development 
assistance,  $160  million,  including  $27.5  million 
on  a  loan  basis ;  and  $32  million  for  technical  co- 
operation. In  addition,  $17  million  was  allocated 
to  the  Department  of  State  for  the  United  States 
contribution  to  the  U.  N.  Relief  and  Works 
Agency  for  Palestine  Refugees. 

Approximately  $230  million  of  the  total  amount 
was  allocated  for  purchase  of  supplies  and  equip- 
ment, mostly  in  the  United  States.  Included  were 
large  quantities  of  surplus  agricultural  products. 
Contractual  services  performed  by  American  busi- 
ness and  engineering  firms  and  universities  ac- 
counted for  an  additional  $13  million. 


The  Program  For  The  Near  East  And  Africa 
In  FY  1955 


Development 
Assistance 


Defense 
Support 


Direct  Forces 
Support 


Technical 
Cooperation 


(   Millions  of  Dollars)  ' 


^■"■:WWXW<i «■ 


160 


90 


35 


32 


Total:  $317  Million 
Grants:  $227  Million 
Loans:  $    90  Million 


Excludes  direct  military  assistance  in  the  form  of 
materiel  and  training 

1  Excludes   $  16.7    million  allocated  to  UNRWA 
for  Palestine   refugees 


24 


Greece,  Turkey,  and  Iran 

Greek  Recovery  Continues 

Greece,  along  with  Turkey,  is  a  strong  bulwark 
in  the  defense  perimeter  along  the  southern  flank 
of  the  North  Atlantic  Treaty  area.  The  armed 
forces  which  Greece  maintains  in  this  strategic 
area  constitute  an  essential  element  in  the  de- 
fense of  the  West. 

United  States  military  supplies  and  training 
have  helped  Greece  to  mould  its  army  into  a  hard 
hitting  force  with  trained  units  that  know  how 
to  use  and  maintain  their  equipment.  Progress 
made  by  the  Greek  Air  Force  also  is  impressive; 
it  is  now  more  than  four  times  its  original  size 
and  includes  a  number  of  jet  fighter-bomber 
squadrons. 

The  cost  of  the  military  buildup  has  placed  a 
heavy  burden  on  the  Greek  economy.  Necessary 
defense  expenditures  compete  directly  with  the 
economic  development  measures  which  are  essen- 
tial to  improve  Greece's  low  living  standards.  In 
working  for  better  conditions  for  its  people,  the 
Greek  Government  has  had.  to  cope  with  handicaps 
of  limited  natural  resources,  considerable  unem- 
ployment, and  inefficient  agricultural  and  indus- 
trial methods.  Despite  these  handicaps,  Greece 
has  made  substantial  advances  toward  a  stronger 
and  more  self-supporting  economy. 

Among  the  more  noteworthy  of  the  various  pro- 
grams designed  to  combat  Greece's  basic  economic 
problems  has  been  the  electric  power  program. 
With  United  States  assistance,  Greece  now  has  for 
the  first  time  a  unified  electric  power  generating 
and  grid  system  which  has  more  than  doubled  the 
prewar  power  output.  United  States  direct  par- 
ticipation in  this  successful  effort  will  be  termi- 
nated on  July  15,  1955,  when  the  Greek  Govern- 
ment will  take  over  full  management  of  the  power 
system. 

The  Greek  economy  has  made  a  strong  recovery, 
with  both  agricultural  and  industrial  production 
considerably  above  prewar  levels.  Government 
revenue  collections  have  increased  as  a  result  of 
accelerated  economic  activity,  improved  taxation 
laws,  and  more  efficient  collection  procedures. 
The  Government's  economic  stabilization  program 
has  been  generally  effective.  In  recent  months, 
however,  this  program  has  been  pursued  under 
increasingly  adverse  conditions.  Greece's  third 
series  of  major  earthquakes  in  two  years  struck 


the  Aegean  coastal  city  of  Volos  in  April  and 
May  1955.  The  Greek  Government  immediately 
introduced  a  series  of  tax  increase  measures  to 
raise  funds  for  relief  and  reconstruction. 

In  recognition  of  the  difficult  budgetary  situ- 
ation confronting  the  Greek  Government,  stem- 
ming largely  from  heavy  military  expenditures 
and  large  reconstruction  costs  in  earthquake  areas, 
United  States  aid  in  fiscal  year  1955,  other  than 
for  military  assistance  and  $10  million  for  certain 
civilian-type  items  which  go  directly  to  the  armed 
forces,  was  increased  from  $16.2  million  to  $24.1 
million.  This  additional  support  will  finance  im- 
ports of  needed  housing  materials  for  the  recon- 
struction of  Volos.  Moreover,  under  the  Agri- 
cultural Trade  and  Development  Assistance  Act 
of  1954,  agreements  were  signed  in  June  1955 
which  provided  for  the  sale  to  Greece  of  $14.3 
million  worth  of  United  States  surplus  commodi- 
ties. The  equivalent  of  $11.7  million  of  the  sales 
proceeds  will  be  used  for  economic  development; 
of  this  amount,  $4.2  million  is  on  a  loan  basis,  and 
$7.5  million  is  a  grant. 

Turkish  Economy  Affected  by 
Crop  Failure 

Initial  supply  of  Turkey's  navy  and  air  forces, 
scaled  to  NATO  goals,  was  in  large  part  com- 
pleted during  the  first  half  of  1955,  making  it 
possible  to  concentrate  on  improving  equipment 
and  training  of  the  Turkish  army.  This  period 
also  saw  Turkey's  successful  conclusion  of  a  pact 
with  Iraq  which  provides  for  cooperation  in 
strengthening  mutual  defense.  This  pact,  to- 
gether with  the  Turkish-Pakistan  pact  concluded 
earlier,  indicates  Turkish  initiative  in  the  develop- 
ment of  Middle  Eastern  security  arrangements. 

Under  an  agreement  signed  in  November  1954 
and  supplemented  in  April  1955,  $29  million  worth 
of  United  States  surplus  agricultural  commodities 
will  be  shipped  to  Turkey.  These  shipments  will 
help  meet  the  shortage  of  grain  resulting  from 
drought  as  well  as  supply  needed  cottonseed 
oil.  The  shipments  are  in  addition  to  the  $7.8 
million  worth  of  wheat  sold  to  Turkey  under 
Section  402  of  the  Mutual  Security  Act  of  1954. 

The  full  effect  of  diminished  foreign  exchange 
earnings,  aggravated  by  the  failure  of  the  1954 
wheat  crop,  was  felt  dui'ing  the  first  half  of  1955 
when  Turkey's  international  payments  position 
worsened  considerably.     This  situation  again  em- 


25 


phasized  the  sensitivity  of  the  Turkish  economy 
and  the  need  for  the  Turkish  Government  to  take 
financial  stabilization  measures  which  would  make 
it  less  susceptible  to  recurring  emergencies.  In 
order  not  to  jeopardize  the  military  security  pro- 
gram or  the  achievements  made  in  the  develop- 
ment program  during  the  past  five  years,  the 
United  States  agreed  in  June  to  increase  the  fiscal 
year  1955  defense  support  program  from  $70  mil- 
lion to  $100  million.  The  additional  $30  million 
grant  was  designed  to  assist  Turkey  in  its  emer- 
gency period  and  provide  for  those  essential  im- 
ports of  raw  materials,  basic  commodities,  and 
spare  parts  required  to  keep  its  industrial  plant 
moving. 

Iran  Becomes  More  Self-Reliant 

The  Government  of  Iran  during  the  first  six 
months  of  1955  was  engaged  in  analyzing  the 
country's  economic  needs  in  relation  to  its  avail- 
able resources.  The  oil  settlement,  achieved  in 
October  1954,  started  the  flow  of  substantial  gov- 
ernmental oil  revenues  which  had  been  cut  off 
for  more  than  three  years.  The  new  oil  revenues 
were  not  adequate,  however,  to  finance  all  urgent 
needs  during  the  first  six  months  of  1955.  Ac- 
cordingly, United  States  financial  aid  was  re- 
quired, although  largely  on  a  loan  basis.  This 
aid  has  made  it  possible  for  the  Government  of 
Iran  to  launch  needed  activities  in  the  field  of 
economic  development.  The  Iranian  Govern- 
ment has  drawn  up  a  comprehensive  development 
program,  based  upon  the  use  of  oil  revenues,  which 
has  many  sound  aspects. 

Since  the  Iranian  Government's  revenues  were 
not  sufficient  to  meet  defense  expenditures,  gov- 
ernment employe  payrolls,  and  other  current  op- 
erating expenses,  FOA  continued  budgetary  sup- 
port by  lending  Iran  $32  million.  The  use  of 
these  dollars  to  purchase  essential  imports  helped 
slow  down  the  rate  of  rise  in  prices,  but  inflation- 
ary pressures  in  Iran  continued  to  exist. 

There  is  increasing  evidence  of  the  success  of 
technical  cooperation  activities  in  Iran.  Projects 
which  were  instituted  early  in  the  program  have 
been  turned  over  to  appropriate  agencies  of  the 
Iranian  Government  which  have  incorporated 
them  as  a  permanent  part  of  their  own  activities. 
During  the  last  two  years,  for  example,  Ameri- 
can technicians  have  taught  the  techniques  of  live- 
stock cross-breeding  and  artificial  insemination  to 
Ministry  of  Agriculture  employes.     They,  in  turn, 


Iran's  Oil  Production  Is  Rising  Rapidly 


(Mil 

1    1 

ions  of  Metric  Tons) 
Annual                                  Quarterly  at  Annua 

Rate 

' 

_ 

m 

1 

mm 

i      i 

1 

'50  '51  '52  '53  1954 

'Based  on  April  and  May  output 


1955 


with  the  guidance  of  the  American  specialists, 
have  spread  the  knowledge  of  these  techniques  in 
the  rural  areas.  The  Ministry  of  Agriculture  has 
taken  over  the  operational  responsibility  for  a  na- 
tion-wide demonstration  program. 

Four  years  ago,  United  States  health  technicians 
planned  and  carried  out  the  operation  of  the  ma- 
laria control  program  in  several  regions  of  Iran, 
and  at  the  same  time  conducted  a  training  pro- 
gram for  Health  Ministry  personnel.  Today,  the 
Iranians  themselves  carry  on  the  bulk  of  the 
malaria  control  work  that  has  produced  such 
dramatic  results  in  reducing  one  of  Iran's  most 
serious  health  menaces. 

A  teacher  training  program  developed  by  United 
States  specialists  is  now  being  carried  on  by  the 
Ministry  of  Education  on  a  permanent  basis. 
This  program  has  reached  12,000  teachers,  about 
40  percent  of  the  entire  teaching  staff  of  the 
country. 

Considerable  progress  has  been  made  in  the  field 
of  public  administration.  United  States  techni- 
cians have  been  advising  the  Government  of  Iran 
in  various  phases  of  municipal  administration, 
census  activities,  and  statistics.  The  Institute  of 
Administrative  Affairs  of  the  University  of  Teh- 
ran was  opened  in  January  1955  to  provide  in- 


26 


Teacher  training  in  I  ran.  Homemaking  instructor  at  a  training  school  in  Shiraz  demonstrates  hyyi<  nic 
practices  to  Iranian  tent  school  teachers.  This  is  one  example  of  how  the  United  States  technical 
cooperation  program  is  helping  the  Iranian  Ministry  of  Education  plan  abroad  educational  program  for 
the  country's  two  million  nomads. 


service    training    in    public    administration    for 
government  officials  and  employes. 

During  the  period  under  review,  as  a  part  of  the 
military  assistance  program,  several  teams  were 
sent  to  Iran  to  carry  out  special  training  pro- 
grams. In  this  way,  the  United  States  is  helping 
the  Iranian  armed  forces  develop  some  of  the  more 
specialized  skills  needed  to  increase  their  defense 
potential. 

Arab  States  and  Israel 

Egypt  Embarking  on  Development 
Program 

A  comprehensive  economic  development  pro- 
gram, covering  an  initial  10-year  period,  has  been 
initiated  by  the  Egyptian  Government.  The  pro- 
gram provides  for  expansion  of  Egypt's  basic 
transportation  and  communication  facilities,  a 
greater  measure  of  industrialization,  land  reclama- 
tion, and  resettlement  of  landless  fanners. 


United  States  development  assistance  totaling 
$40  million  was  made  available  under  the  mutual 
security  program  in  fiscal  year  1955  to  help  Egypt 
move  ahead  with  its  development  effort.  In  addi- 
tion, $2.9  million  was  allotted  for  technical  coop- 
eration activities.  Emphasis  of  the  development 
assistance  program  was  placed  on  improvement 
of  railways  and  highways,  major  components  of 
Egypt's  10-year  development  program.  A  loan 
agreement  provides  for  repayment  to  the  United 
States  of  $7.5  million  of  the  total  $40  million.  As 
its  share  of  the  cost  of  the  projects,  Egypt  intends 
to  spend  the  equivalent  of  $43.3  million  from  its 
own  resources. 

New  forward  steps  were  made  in  a  number 
of  the  joint  technical  cooperation  projects  under 
way.  With  FOA  assistance,  the  Ministry  of  Agri- 
culture produced  56,000  bushels  of  a  productive 
and  hardy  hybrid  corn  seed.  An  improved 
chicken  feed  is  now  in  production  and  being  mar- 
keted by  six  private  concerns.  Aerial  maps  were 
completed  for  the  High  Aswan  Dam  site.     As  a 


3 5 4i. •!!•,-  -r>r, 


27 


Development  Assistance  For  Egypt  In  FY  1955 
Accented  Transportation 


(Millions  of  Dollars) 

Totol,  Development  Assistance 


IMfL, 

Wm 


m 


m 


Pies 

I  I  40.0 

MM 


Transportation  Equipment 


27.0 


Equipment  tor  Other  Projects 


Consumer  Goods  Imports. 


8.9 


4.1 


result  of  groundwater  tests,  the  Government  of 
Egypt  has  started  operations  to  tap  new  water 
sources. 

Agricultural  extension  work  has  become  a  pri- 
mary element  in  the  agricultural  program,  and 
three  field  centers  were  established  during  the  first 
half  of  the  year.  Also  in  agriculture,  construc- 
tion of  a  milk  pasteurization  plant  was  started, 
and  three  installations  for  artificial  insemination 
were  set  up  for  improvement  of  dairy  cattle.  In 
industry  and  mining,  two  field  parties  were  en- 
gaged in  mapping  mineral  sites.  Possibilities  for 
Egyptian  manufacture  of  animal  feeds  and  expan- 
sion of  its  caustic  soda  production  are  under  study. 

In  health,  control  operations  were  extended  for 
ridding  Egypt  of  bilharzia — a  blood  disease  which 
attacks  the  internal  organs  and  robs  the  energies 
of  a  large  part  of  the  Egyptian  population.  The 
Egyptian  Government  assigned  a  number  of  new 
workers  to  demonstrate  the  effectiveness  of  sodium 
pentachlorophenate  in  killing  the  snails  which 
act  as  intermediate  carriers  of  the  disease. 

In  public  administration,  the  Egyptian  Gov- 
ernment has  introduced  new  techniques  and  more 
efficient  methods  in  its  customs  procedures  as  a 
result  of  a  technical  cooperation  study  recently 
completed. 


Iraq  Initiates  New  Military  and 
Developmental  Measures 

Iraq  has  assumed  increased  defense  importance 
in  the  Near  East  as  the  result  of  its  pact  with 
Turkey  and  the  United  Kingdom.  Iraq  has  a  con- 
siderable military  potential  and  at  present  is  de- 
voting more  than  one-fourth  of  its  total  budget  to 
defense.  The  first  shipment  of  United  States  mil- 
itary equipment,  sent  to  Iraq  under  the  recently 
concluded  military  assistance  agreement,  consisted 
mainly  of  transport  vehicles  and  signal  and  engi- 
neering supplies. 

The  Iraqi  Development  Board  has  drawn  up  a 
broad  program  of  economic  development,  to  be 
financed  from  government  oil  revenues.  The 
main  elements  of  the  program  include  dam  con- 
struction, road  building,  and  land  reclamation  and 
settlement.  On  April  1,  1955,  the  second  5-Year 
Plan  of  the  Iraqi  Government  was  initiated.  The 
Development  Board  is  proposing  that  the  equiva- 
lent of  about  $800  million  be  made  available  from 
oil  royalties  to  finance  the  new  program.  Much 
of  the  emphasis  of  Iraq's  second  5-Year  Plan  will 
be  on  projects  designed  to  raise  the  general  living 
standards  of  the  people  in  the  immediate  future. 
National  income  per  capita  in  Iraq  is  only  about 
$120  a  year. 

A  main  key  to  Iraq's  development  lies  in  har- 
nessing the  waters  of  the  two  large  rivers  which 
run  through  the  country,  the  Tigris  and  the 
Euphrates.  Construction  work  for  this  purpose 
is  under  way  on  a  number  of  dams.  Completion 
of  the  dam  construction  phase  of  Iraq's  program 
will  help  speed  progress  on  the  large  Miri  Sirf 
land  development  project,  which  is  designed  to 
reclaim  large  agricultural  areas  for  the  landless 
peasants  and  the  nomadic  Bedouin  tribes. 

Good  progress  has  been  made  in  the  technical  co- 
operation program  in  Iraq.  An  agricultural  col- 
lege has  been  established  at  Abu  Ghraib  with  the 
assistance  of  technicians  from  the  University  of 
Arizona,  and  the  Baghdad  Technical  Institute  has 
been  established  with  the  assistance  of  technicians 
from  Bradley  Institute  of  Technology.  Tech- 
nicians from  International  Voluntary  Services  are 
continuing  work  on  the  model  community  develop- 
ment project  at  Shaqlawa.  Work  is  also  moving 
ahead  satisfactorily  on  the  maternal  and  child 
health  center  at  Samawa,  and  on  the  nurse  and 
sanitarian  training  project  at  Basra. 


28 


Jordan  Attacking  Its 
Economic  Problems 

With  extremely  limited  resources  and  with 
nearly  500,000  destitute  Arab  refugees  within  its 
borders,  Jordan  is  confronted  with  serious  eco- 
nomic problems.  The  Government  of  Jordan  has 
recently  drawn  up  a  broad  plan  of  development. 
Projects  include  use  of  the  mineral  resources  of 
the  Dead  Sea,  increasing  phosphate  production, 
exploration  for  additional  minerals  and  oil,  de- 
velopment of  the  Jordan  Valley,  improvement  of 
agriculture,  more  attention  to  small  industries, 
and  a  better  transportation  and  communications 
network.  The  Jordanian  Parliament  recently 
passed  two  laws  which  it  is  hoped  will  have  a 
favorable  effect  on  economic  development ;  one  law 
liberalizes  existing  statutes  on  private  foreign 
investment,  and  the  other  is  designed  to  encourage 
needed  industrialization. 


The  United  States  made  $5  million  available  in 
fiscal  year  1955  to  assist  Jordan  in  its  development 
program.  Of  this  amount,  $2.5  million  was  in  the 
form  of  local  currency  purchased  with  pound 
sterling  generated  from  the  sale  of  United  States 
coal  to  the  United  Kingdom.  Most  of  the  local 
currency,  which  is  deposited  in  a  joint  fund,  is 
being  utilized  to  pay  Jordanians  and  refugees 
who  have  been  put  to  work  on  road  construction, 
afforestation,  and  water-spreading  activities. 
Under  this  program,  more  than  60  miles  of  road 
have  been  completed ;  5,000  acres  of  formerly  un- 
productive land  have  been  brought  under  cultiva- 
tion ;  and  hundreds  of  thousands  of  new  trees  have 
been  planted.  In  support  of  these  activities,  $1.4 
million  worth  of  equipment  is  being  imported. 
In  addition,  local  currency  loans  are  being  made 
to  small  industrial  undertakings  in  an  effort  to 
reduce  Jordan's  present  heavy  dependence  upon 
imports.     Loans  are  also  being  made  to  groups 


£■""""4''.'  - .    L  .'  7        »  l  *  .A 

y.  v>.  *T'' ":     /»'    '    • 

mat;  .%■    *\.  £  ■    I .       -•  r    j      '  .  . 


Jordanians  at  work  on  construction  of  an  east-west  high/way  system.  Under  the  development  assistance 
program,  the  United  States  is  helping  Jordan  build  more  adequate  road  facilities  to  further  the  country's 
development  as  well  as  to  give  employment  to  thousands  of  Jordanians,  including  Arab  refugei  s. 


29 


of  individuals  in  the  rural  villages  as  part  of  the 
community  development  program. 

United  States  assistance  amounting  to  $2.2  mil- 
lion was  provided  for  the  technical  cooperation 
program  in  fiscal  year  1955,  with  projects  in  agri- 
culture, natural  resources,  health,  and  education. 
Many  projects  under  this  program  have  already 
been  taken  over  by  agencies  of  the  Jordanian  Gov- 
ernment which  will  continue  to  operate  them. 

Nineteen  agricultural  centers  serving  300  vil- 
lages are  now  in  operation  in  Jordan.  Reservoirs 
have  been  renovated,  and  local  villagers  trained 
to  maintain  them.  Joint  Jordanian-United  States 
committees  have  developed  a  number  of  courses 
of  study  for  the  teacher  training  schools.  These 
courses  have  been  designed  to  meet  the  special 
needs  of  Jordan  by  giving  relatively  greater  em- 
phasis to  functional  training.  A  program  ini- 
tiated for  the  education  of  the  children  of  the 
nomadic  tribesmen  has  been  enthusiastically  sup- 
ported by  the  Bedouins.  Approximately  100 
Jordanian  trainees  in  education  have  been  sent 
abroad,  while  about  an  equal  number  have  re- 
turned and  been  placed  in  positions  where  their 
acquired  knowledge  will  be  of  the  utmost  value 
to  Jordan. 

New  Measures  for  Lebanese 
Development 

The  economic  development  of  Lebanon  depends 
in  large  part  upon  improved  communication  fa- 
cilities, since  much  of  its  income  is  derived  from 
tourism  and  commerce.  In  the  first  six  months  of 
1955,  a  program  was  initiated  to  assist  Lebanon 
in  improving  its  road  system.  As  a  part  of  this 
program,  an  agreement  was  signed  in  June  which 
provides  for  United  States  assistance  in  the 
amount  of  $5.7  million  to  help  finance  construc- 
tion of  a  modern  highway  from  Beirut  to  the 
Syrian  border,  where  it  will  then  connect  with  a 
road  to  Damascus,  the  capital  of  Syria.  The  road 
between  the  two  cities  is  one  of  the  most  impor- 
tant trade  routes  in  the  Middle  East.  The  Leban- 
ese Government  will  pay  the  major  part  of  the 
construction  cost  from  its  highway  budget.  Of 
the  amount  to  be  supplied  by  the  United  States, 
$5  million  will  be  in  the  form  of  a  15-year  loan 
bearing  interest  at  3  percent;  the  remaining 
$700,000  will  be  used  to  purchase  American  road 
building  equipment,  and  to  finance  a  $200,000  en- 
gineering survey  by  an  American  firm. 


Lebanon's  climate  is  ideal  for  growing  fruits, 
vegetables,  and  other  crops.  In  fiscal  year  1955, 
development  assistance  measures  were  instituted 
which  provided  $1.1  million  for  improved  equip- 
ment for  agricultural  development.  Much  of  the 
agricultural  land  in  Lebanon  needs  irrigation,  and 
an  irrigation  development  program  has  been 
started  to  increase  arable  acreage.  A  project  to 
supply  pure  water  to  the  villages  has  also  been 
initiated.  Pipe  and  other  equipment  arrived  in 
June,  and  construction  of  pipelines  was  begun. 

Under  the  guidance  of  United  States  extension 
specialists  in  Lebanon,  an  agricultural  extension 
service  has  been  instituted  with  30  offices  through- 
out the  country.  The  Terbol  Experimental  Farm, 
which  has  proved  so  successful  that  the  local  de- 
mand for  quality  cows  and  bulls  far  exceeds  the 
supply,  will  be  turned  over  to  the  Lebanese  Gov- 
ernment in  the  fall  of  1955  to  be  operated  by 
Lebanese  personnel  who  were  previously  trained 
by  American  technicians.  Prevention  of  wind 
erosion  by  windbreak  planting  has  been  demon- 
strated by  an  American  forestry  expert,  and  it  is 
ex2)eeted  that  farmers  will  soon  apply  the  lessons 
of  this  new  technique  to  their  own  lands. 

The  development  of  light  industry  is  important 
to  the  economic  growth  of  Lebanon.  The  Lebanon 
Industry  Institute  was  established  to  aid  this 
development  with  the  help  of  American  techni- 
cians from  the  Battelle  Memorial  Institute  of 
Columbus,  Ohio.  Ground  was  broken  in  January 
1955  for  the  Industry  Institute's  new  buildings 
and  construction  is  now  in  process.  Technicians 
from  Battelle  experienced  in  business  adminis- 
tration, production  management,  and  marketing 
have  arrived  and  have  started  a  number  of  pro- 
ductivity projects. 

The  Litani  River  surveys,  completed  in  1954, 
resulted  in  the  establishment  of  a  National  Litani 
Board.  The  development  of  the  Litani  River  will 
provide  water  for  irrigation  and  electricity  for 
industry  and  contribute  immeasurably  to  the  eco- 
nomic development  and  welfare  of  Lebanon. 
Water  reconnaissance  studies  are  now  being  made 
on  ten  other  Lebanese  rivers. 

Efforts  to  Help  Palestine  Refugees 

The  United  States  continued  to  support  the 
United  Nations  Relief  and  Works  Agency  for 
Palestine  Refugees  (UNRWA)  in  its  efforts  to 
improve  the  living  conditions  of  the  Arab  refugees 


30 


and  to  develop  projects  to  help  them  become  self- 
supporting. 

Of  the  900,000  Arab  refugees  from  Palestine, 
about  one-third  are  completely  supported  by 
UNRWA  in  camps;  the  remainder  are  receiving 
a  food  ration  and  basic  medical  services.  The 
average  cost  for  relief  per  refugee  is  approxi- 
mately $28  a  year. 

Educational  opportunities  for  refugee  children 
of  school  age,  who  constitute  about  one-quarter  of 
the  total  refugee  population,  are  also  being  pro- 
vided by  UNRWA.  While  UNRWA's  greatest 
educational  effort  in  the  past  has  been  concen- 
trated on  elementary  education,  an  expanded  sec- 
ondary school  educational  program  resulted  in  im- 
portant increases  in  the  number  of  pupils  during 
the  first  half  of  1955. 

The  program  for  improved  housing  in  the 
camps,  undertaken  on  the  basis  of  the  budget  ap- 
proved by  the  U.  N.  Eighth  General  Assembly, 
has  been  largely  completed.  The  camp  facilities 
originally  were  intended  to  be  of  a  temporary 
nature,  but  it  has  been  necessary  to  provide  for 
prolonged  occupancy  in  view  of  the  tremendous 
problems  faced  in  creating  permanent  homes  and 
jobs  in  an  arid  area  which  historically  has  been 
able  to  provide  no  more  than  a  bare  subsistence 
for  the  former  population.  Plans  have  been  vir- 
tually completed,  after  long  and  detailed  study, 
for  a  major  project  which  would  resettle  more 
than  50,000  refugees  in  the  Sinai  Peninsula.  These 
plans,  which  are  now  receiving  the  final  review 
of  the  Egyptian  Government  and  UNRWA,  pro- 
vide for  the  perennial  irrigation  of  some  50,000 
acres  with  water  conveyed  across  eastern  Egypt 
and  siphoned  under  the  Suez  Canal  to  western 
Sinai.  Twenty  farming  villages,  two  district  cen- 
ters and  a  capital  town  are  to  be  constructed  on 
land  which  is  now  empty  desert. 

Negotiations  with  Lebanon,  Syria,  Jordan,  and 
Israel  have  continued  in  an  effort  to  arrive  at  a 
division  of  the  waters  of  the  Jordan  River  Valley 
and  an  agreed  program  for  the  Valley's  develop- 
ment. Ambassador  Eric  Johnston,  the  special 
representative  of  the  President,  resumed  his  dis- 
cussions in  the  Near  East  during  January  and 
February,  and  was  successful  in  bringing  the  par- 
ties closer  to  a  mutually  acceptable  program. 
Technical  discussions  and  the  compilation  of  ad- 
ditional data  have  been  continued  in  Washing- 
ton, looking  to  definitive  negotiations  in  the  Near 
East  during  the  latter  half  of  the  year. 


It  is  estimated  that  the  development  of  the 
Jordan  River  system  would  permit  the  irrigation 
of  225,000  acres  of  land  in  the  four  states  con- 
cerned. This  would  make  possible  the  eventual 
settlement  of  perhaps  200,000  refugees,  as  well  as 
provide  important  benefits  for  the  other  peoples 
of  the  area. 

Israel  Turns  to  Industry 

Marked  progress  has  been  made  in  Israel's 
management  of  its  financial  problems.  A  good 
measure  of  economic  stability  has  replaced  the 
rampant  inflation  of  earlier  years,  and  the  short- 
term  external  debt  has  been  satisfactorily  re- 
funded. Greater  attention  is  now  being  paid  to 
programs  for  orderly  economic  development, 
especially  in  the  industrial  sector. 

United  States  assistance  to  Israel  under  the 
mutual  security  program  is  placing  greater  empha- 
sis on  industrial  development  projects  designed  to 
make  maximum  use  of  local  raw  materials.  An 
increasing  share  of  the  local  currency  generated 
by  the  sale  of  imports  under  the  program  is  being 
placed  at  the  disposal  of  industry  in  the  form  of 
loans  to  expand  output  and  build  new  capacity. 

Much  of  Israel's  industry  will  necessarily  be  on 
an  import- for-export  basis,  thereby  placing  a  pre- 
mium on  the  country's  efforts  to  compete  in  inter- 
national markets.  New  technical  cooperation 
projects  have  therefore  been  initiated,  in  coopera- 
tion with  the  Government  of  Israel  and  various 
public  and  private  institutions,  for  management 
training  in  order  to  increase  industrial  produc- 
tivity. In  addition,  vocational  training  is  being 
intensified  to  provide  personnel  with  the  requisite 
technical  skills  for  achieving  the  planned  expan- 
sion in  industrial  fields.  Improvement  and  ex- 
tension of  rail  and  highway  facilities  are  also 
being  fostered  in  order  to  increase  the  output 
potential  of  the  nation  and  to  lower  costs. 

Agricultural  production,  an  important  feature 
of  Israel's  development  program,  must  continue 
to  expand.  Lack  of  water  is  the  principal  limiting 
factor  on  Israel's  agricultural  output,  and  a  major 
share  of  technical  assistance  is  therefore  being 
devoted  to  helping  Israeli  farmers  expand  arable 
land  area  by  additional  irrigation.  Considerable 
emphasis  is  also  being  given  to  range  management 
in  order  to  increase  the  meat  supply  without  over- 
grazing. Agricultural  extension  and  demonstra- 
tion methods  are  being  used  on  a  widening  scale 


31 


so  that  farmers  and  ranchers  can  put  the  latest 
research  knowledge  to  practical  use  in  improving 
crops  and  livestock. 

Africa 

Assistance  to  the  Independent  Countries 

Ethiopia. — Under  the  technical  cooperation  pro- 
gram in  Ethiopia,  a  thoroughgoing  examination  of 
the  educational  needs  of  the  country  has  been  made 
by  a  joint  commission  of  educators  from  Ethiopia 
and  the  United  States.  Plans  have  been  devel- 
oped to  improve  elementary  and  secondary  educa- 
tion and  to  strengthen  the  administrative  proce- 
dures of  the  Ministry  of  Education. 

The  program  for  education  in  agriculture  and 
mechanical  arts  is  already  having  a  noticeable  im- 
pact on  the  country.  The  Jimma  Agricultural 
Secondary  School,  currently  in  its  third  year  of 
operation,  and  the  Handicraft  School  in  Addis 
Ababa  are  now  being  financed  entirely  by  the 
Ethiopian  Government,  except  for  the  cost  of 
United  States  technicians.  Facilities  to  house  the 
agricultural  college  being  established  in  Harar 
province  are  expected  to  be  completed  by  the  com- 
ing winter.  A  trade  school  for  apprentices  is 
being  set  up  in  Addis  Ababa  by  technicians  from 
Oklahoma  A&M  College  who  are  in  charge  of  the 
program  for  developing  agricultural  and  mechani- 
cal training.  Assistance  provided  by  United 
States  technicians  has  resulted  in  a  rapidly  de- 
veloping extension  program,  concentrating  on  im- 
provements in  crop  production  and  animal  hus- 
bandry practices. 

Since  May  1953,  when  Ethiopia  was  declared 
eligible  to  receive  grant  military  aid,  the  Ethiopian 
armed  services  have  made  substantial  progress 
toward  standardization  of  equipment  and  supply 
procedures  along  American  military  lines.  Train- 
ing guidance  and  the  limited  quantities  of  materiel 
shipped  to  Ethiopia  under  the  military  assistance 
program  have  helped  the  Ethiopian  Army  to  move 
ahead  in  its  capabilities. 

Libya. — The  Libyan-American  Reconstruction 
Commission  has  been  established  to  manage  the 
economic  aid  made  available  from  United  States 
sources.  Allocations  have  been  made  by  it  for 
projects  essential  to  Libya's  economic  progress. 
An  American  has  been  appointed  Executive  Direc- 
tor of  the  Commission,  and  basic  procedures  for 
the  Commission's  work  have  been  drawn  up  and 


put  into  effect.  Some  of  the  projects  are  exten- 
sions of  existing  demonstration  work  under  the 
technical  cooperation  program,  thus  maximizing 
the  services  of  the  United  States  technicians  in 
such  fields  as  irrigation  and  water  development, 
provision  of  water  supplies,  and  health  facilities. 

Under  a  revised  agreement,  technical  coopera- 
tion projects  are  being  integrated  within  Libyan 
governmental  departments  to  prepare  the  way  for 
Libyans  to  assume  full  responsibility  for  project 
activities.  For  example,  the  Libyan-American 
Joint  Service  in  Public  Health  is  introducing  pre- 
ventive and  other  public  health  services  which  will 
operate  as  a  unit  within  the  Libyan  Ministry  of 
Health.  New  project  agreements  provide  for  joint 
management  with  Libyan  and  American  co- 
directors. 

The  Libyan  Government  wishes  to  provide  edu- 
cational facilities  which  will  enable  its  students  to 
qualify  for  entrance  in  universities  abroad.  In 
response  to  its  request,  arrangements  were  made  by 
FOA  to  send  two  college  officials  abroad  to  ap- 
praise Libya's  needs  and  make  recommendations 
for  facilities  which  would  approximate  those  of  a 
United  States  junior  college. 

In  June,  a  severe  infestation  of  locusts  required 
an  all-out  effort  at  harvest  season  to  reduce  insofar 
as  possible  the  damage  to  the  already  subnormal 
crop.  The  United  States  provided  experts  in 
locust  control,  furnished  insecticides  and  planes 
for  spraying,  and  mobilized  its  agricultural  tech- 
nicians in  the  field  to  aid  in  the  emergency.  Al- 
though it  has  not  yet  been  possible  to  estimate  the 
full  extent  of  the  damage,  it  is  known  that  as  a 
result  of  the  third  year  of  drought  and  other  poor 
crop  conditions,  this  year's  harvest  will  be  well 
below  normal.  In  response  to  the  Libyan  Govern- 
ment's request  for  aid  in  this  crucial  period,  the 
United  States  has  approved  an  additional  grant 
of  6,800  tons  of  wheat  to  be  distributed  free  to 
Libyans  in  the  distressed  areas  of  the  Province  of 
Tripolitania. 

Liberia. — Construction  of  a  new  school  building 
for  the  Booker  T.  Washington  Institute  is  now 
under  way,  and  classes  are  expected  to  start  in 
August.  This  pro j  ect  is  being  undertaken  through 
a  contract  with  Prairie  View  A&M  College  which 
provides  for  the  assistance  of  its  staff  in  the  im- 
provement of  Liberia's  teaching  methods,  the 
planning  of  an  educational  curriculum,  and  re- 
lated matters. 


32 


A  project  has  been  successfully  completed  for 
the  demonstration  of  techniques  of  growing 
swamp  rice.  The  results  of  this  demonstration  are 
being  applied  in  many  remote  parts  of  Liberia 
through  the  agricultural  extension  system  organ- 
ized with  United  States  assistance. 

An  agreement  has  been  reached  to  use  the 
services  of  a  voluntary  aid  society  in  organizing 
and  staffing  a  rural  public  health  demonstration 
center  in  the  Western  Province. 

During  the  first  half  of  1955,  four  of  the  five 
commercial  fishing  units  now  operating  in  the 
Monrovia  area  were  assisted  in  getting  established 
by  an  American  fishery  expert. 

Dependent  Overseas  Territories 

In  response  to  a  request  from  the  Kenya  Gov- 
ernment and  the  United  Kingdom  to  investigate 
the  possibility  of  expanding  the  Kenya  technical 
cooperation  program,  FOA  sent  a  survey  team  to 
Kenya  in  March  lOSS1.  This  team  reviewed  a 
number  of  possible  activities  and  recommended 
several  projects  in  agriculture,  health,  education, 
and  community  development.  All  the  projects  are 
part  of  a  broad  Kenya  plan  for  the  expansion  of 
the  economy  and  improvement  of  living  conditions 
of  the  native  population.    They  include  the  opera- 


tion of  a  medical  training  school  in  Nairobi ;  the 
broadening  of  a  mass  literacy  campaign  in  western 
Kenya ;  the  acceleration  of  technical,  clerical,  and 
commercial  education  for  natives  in  central 
Kenya;  and  the  surveying  of  land  units  in  the 
Kikuyu  reserve. 

A  number  of  projects  have  been  instituted  in 
West  Africa.  Arrangements  have  been  made  for 
sending  American  technicians  to  study  cattle 
blood  diseases  in  the  Gold  Coast ;  bovine  pneumo- 
nia and  poultry  diseases  in  Nigeria;  expansion  of 
technical  and  vocational  education  in  Sierra 
Leone ;  establishment  of  a  trade  training  center  in 
Gambia;  and  a  large  agricultural  development 
program  in  the  Western  Region  of  Nigeria.  The 
West  African  territories  recognize  that  the  United 
States  can  offer  assistance  by  providing  special 
technical  skills  in  agriculture  and  education  un- 
available in  the  United  Kingdom  and  Western 
Europe.  They  are  therefore  eager  to  cooperate 
with  the  United  States  in  carrying  out  local  pro- 
grams in  those  fields. 

An  agreement  was  signed  with  the  Italian  Gov- 
ernment for  the  institution  of  an  agricultural  pro- 
gram in  Somalia  designed  to  help  solve  some  of 
that  area's  most  pressing  problems  and  to  train 
Somalis  to  participate  increasingly  in  their  own 
development  plans  in  the  future. 


33 


CHAPTER  IV 


Latin  America 


THE  LATIN  AMEEICAN  governments  are 
demonstrating  a  growing  initiative  in  working 
out  practical  plans  for  their  economic  develop- 
ment. The  knotty  problems  involved  in  formu- 
lating country  development  programs  have  been 
examined  at  great  length  in  various  inter-Ameri- 
can economic  consultations,  particularly  within 
the  Organization  of  American  States  and  the  Eco- 
nomic Commission  for  Latin  America  of  the 
United  Nations.  The  technical  cooperation  proj- 
ects being  carried  out  jointly  by  the  United  States 
and  Latin  American  countries  and  territories  have 
often  stimulated  developmental  measures  on  the 
part  of  the  participating  governments. 

Plans  for  country  development  have  grown  in 
number  and  scope.  In  the  early  part  of  1955, 
Honduras  announced  that  it  had  drawn  up  a  5- 
year  program  of  broad  economic  development 
which  envisions,  in  addition  to  rehabilitation  of 
the  flood-damaged  Sula  Valley,  wide  improve- 
ments in  agriculture,  road  construction,  power, 
and  education.  Guatemala  has  established  a  Na- 
tional Economic  Planning  Council  to  work  out  a 
feasible  long-term  development  plan  to  expand 
the  Guatemalan  economy.  Ecuador  has  set  up  a 
similar  planning  board.  Cuba  is  another  country 
which  has  recently  mapped  out  a  comprehensive 
program  of  economic  improvement. 

Moving  such  plans  out  of  the  blueprint  stage 
means  that  the  Latin  American  countries  must 
apply  modern  methods  on  a  vastly  increased  scale. 
It  means  also  that  the  acquisition  of  the  neces- 
sary technical  knowledge  and  skills  must  be 
speeded  up.  In  response  to  these  urgent  and  ex- 
panded needs,  the  United  States  and  participating 
Latin  American  governments  have  strengthened 
their  joint  efforts  under  the  technical  cooperation 
program. 


Technical  Cooperation 
Progress 

During  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1955,  the 
United  States  made  available  about  $28  million 
in  direct  support  of  joint  technical  cooperation 
programs  in  Latin  America.  The  United  States 
is  engaged  in  such  programs  with  each  of  the  Latin 
American  republics,  except  Argentina,  and  with  a 
number  of  the  dependent  territories  located  in  the 
Western  Hemisphere.  As  in  past  years,  the  pri- 
mary objective  of  these  mutual  programs  is  to 
share  our  technical  knowledge  and  skills  with  the 
people  and  institutions  of  Latin  America  so  that 
they  can  speed  their  own  efforts  for  economic 
development  in  their  countries.  All  of  the  pro- 
grams continue  to  be  jointly  financed,  jointly 
planned  and  jointly  operated  by  the  United  States 
and  .the  participating  country.  In  June,  agree- 
ments were  signed  for  new  technical  cooperation 
programs  in  Jamaica  and  British  Honduras. 

The  technical  cooperation  program  in  Latin 
America  is  being  gradually  diversified  as  a  nat- 
ural outgrowth  of  the  growing  requests  by  host 
countries  for  technical  assistance  in  fields  other 
than  agriculture,  health,  and  education.  These 
three  basic  fields  of  activity  continue  to  be  the 
major  components  of  the  program,  comprising  73 
percent  of  total  funds  used  for  technical  coopera- 
tion in  Latin  America  during  fiscal  year  1955. 
A  larger  proportion  of  the  program,  however,  was 
spread  among  other  important  activities,  such  as 
transportation,  industry  and  mining,  public  ad- 
ministration, labor,  community  development,  and 
housing. 

United  States  colleges  and  universities  ex- 
panded their  participation  in  the  technical  co- 
operation program  during  the  first  half  of  1955. 


34 


Latin  Americans  Are  Acquiring  Valuable 
Knowledge  In  The  United  States 


Participants  in  FY  1955. 
by  Major  Field  of  Study 


Industry 
and  Mining 

Agriculture 
and  Natural 
Resources 

Education 


Public 
Administration 

Health  and 
Sanitation 


Labor 


Transportation 


Community 
Services 


Other 


275 


247 


177 


175 


' 


136 


389 


103  TOTAL: 

1,545  Participants' 


130 
I  13 


I 


■In  addition,  47  Latin  Americans  are  studying  in  countries 
other  than  the  U.S.  and  their  own  country. 


The  progress  attained  in  the  participant  pro- 
gram is  reflected  in  the  fact  that  the  great  ma- 
jority of  these  trainees,  upon  their  return  to  their 
own  countries,  obtain  positions  which  make  it  pos- 
sible for  them  to  utilize  the  full  benefits  of  their 
training.  They  are  also  reaching,  within  their 
governments,  the  senior  positions  which  enable 
them  to  have  an  important  impact  on  the  planning 
and  implementation  of  the  development  efforts  of 
their  countries.  In  one  country,  for  example,  par- 
ticipants who  studied  in  the  United  States  now 
hold  such  positions  as  Director  General  of  Agri- 
culture ;  Chief  of  Public  Health  Education ;  Chief 
of  International  Affairs  of  the  Department  of 
Health;  and  the  directorship  of  a  large  trade 
school  in  the  capital  city.  Returning  participants 
also  fill  many  high-level  positions  in  servicios,  the 
joint  U.S. -host  country  operating  organizations 
established  within  appropriate  ministries  of  the 
host  governments  to  carry  on  technical  coopera- 
tion programs. 

One  of  the  most  concrete  measurements  of  pro- 
gram progress  in  Latin  America  is  the  degree  to 
which  host  countries  contribute  to  joint  operating 
funds.  Each  year,  contributions  of  participating 
governments  to  these  joint  funds  have  increased, 
and  in  fiscal  year  1955,  they  reached  a  total  of 
about  $40.6  million  in  cash  alone,  or  over  five 


By  June,  a  total  of  15  United  States  educational 
institutions  were  under  contract  to  work  in  12 
countries  of  Latin  America.  In  addition,  increas- 
ing reliance  was  placed  on  the  use  of  private  or- 
ganizations to  meet  highly  specialized  technical 
assistance  needs. 

Furnishing  United  States  technical  experts  to 
work  in  the  host  country  is  a  primary  means  of 
sharing  our  planning  and  productive  techniques 
with  other  people.  By  mid-1955,  there  were  about 
635  United  States  technicians  on  duty  in  Latin 
America  as  compared  to  523  at  the  beginning  of 
the  fiscal  year. 

Another  major  way  in  which  technical  knowl- 
edge is  imparted  is  through  the  participant  pro- 
gram in  which  grants  are  made  available  for  the 
training  of  Latin  American  personnel  outside  of 
their  own  countries,  primarily  in  the  continental 
United  States.  The  participant  program  has 
been  considerably  strengthened;  in  fiscal  year 
1955,  about  1600  training  grants  were  made  avail- 
able, nearly  double  the  number  of  such  grants  in 
the  previous  year. 


Latin  American  Countries  Have  Increased  Their 
Contributions  To  Joint  Programs 


(  Millions  of  Dotlors  ond 
Dollar  Equivalents)! 


63.3 

Materials  ond  Services 
44.7 


28.0 


22.0 


FY  1954       FY   1955 

United  States 


FY  1954       FY   1955 

Host  Countries 


35 


times  the  United  States  cash  contributions  of  about 
$7.4  million. 

Host  governments  are,  to  an  increased  degree, 
taking  over  full  responsibility  for  projects  ini- 
tiated under  the  joint  technical  cooperation  pro- 
gram. The  Latin  American  governments  are  be- 
coming increasingly  capable  of  accepting  both 
administrative  and  financial  responsibility  for 
individual  projects  and,  in  certain  instances,  for 
entire  programs  embracing  a  complete  field  of 
activity. 

These  are  some  of  the  more  noteworthy  activity 
trends  and  project  developments  which  took  place 
in  recent  months : 

Agriculture. — Initiation  of  agricultural  credit 
operations  in  Bolivia  and  Guatemala  during  the 
first  six  months  of  1955  represented  an  important 
new  trend  for  the  well-established  program  of 
agricultural  activities  in  Latin  America.  In  both 
countries,  authorities  were  faced  with  difficult 
problems  of  land  settlement  and  ownership  arising 
from  earlier  land  reform  programs.  Under  the 
new  program  for  better  credit  facilities,  arrange- 
ments are  being  worked  out  for  the  local  govern- 
ment to  provide  loans  for  land  purchase,  for  per- 
manent improvements,  and  for  working  capital. 
The  local  governments  are  also  planning  to  pro- 
vide expert  supervision  to  assist  farmers  in  follow- 
ing sound  farm  plans  to  facilitate  repayment  of 
loans. 

Technical  assistance  for  these  supervised  credit 
programs  is  being  supplied  through  contracts  with 
a  non-profit  organization  having  broad  experience 
in  this  field.  Principal  responsibilities  under 
these  contracts  are  to  supply  competent  advisors 
to  credit  institutions  and  ministries  of  agriculture 
and  to  train  field  representatives  of  credit  banks. 

Further  progress  was  made  in  agricultural  re- 
search and  extension  activities  being  carried  for- 
ward in  most  Latin  American  countries.  New 
university  contracts  were  signed  to  strengthen  the 
programs  in  Costa  Rica  and  Chile.  In  Costa  Rica, 
technicians  from  the  University  of  Florida  are 
advising  on  the  development  of  a  national  agri- 
cultural research  program.  In  Chile,  technicians 
from  the  University  of  California  are  advising  on 
the  improvement  of  curricula,  and  research  and 
extension  work  of  agricultural  colleges  in  Santi- 
ago and  Chilian. 

Health  and  Sanitation. — Joint  public  health 
programs  have  been  in  operation  in  Latin  America 
for  more  than  thirteen  years.     The  increasing 


competence  of  the  various  ministries  of  health  in 
Latin  America  is  bringing  about  a  progressive 
change  in  the  way  health  programs  are  being  car- 
ried on.  United  States  technical  personnel  are 
gradually  withdrawing  from  the  operational 
phases  of  the  work  and  limiting  their  functions 
more  and  more  to  consultation.  Greater  empha- 
sis is  being  placed  on  training  activities  and  on 
community  development  in  public  health.  For 
example,  the  Ministry  of  Health  of  Uruguay  has 
recently  requested  assistance  in  the  reorganization 
of  the  Ministry  and  in  the  extension  of  local  com- 
munity health  services  throughout  the  country. 
This  request  appears  to  be  a  direct  outgrowth  of  a 
demonstration  program  of  local  health  services 
carried  out  as  part  of  the  joint  health  program  over 
the  years  in  five  health  centers  in  Uruguay.  Ac- 
tivity in  professional  education  has  also  been) 
stepped  up  in  a  number  of  countries,  and  the  serv- 
ices of  United  States  technicians  are  being  re- 
quested to  furnish  guidance  to  medical  and  nurs- 
ing schools. 

The  American  Hospital  Association  has  ini- 
tiated a  series  of  seminars  in  hospital  administra- 
tion to  be  held  in  Brazil,  Peru,  and  Colombia.  The 
University  of  North  Carolina  is  providing  services 
to  Peru's  National  School  of  Engineering  in  the 
field  of  sanitary  engineering.  The  work  on  nutri- 
tion under  the  contract  with  the  Harvard  School 
of  Public  Health  is  moving  ahead.  At  the  fiscal 
year's  end,  there  were  requests  from  three  addi- 
tional countries  for  university  contracts  in 
medical  education. 

In  the  past  year,  the  Public  Health  Division  of 
FOA  has  developed  closer  working  relations  with 
the  World  Health  Organization  and  its  Regional 
Office,  the  Pan  American  Sanitary  Bureau.  WHO 
has  asked  FOA  to  collaborate  with  them  and  with 
the  countries  of  Latin  America  to  control  malaria 
in  the  Western  Hemisphere,  particularly  in  the 
malaria-infested  regions  of  Mexico,  Colombia,  and 
Haiti. 

Education. — Technical  cooperation  programs  in 
education  in  Latin  America  continue  to  stress  the 
training  of  teachers.  Newly  trained  teachers  are 
reaching  thousands  with  a  type  of  education  that 
is  geared  to  help  solve  everyday  problems,  and  that 
emphasizes  the  role  of  the  individual  within  his 
society.  Teachers  are  not  only  being  trained  for 
work  in  the  elementary  schools  in  the  rural  areas ; 
they  are  also  being  shown  how  to  develop  skilled 
and  semi-skilled  labor  for  industry.     Latin  Amer- 


36 


Students  at  the  San  Andres  vocational  agricultural  school  in  El  Salvador  learning  how  to  operate  and 
maintain  farm  machinery.  United  States  technicians  are  working  with  the  teaching  staffs  of  Latin 
American  agricultural  schools  to  improve  instruction  in  modern  farming  techniques  designed  to  raise 
-productivity  and  living  standards. 


ican  teachers  are  being  instructed  in  mechanical 
operations  so  that  they  can  pass  on  the  techniques 
for  operating  and  maintaining  simple  farm  equip- 
ment. Their  training  also  includes  courses  in 
agricultural  improvement  so  that  they  can  demon- 
strate how  crops  can  be  improved  with  better  seeds, 
fertilizers,  and  insecticides.  Reform  of  outdated 
school  laws  and  improvement  of  the  economic 
status  of  teachers  are  other  facets  of  these  educa- 
tion programs. 

The  assistance  of  United  States  colleges  and 
universities  has  been  enlisted  to  help  raise  the 
levels  of  vocational  education  in  various  countries 
of  Latin  America.  In  Mexico,  for  example,  dur- 
ing the  first  half  of  1955  some  of  the  best  educators 
from  Teachers  College  of  Columbia  University 
have  been  working  with  Mexican  leaders  in  a  study 
to  determine  the  needs  for  technical  education  in 
that  country.  The  Mexican  staff  has  been  pro- 
vided by  the  Bank  of  Mexico,  and  Mexicans  will 


participate  fully  in  all  phases  of  the  study.  Proce- 
dures and  forms  have  been  developed  jointly. 
Teachers  College  has  sent  engineers  to  Mexico  to 
act  as  consultants  in  four  major  fields  of  the  study : 
chemistry,  foods,  metals,  and  textiles.  Under  their 
guidance,  Mexican  teams  are  now  gathering  the 
necessary  information. 

During  the  period  covered  by  this  report,  new 
technical  cooperation  programs  in  education  were 
inaugurated  in  Costa  Rica,  Jamaica,  and  British 
Honduras.  At  the  request  of  the  Governments  of 
Cuba  and  Colombia,  studies  are  now  in  process  to 
determine  how  United  States  technical  help  could 
best  serve  these  countries  in  attacking  their  basic 
educational  problems. 

Industry. — Several  new  industrial  programs 
were  begun  in  Latin  America  during  the  first  half 
of  1955.  The  Mexican  Industrial  Productivity 
Center  was  formally  established  in  May.  The  El 
Salvador  Industrial  Productivity  Center,  which 


37 


was  established  in  January,  had  initiated  several 
cooperative  undertakings  by  the  end  of  June.  A 
formal  technical  cooperation  agreement  for  indus- 
trial productivity  was  signed  with  Uruguay  in  the 
latter  part  of  June. 

Studies  on  the  development  of  joint  programs 
in  industry  in  Cuba,  Panama,  and  Peru  were  car- 
ried forward  during  the  period.  Continued  prog- 
ress was  reported  from  Chile,  where  a  joint 
program  in  industrial  development  is  concen- 
trating on  training  at  both  managerial  and  worker 
levels,  especially  in  smaller  enterprises. 

Public  Administration. — Interest  in  improve- 
ment of  public  administration  continues  to  grow 
among  the  Latin  American  republics  as  they  be- 
come increasingly  aware  of  its  importance  in  indi- 
vidual country  programs  for  economic  develop- 
ment. Fifteen  countries  have  requested  United 
States  technical  assistance  in  improving  govern- 
mental operations. 

In  Guatemala,  the  new  government  sought 
United  States  assistance  in  strengthening  public 
administration  procedures.  FOA  arranged  to 
provide  this  service  through  a  contract  with  a 
management  firm  with  extensive  experience  in 
Latin  America.  The  primary  problem  was  identi- 
fied as  public  finance,  and  experts  were  sent  to 
Guatemala  to  work  with  the  government  on  im- 
proving its  tax  structure  and  national  budget 
system. 

The  Getulio  Vargas  Foundation  School  of  Busi- 
ness Administration  in  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil, 
launched  its  4-year  undergraduate  program  in 
March  1955.  This  program,  developed  with  the 
assistance  of  Michigan  State  University,  has  pro- 
vided a  number  of  short-term  courses  to  help  meet 
the  need  in  Brazil  for  trained  business  and  gov- 
ernmental leaders.  The  school  now  has  started 
on  its  long-range  program,  with  57  undergradu- 
ates enrolled.  As  an  important  feature  of  this 
joint  program,  six  Brazilian  professors  have  been 
sent  to  Michigan  State  College  for  a  year  of  train- 
ing ;  when  they  return,  they  will  be  used  as  Bra- 
zilian replacements  for  the  American  professors  of 
business  administration. 

Housing. — In  Chile,  the  United  States  has  fur- 
nished technical  guidance  and  a  limited  amount  of 
equipment  to  help  the  Chilean  Government  and 
people  in  their  efforts  to  meet  their  acute  housing 
needs.  The  Chilean  Government  has  authorized 
expenditures  of  the  equivalent  of  $900,000  for  pur- 
chase of  building  materials  and  for  administrative 


and  technical  supervision  of  the  program.  Chile 
also  authorized  an  additional  $900,000  for  housing 
sites  and  construction  work  involving  1,000  fami- 
lies. The  United  States  provided  $100,000  for 
tools,  cement,  earth-moving  equipment,  and  other 
construction  material  that  had  to  be  imported. 

In  Colombia,  the  Small  Homes  Council  of  the 
University  of  Illinois  has  contracted  to  study  the 
country's  housing  needs  in  order  to  assist  the  Co- 
lombian Institute  of  Territorial  Credit  in  adopt- 
ing modern  housing  methods  which  will  improve 
Colombia's  housing  program. 

Working  on  a  regional  basis,  United  States 
technicians  in  the  Caribbean  area  have  stimulated 
local  self-help  programs  for  home  construction 
in  Surinam,  British  Guiana,  Barbados,  Trinidad, 
St.  Lucia,  Granada,  and  Jamaica.  The  objective 
has  been  to  show  the  people  in  these  regions  how 
to  develop  low-cost  methods  of  construction,  uti- 
lizing local  materials  whenever  possible,  and  en- 
listing family  labor  on  a  cooperative  basis. 

In  areas  where  the  construction  phase  of  the 
housing  program  is  well  under  way,  more  atten- 
tion is  being  given  to  the  development  and 
training  of  group  leaders  who  can  disseminate  the 
knowledge  and  experience  obtained,  and  thereby 
multiply  the  considerable  achievements  already 
made. 

Regional  Assistance  Through  OAS. — During 
the  first  half  of  1955,  seven  regional  training  proj- 
ects continued  in  operation  under  the  technical  co- 
operation program  of  the  Organization  of  Aneri- 
can  States.  These  training  projects  were  in  the 
fields  of  economic  and  financial  statistics,  housing, 
training  of  teachers  for  rural  normal  schools,  eval- 
uation of  natural  resources,  child  welfare,  im- 
provement of  agricultural  methods  and  rural  life, 
and  animal  husbandry. 

Such  projects  are  limited  to  fields  in  which  pres- 
ent facilities  in  Latin  America  are  inadequate  or 
nonexistent.  Constant  care  is  exercised  to  assure 
that  OAS  projects  do  not  duplicate  activities  of 
other  technical  assistance  programs.  Under  the 
OAS  program,  no  assistance  is  given  to  individual 
countries.  The  objective  is  for  all  participating 
countries  to  benefit  from  each  project. 

In  the  first  half  of  the  year,  the  United  States 
contracted  for  the  use  of  training  facilities  devel- 
oped under  OAS  programs  in  Turrialba,  Costa 
Kica.  The  facilities  will  be  used  to  train  agri- 
cultural participants,  particularly  in  the  fields  of 


38 


coffee  and  cacao  research,  under  United  States  bi- 
lateral programs. 

The  United  States  continues  its  support  of  OAS 
projects.  It  has  offered  to  contribute  up  to  $1.5 
million,  but  not  more  than  70  percent  of  the  total 
contributions  to  the  1955  program.  As  of  June 
30,  1955,  19  Latin  American  countries  had  made 
pledges  totaling  approximately  $500,000  to  the 
1955  program. 

Technical  Support  to 
Territories 

Surinam 

The  first  year's  operation  of  the  technical  co- 
operation program  in  Surinam  concerned  coop- 
erative projects  in  agriculture,  education,  health 
and  sanitation,  and  housing.  Under  the  extension 
program,  a  Surinam  staff  has  been  trained  in 
United  States  extension  methods  and  practices. 
United  States  technicians  are  carrying  out  dem- 
onstration projects  to  determine  the  possibilities 
for  introducing  new  varieties  of  vegetable  crops 
suitable  for  cultivation  in  Surinam. 

A  large  vocational  school  is  now  being  con- 
structed by  the  local  government  on  the  outskirts 
of  Paramaribo.  A  United  States  technician  has 
been  helping  in  the  development  of  a  curriculum 
and  training  methods  and  in  supervising  installa- 
tion of  U.  S. -furnished  equipment  in  school  shops. 

In  the  self-help  housing  program  in  Surinam, 
in  which  United  States  housing  specialists  are  pro- 
viding technical  assistance,  400  houses  have  been 
completed.  United  States  technicians  are  assist- 
ing the  Department  of  Social  Affairs  in  the  or- 
ganization of  its  housing  office  and  in  the  planning 
of  an  expanded  program.  About  500  units  are 
scheduled  for  immediate  construction.  In  addi- 
tion, designs  for  rural  houses  are  being  provided 
for  use  throughout  the  country,  and  a  self-help 
project  for  a  fishery  village  of  150  units  is  ready 
to  begin  operations. 

In  April  1955,  a  sudden  outbreak  of  rabies 
among  cattle  infected  by  vampire  bats  threatened 
to  destroy  large  numbers  of  livestock.  FOA  tech- 
nicians helped  the  Surinam  Department  of  Agri- 
culture carry  out  a  mass  inoculation  program 
which  successfully  stamped  out  the  disease  and 
saved  Surinam's  farmers  from  large-scale  cattle 
losses. 


British  Guiana 

The  2-year  development  program  launched  by 
British  Guiana  in  1954  is  well  under  way.  The 
program  is  devoted  largely  to  agriculture,  land 
reclamation,  health,  transportation,  and  housing 
projects.  The  U.  S.  Operations  Mission  and  field 
parties  from  the  University  of  Maryland  are  co- 
operating in  providing  technical  assistance  for 
specific  project  activities.  The  University  of 
Maryland  supplied  additional  technicians  during 
May  and  June  to  assist  with  soil  analysis,  resettle- 
ment and  reclamation  work,  rural  youth  activities, 
and  poultry  and  hog  raising.  Arrangements  have 
been  made  with  a  voluntary  agency  for  a  project 
designed  to  promote  health,  vocational  training, 
and  the  handicraft  industry  for  the  Indian  popu- 
lation of  the  interior. 

Development  Assistance 

The  United  States  has  provided  development 
assistance  to  Bolivia,  Brazil,  Guatemala,  and 
Haiti.  Dollar  funds  amounting  to  nearly  $18.3 
million  were  made  available  for  these  activities, 
and  additional  amounts  of  local  currency  for  de- 
velopmental projects  were  obtained  through  the 
sale  of  surplus  agricultural  commodities  provided 
under  the  Agricultural  Trade  Development  and 
Assistance  Act  of  1954. 

Bolivia 

Economic  diversification  is  the  key  to  continued 
recovery  and  stability  in  Bolivia.  The  Bolivian 
Government  and  people,  with  United  States  aid 
under  the  mutual  security  program,  are  making  a 
concerted  effort  to  overcome  their  heavy  depend- 
ence on  a  single  export  commodity — tin.  Bolivia 
continues  to  suffer  from  an  unfavorable  balance 
of  payments,  a  severe  shortage  of  foreign  ex- 
change, and  a  spiraling  inflation.  Bolivia  does 
not  at  present  grow  enough  food  nor  does  it  have 
the  financial  resources  to  impoi-t  the  supplemental 
food  commodities  necessary  to  feed  its  people,  or 
to  pay  for  certain  items  of  equipment  needed  for 
diversifying  its  production  base. 

Despite  the  many  remaining  obstacles  to  its  eco- 
nomic stability,  Bolivia  has  made  progress  in  a 
number  of  fields.  Recent  developments  in  the  pe- 
troleum industry  have  already  made  the  country 
self-sufficient  in  gasoline  and  certain  light  oils. 
Petroleum  and  petroleum  products  are  beginning 


39 


Bolivian  farmers  watching  to  see  how  well  a  modem  tractor  will  replace  oxen.  This  is  a  practical 
demonstration  at  the  Warisata  school  in  the  Bolivian  highlands,  where  joint  technical  cooperation 
programs  are  helping  to  make  rural  schools  more  influential  in  the  lives  of  the  people. 


to  count  as  exports.  Construction  of  a  pipeline 
to  Argentina  and  plans  for  a  pipeline  to  the 
Pacific  Coast  reinforce  the  expectation  that  oil  will 
become  a  major  earner  of  foreign  exchange.  The 
United  States  is  assisting  the  Bolivian  Govern- 
ment in  the  rewriting  of  its  petroleum  code  so  as 
to  make  additional  foreign  private  investment  in 
this  field  more  attractive.  Bolivian  efforts  to  cre- 
ate a  favorable  climate  for  foreign  investors  are 
beginning  to  draw  the  attention  of  United  States 
mining  interests. 

The  completion  of  the  Santa  Cruz-Cochabamba 
Highway  has  opened  a  vast  new  agricultural  area 
in  the  country.  A  U.  S.-Bolivian  cooperative  road 
program  has  stimulated  construction  of  farm-to- 
market  roads,  and  work  is  in  progress  to  clear  and 
put  into  production  additional  farm  land  in  the 
newly  opened  areas. 

Continued  United  States  assistance  has  been  a 
major  factor  in  helping  Bolivia  meet  its  critical 


problems.  During  fiscal  year  1955,  $2.1  million 
worth  of  agricultural  surplus  commodities  were 
sold  to  Bolivia  under  Section  402  of  the  Mutual 
Security  Act  of  1954.  Moreover,  about  $1.6  mil- 
lion of  mutual  security  funds  was  used  to  pay 
ocean  freight  costs  of  additional  surplus  agricul- 
tural commodities  supplied  under  Title  II  of  the 
Agricultural  Trade  Development  and  Assistance 
Act  of  1954.  A  total  of  $6.4  million  was  used  for 
agricultural  equipment  and  other  supplies  and 
machinery  to  help  Bolivia  become  more  self-suffi- 
cient in  some  of  its  basic  food  crops  and  to  improve 
its  transportation  and  industry. 

Normal  marketing  channels  have  been  used  in 
the  sale  of  commodities  supplied  to  Bolivia. 
Local  currency  generated  from  the  sale  of  these 
commodities  is  being  used  in  development  plans 
jointly  approved  by  Bolivia  and  the  United  States, 
primarily  for  road  building,  land  clearing,  and 
agricultural  improvement. 


40 


Guatemala 

The  United  States  has  assisted  the  new  Guate- 
malan Government  in  maintaining  economic  sta- 
bility during  its  transition  period  to  permit  it  to 
mobilize  its  resources  more  effectively.  In  sup- 
port of  this  objective,  the  technical  cooperation 
program  was  broadened  in  fiscal  year  1955,  and  a 
new  program  of  development  assistance  was  in- 
stituted. 

The  principal  project  under  the  development 
assistance  program  in  Guatemala  is  completion 
of  a  97-mile  section  of  the  Pacific  Slope  Highway. 
Construction  of  the  two-lane  road  was  about  half 
completed  at  the  end  of  June,  and  is  expected  to 
be  finished  by  the  end  of  1955.  Allocation  of  $3.7 
million  to  the  project  by  the  United  States  will 
be  matched  by  not  less  than  the  equivalent  of  $1.1 
million  in  services,  materials,  or  local  currency 
contributed  by  the  Guatemalan  Government. 

Development  assistance  funds  amounting  to 
$960,000  were  made  available  to  help  complete 


construction  and  equipment  of  the  Roosevelt  Hos- 
pital. This  sum  was  matched  by  an  equal  con- 
tribution in  local  currency  by  the  Guatemalan 
Government.  At  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year,  a  team 
of  consultants  in  medical  and  hospital  administra- 
tion was  on  its  way  to  Guatemala  to  explore  pos- 
sibilities for  using  the  hospital  as  a  base  for  a 
regional  program  of  medical  education  in  Cen- 
tral America. 

Under  Title  II  of  the  Agricultural  Trade  De- 
velopment and  Assistance  Act  of  1954,  27,000 
metric  tons  of  corn  are  being  authorized  for  ship- 
ment to  Guatemala  as  emergency  relief  to  alleviate 
an  acute  corn  shortage.  Approximately  3,000 
tons  were  delivered  in  June;  the  balance  was 
scheduled  for  delivery  in  July  and  August.  The 
first  project  to  be  financed  with  counterpart  funds 
obtained  from  local  sale  of  the  corn  is  a  highway 
from  Cocales  to  Santa  Ana  Mixtan.  This  road 
will  give  access  to  a  large  agricultural  resettle- 
ment area  known  as  Tiquisate,  part  of  which  was 


Foundations  being  prepared  for  a  Pacific  Slope  Highway  bridge  across  the  Bio  Bravo  in  Guatemala. 
The  United  States  has  earmarked  $3.7  million  to  help  complete  this  highway  ivhich  will  open  coastal 
agricultural  regions  for  development  and  help  improve  economic  conditions  in  the  country. 


41 


donated  to  Guatemala  by  the  United  Fruit  Com- 
pany. 

Haiti  and  Brazil 

In  May  and  June,  $750,000  of  development  as- 
sistance funds  was  made  available  to  Haiti  for  re- 
habilitation of  irrigation  systems,  farm  lands,  and 
farm-to-market  roads  damaged  by  Hurricane 
Hazel.  Much  of  the  reconstruction  will  be  done 
by  the  Haiti-United  States  Agricultural  Service 
and  the  Haiti  Ministry  of  Public  Works. 

In  June,  $1.5  million  of  development  assistance 
funds  was  allotted  for  highly  specialized  air  nav- 
igation equipment  for  Brazil's  two  largest  air- 
ports, at  Sao  Paulo  and  Rio  de  Janeiro.  The 
equipment  will  be  installed  by  Brazilian  labor 
with  technical  advice  by  United  States  experts. 
Local  materials  and  land  needed  for  installation 
will  be  provided  by  Brazil. 

Hemisphere  Defense 

Bilateral  military  assistance  agreements  with 
the  Government  of  Haiti  and  with  the  Govern- 
ment of  Guatemala  were  concluded  in  January  and 


June,  respectively,  of  this  year.  These  agree- 
ments are  consistent  with  the  Inter- American 
Treaty  of  Reciprocal  Assistance  and  the  planning 
of  the  Inter-American  Defense  Board.  Twelve 
Latin  American  Republics  have  now  undertaken 
specific  military  roles  and  missions  for  the  mutual 
defense  of  the  Western  Hemisphere.  In  addition 
to  Guatemala  and  Haiti  these  countries  are :  Bra- 
zil, Chile,  Colombia,  Cuba,  the  Dominican  Re- 
public, Ecuador,  Honduras,  Nicaragua,  Pern,  and 
Uruguay. 

Funds  provided  from  appropriations  through 
fiscal  year  1954,  when  fully  expended,  will  sub- 
stantially complete  the  equipment  of  those  units 
presently  designated  for  Western  Hemisphere  de- 
fense. Fiscal  year  1955  and  later  funds  will  be 
used  primarily  for  maintenance,  replacement,  and 
training. 

United  States  military  personnel  are  helping 
to  train  the  members  of  the  armed  forces  of  the 
Latin  American  countries  in  the  use  and  main- 
tenance of  the  equipment  provided  under  the  mili- 
tary assistance  program.  As  of  May  31,  1955, 
nearly  1300  courses  of  instruction  were  completed 
by  military  students  from  the  American  republics. 


42 


CHAPTER  V 


Europe 


IVfUTUAL  security  objectives  in  Europe  were 
-'-"-'-  brought  much  closer  in  the  first  half  of  1955 
when  the  Federal  Kepublic  of  Germany  in  May  be- 
came a  sovereign  member  of  the  Atlantic  family  of 
free  nations.  The  addition  of  Germany  to  the 
Atlantic  community  on  a  basis  of  full  and  equal 
partnership  was  a  most  important  event  not  only 
because  it  makes  possible,  a  more  powerful  NATO 
deterrent  force;  even  more,  it  establishes  the 
framework  for  a  new  unity  so  that  nations  long 
separated  by  ancient  rivalries  can  work  together 
for  a  durable  peace.  Realization  of  final  accord  on 
Germany  opens  the  way  for  the  additional  unifica- 
tion measures  necessary  for  long-term  European 
security  and  further  economic  expansion. 

The  high  levels  of  economic  activity  reached  by 
most  European  nations  during  1954  have  been 
maintained  and,  in  some  instances,  surpassed  in 
1955.  Industrial  production  for  Europe  as  a 
whole  set  a  new  record  in  the  first  half  of  the  year. 
Certain  financial  strains  were  in  evidence  in  par- 
ticular countries,  but  on  the  whole,  the  European 
economic  boom  was  still  flourishing. 

The  rate  of  nonmilitary  program  expenditures 
for  Europe  made  from  mutual  security  funds  has 
been  falling  steadily.  In  fiscal  year  1955,  such 
expenditures  from  funds  made  available  in  pre- 
vious years  were  about  half  of  what  they  were  in 
fiscal  year  1954.  No  new  economic  dollar  aid  to 
the  European  countries  originally  included  in  the 
Marshall  Plan  is  contemplated  for  fiscal  year  1956. 

Difficult  problems,  both  economic  and  military, 
lie  ahead  in  Europe — problems  of  trade  restric- 
tions, convertibility,  dependence  on  United  States 
special  dollar  expenditures,  making  the  new  West- 
ern European  Union  into  an  effective  operating 
organization,  to  cite  a  few.  But  never  in  postwar 
years  has  there  been  a  more  solid  foundation  in 
Europe  upon  which  to  work  toward  the  solution 
of  these  difficulties. 


Security  of  Free  Europe 

NATO's  15th  Member 

Under  the  Paris  Agreements  which  came  into 
force  early  in  May  1955,  the  Federal  Republic  of 
Germany  became  an  equal  partner  in  the  Atlantic 
Community  and  the  15th  member  of  the  North 
Atlantic  Treaty  Organization.  By  this  act,  the 
people  of  West  Germany  crowned  their  postwar 
development  as  a  democratic  nation  firmly  bound 
to  the  West. 

The  Paris  Agreements  also  brought  into  effect 
the  arrangements  for  the  accession  of  Italy  and 
the  Federal  Republic  of  Germany  to  the  Brussels 
Treaty  of  1948.  The  Western  European  Union 
(WEU) — the  name  given  to  the  revised  Brussels 
Treaty  Organization — is  empowered  to  limit  and 
control  the  force  levels  and  armaments  of  the 
WEU  member  countries.  A  WEU  Arms  Control 
Agency  was  established  for  this  purpose  in  the 
Paris  Agreements  themselves.  In  addition,  the 
Council  of  WEU  in  May  formed  a  Standing  Arm- 
aments Committee  to  foster  standardization  and 
closer  cooperation  in  armaments  production  among 
WEU  members.  The  work  of  this  Committee  will 
be  carried  out  in  coordination  with  similar  work 
under  way  in  various  NATO  agencies. 

The  new  relationship  in  Europe  confers  cer- 
tain rights  and  responsibilities  upon  both  the 
United  States  and  the  Federal  Republic  of  Ger- 
many. The  United  States,  in  line  with  the  pol- 
icies expressed  during  the  negotiations  of  the  Paris 
Agreements,  renewed  its  assurances  that  it  would 
continue  to  participate  actively  in  NATO  pro- 
grams and  would  keep  in  Europe  a  fair  share  of 
the  forces  required  for  the  common  defense.  We 
also  pledged  that  our  military  assistance  programs 
for  the  WEU  countries  would  be  carried  out  in 
consonance  with  the  provisions  laid  down  in  the 
Paris  Agreements  with  respect  to  control  over  the 


43 


forces  and  armaments  of  the  WEU  countries.  The 
United  States  will  carry  out  its  aid  programs  in 
consultation  with  both  the  North  Atlantic  Coun- 
cil and  the  WEU  Council. 

The  Federal  Eepublic  of  Germany  at  the  end 
of  June  was  in  process  of  taking  the  first  legis- 
lative and  executive  steps  required  to  carry  out 
its  pledge  to  create  an  effective  military  establish- 
ment as  an  integral  part  of  the  common  defense 
effort.  These  steps  were  being  carried  out  in 
consultation  with  the  other  NATO  countries,  and 
in  particular  with  the  United  States.  In  support 
of  Germany's  effort  to  contribute  to  Western 
strength,  the  United  States  has  reaffirmed  its  will- 
ingness to  turn  over  to  the  Federal  Republic  cer- 
tain military  equipment  needed  for  the  initial 
stages  of  its  defense  buildup.  This  equipment  in 
large  part  has  already  been  programmed  from  mu- 
tual security  appropriations  of  previous  years. 
Delivery  is  scheduled  to  start  after  Germany  en- 
acts the  legislation  required  for  the  creation  of 
its  armed  forces,  and  after  it  ratifies  the  military 
assistance  agreement  with  this  country  signed  on 
June  30, 1955. 

It  will  be  some  time  before  Germany  will  be 
mnking  its  full  contribution  to  the  NATO  effort, 
but  the  very  fact  of  German  participation  in  the 
North  Atlantic  Alliance  makes  possible  plans  for 
broader  and  more  effective  security  measures  in 
free  Europe. 

NATO  Defense  Operations 

This  past  spring  marked  the  sixth  anniversary 
of  the  founding  of  what  has  been  called  "a  revolu- 
tionary and  constructive  experiment  in  interna- 
tional relations."  The  North  Atlantic  Treaty  Or- 
ganization has  been  welded  into  a  real  force  for 
peace  in  Europe.  With  its  first  objective  that  of 
avoiding  war,  NATO  has  created  an  effective  de- 
terrent to  would-be  aggressors.  Today,  NATO 
forces  in  being  could  not  be  overwhelmed  without 
prior  major  preparations  on  the  part  of  an  at- 
tacking enemy  land  force.  Such  advance  prepara- 
tions would  alert  the  entire  retaliatory  capabilities 
of  NATO. 

One  of  the  most  significant  developments  has 
been  the  use  of  the  North  Atlantic  Council  for 
frank  political  discussions  by  the  member  govern- 
ments. Such  discussions  are  evidence  of  the  con- 
tinuing solidarity  of  the  Alliance  and  are  par- 
ticularly useful  in  a  period  when  the  Soviets  have 
been  showing  a  more  flexible  approach  toward  the 


Western  countries.  The  May  meeting  of  NATO 
Foreign  Ministers  in  Paris  was  a  striking  example 
of  such  consultation.  The  discussions  at  that 
meeting  covered  not  only  matters  of  concern 
within  the  NATO  area  but  also  the  impending 
Four  Power  negotiations  at  the  summit  and  a 
review  of  the  situation  in  the  Middle  East  and 
the  Far  East. 

Since  early  1951,  NATO's  military  strength  has 
increased  from  15  to  some  100  divisions,  in  vary- 
ing states  of  combat  readiness.  In  the  air,  there 
has  been  an  increase  from  less  than  1,000  opera- 
tional aircraft  to  more  than  6,000  modern  fighting 
planes.  Naval  forces  have  also  improved  greatly. 
The  number  of  additional  naval  ships  available 
has  increased  by  over  30  percent  since  1951.  Men 
on  active  duty  in  the  European  NATO  countries 
have  increased  from  2.5  million  to  3.1  million. 

Our  NATO  allies  are  using  a  substantial  part 
of  their  available  resources  for  defense  purposes. 
Outlays  of  European  NATO  countries  (excluding 
Greece  and  Turkey)  for  defense  in  the  year  ended 
June  30, 1955,  are  estimated  at  $12.3  billion,  about 
double  the  pre-Korea  rate;  they  are  expected  to 
rise  still  further  as  a  result  of  the  German  de- 
fense effort.  Expenditures  for  military  hard- 
goods  have  increased  more  than  threefold,  and 
now  stand  at  over  $2.8  billion  annually. 


European  Defense  Spending  Is  At  A  High  Level; 
U.S.  Nonmilitary  Aid  Expenditures  Virtually  Ended 

15    i — — — 1 


15 


12 


(Billions  of  Dollars) 


Total,  European  NATO  Countries' 


1950      1951 

'Includes  Germany,-  excludes  Greece  and  Turkey 


1952       1953 
U.S.  Fisco!  Years 


1954      1955 


44 


During  the  first  six  months  of  1955,  there  was 
a  continued  qualitative  improvement  in  the  effec- 
tiveness of  European  NATO  forces  as  a  result  of 
additional  military  shipments  from  the  United 
States,  increased  European  production  of  equip- 
ment, modernized  organizations,  and  enlarged 
training  programs.  More  attention  was  being 
given  to  development  of  plans  for  coordinating 
military  and  civilian  actions  in  the  event  of  a 
wartime  emergency.  These  included  studies  on 
wartime  commodity  problems,  defense  production, 
use  of  transportation  facilities,  civil  defense,  and 
manpower  mobilization. 

Following  through  on  the  decision  of  Congress 
as  expressed  in  the  United  States  Atomic  Energy 
Act  of  1954,  the  United  States  proposed  an  agree- 
ment with  NATO  countries  for  coordination  re- 
garding the  communication  of  atomic  information 
to  NATO.  In  March  1955,  the  North  Atlantic 
Council  approved  the  United  States  draft  of  this 
agreement,  and  on  June  22  the  final  agreement  was 
signed  in  Paris  by  representatives  of  each  of  the 
NATO  governments.  The  agreement  will  enter 
into  force  as  soon  as  all  signatories  notify  the 
United  States  that  they  are  boimd  by  its  terms. 
The  information  we  provide  is  to  be  used  exclu- 
sively in  the  preparation  and  implementation  of 
NATO  defense  plans,  in  training  personnel  in  the 
use  of  and  defense  against  atomic  weapons,  and 
in  evaluating  the  capabilities  of  potential  enemies 
in  the  employment  of  such  weapons.  Atomic  in- 
formation furnished  by  the  United  States  will 
assist  the  NATO  military  experts  who  are  now 
re-examining  current  military  plans  and  organi- 
zation with  a  view  to  adapting  them  to  nuclear 
capabilities.  NATO  planning  is  therefore  in  a 
transitional  period  as  allied  strategists  assess  the 
impact  of  modern  weapons  development,  espe- 
cially in  the  atomic  and  guided  missiles  fields.  [Re- 
sults of  experiments  in  France,  the  United  King- 
dom, and  the  United  States  will  provide  valuable 
guidance  on  the  respective  roles  of  land,  sea,  and 
air  forces  in  the  atomic  era,  and  on  future  budget- 
ing of  funds  for  more  conventional  types  of  weap- 
ons and  military  units. 

Air  defense  has  been  perhaps  the  major  area  of 
weakness  of  NATO.  A  special  staff  has  been  set 
up  at  NATO  headquarters  to  study  the  problem 
of  defending  Western  Europe  from  air  attack. 
The  SHAPE  Air  Defense  Technical  Center  in 
The  Hague  began  operations  in  April  with  a  staff 


of  highly  skilled  scientific  personnel  selected  from 
various  NATO  countries. 

During  the  first  half  of  1955,  a  number  of  new 
maneuvers  were  carried  out  in  Europe  in  a  con- 
tinuing effort  to  improve  the  combat  and  operating 
efficiency  of  NATO  forces,  especially  in  the  use 
of  atomic  weapons.  At  the  end  of  February, 
NATO's  Southern  Command  carried  out  exercise 
BLUE  TRIDENT  I  in  which  20  units  of  the  U.  S. 
Sixth  Fleet  and  a  Canberra  squadron  of  the  Royal 
Air  Force  took  part  in  simulated  atomic  air  strikes 
against  targets  in  Italy  and  France.  In  the  same 
month,  other  atomic  maneuvers  were  held  in  Den- 
mark and  Norway. 

In  mid-March,  combined  exercises  were  held  to 
test  defenses  against  a  simulated  invasion  of  West- 
ern Turkey  by  amphibious  and  airborne  troops. 
Participants  included  elements  of  the  U.  S.  Fleet, 
the  Royal  Air  Force,  and  the  Turkish  Army.  In 
another  exercise,  SHORT  LOP,  maneuvers  were 
carried  out  to  improve  operations  of  ships  and 
naval  aircraft  under  varying  situations,  with  spe- 
cial attention  to  air-sea  cooperation  during  anti- 
submarine actions.  French  and  Portuguese  naval 
aircraft  participated. 

Late  in  June,  large  NATO  atomic  air  maneuvers 
were  held  in  Central  Europe,  involving  3,000  air- 
craft and  11  nations.  Such  NATO  exercises  have 
made  it  possible  to  forge  dissimilar  international 
forces  into  coordinated  combat  teams.  They  have 
helped  to  develop  common  training  methods,  inte- 
gration of  headquarters  and  units,  and  a  large 
measure  of  standardization  of  equipment  and 
organization. 

Joint  Facilities  for  NATO  Use 

"Common  infrastructure"  denotes  fixed  military 
installations  necessary  for  the  maintenance  and 
training  of  NATO  international  forces  in  time  of 
peace,  and  for  their  effective  operation  in  time  of 
war.  Infrastructure  installations  are  paid  for 
collectively  by  member  governments.  They  in- 
clude such  facilities  for  the  effective  support  of 
modern  armed  forces  as  airfields,  fuel  distribution 
facilities,  naval  fleet  bases,  telecommunications, 
and  electronic  warning  systems. 

As  of  June  30, 1955,  agreed  NATO  programs  for 
infrastructure  construction  through  the  end  of 
calendar  year  1956  amounted  to  the  equivalent  of 
approximately  $2  billion.  The  United  States 
share  of  these  costs  which  the  Congress  has  author- 


45 


ized  the  President  to  contribute  to  this  program 
amounted  to  about  $780  million,  less  than  38  per- 
cent of  the  total.  Of  this  amount,  $614  million 
was  appropriated  through  mid-1955.  Planning 
for  the  long-term  permits  NATO  commanders  to 
program  requirements  for  construction  more  effi- 
ciently, prevents  arbitrary  cuts  in  military  proj- 
ects, and  enables  governments  to  make  adequate 
budgetary  provision  for  infrastructure  expendi- 
tures. 

Every  effort  is  being  made  to  eliminate  waste 
and  duplication  through  intensive  screening  pro- 
cedures carried  out  by  expert  committees  of  the 
Council  and  by  civilian  and  military  inspectors. 
These  control  procedures  assure  that  essential 
military  requirements  are  met  with  minimum  ex- 
pense. The  cooperation  of  member  governments, 
in  turn,  assures  that  standards  established  through 
the  NATO  mechanism  are  met. 

The  majority  of  infrastructure  contracts  are 
open  to  international  competitive  bidding.  This 
has  tended  to  reduce  cost  and  improve  quality. 
Many  American  firms  have  been  successful  bidders 
and  are  engaged  in  infrastructure  construction 
work  in  almost  every  NATO  country,  either  as 
contractors  or  suppliers  of  equipment. 

A  few  examples  will  help  to  illustrate  the  nature 
and  progress  of  the  infrastructure  program.  Over 
half  of  the  $2-billion  program  is  being  used  to  con- 
struct 174  tactical  airfields.  By  mid-1955,  there 
were  about  142  airfields  in  a  sufficiently  advanced 
state  of  construction  to  permit  use  in  an  emer- 
gency by  modern  jet  aircraft.  By  the  end  of  1955, 
it  is  expected  that  152  airfields  will  meet  minimum 
military  requirements  under  wartime  conditions. 
These  figures  compare  with  the  approximately  15 
airfields  which  were  capable  of  handling  jet  air- 
craft in  1951. 

A  fuel  distribution  system,  being  built  under  the 
program,  contemplates  the  construction  of  about 
3,800  miles  of  pipeline  and  nearly  450  million  gal- 
lons of  storage  capacity  essential  for  the  support 
of  modern  jet  air  forces  in  forward  areas.  This 
project  will  provide  a  central  European  network 
of  fuel  pipelines,  with  ports  on  the  Channel  and 
Mediterranean  coasts  that  can  be  supplied  by  the 
tanker  fleets  of  NATO  countries.  By  June  30, 
1955,  construction  work  on  about  one-half  of  the 
pipeline  and  one-third  of  the  storage  facilities  was 
under  contract.  This  work  was  progressing  satis- 
factorily, and  major  portions  of  the  system  will  be 
ready  for  use  this  year. 


The  telecommunications  program  now  in  prog- 
ress will  reinforce  existing  facilities  by  the  addi- 
tion of  about  4,000  miles  of  land  lines,  3,700  miles 
of  radio  relay  circuits,  and  over  700  miles  of  sub- 
marine cables.  These  facilities  will  provide  for 
the  immediate  and  full  contact  of  forces  essential 
to  the  effective  exercise  of  command.  Approxi- 
mately 90  percent  of  this  $400-million  communica- 
tions program  has  been  contracted  for,  with  about 
65  percent  already  completed.  Steady  progress 
on  construction  of  air  training  bases,  fleet  facili- 
ties, and  radar  warning  stations  is  also  helping  to 
develop  a  more  coordinated  and  effective  NATO 
combat  potential. 

U.  S.  Support  to  European 
Defense 

During  the  first  half  of  1955,  shipment  of  mili- 
tary items  to  our  European  allies  amounted  to 
$578  million.  This  brought  the  value  of  weapons 
and  equipment  shipped  as  grant  aid  to  Europe 
(excluding  Greece  and  Turkey)  for  fiscal  year 
1955  to  $1.3  billion,  and  the  cumulative  value  of 
such  shipments  since  the  start  of  the  military  as- 
sistance program  in  fiscal  year  1950  to  about  $8 
billion. 

Part  of  the  materiel  made  available  under  the 
military  assistance  program  is  procured  overseas. 
Through  the  end  of  June,  a  cumulative  total  of 
$2.6  billion  in  offshore  procurement  contracts  had 
been  placed  in  Europe  (excluding  Greece  and 
Turkey),  with  $141  million  placed  in  fiscal  year 
1955.  These  countries  have  delivered  to  the 
United  States  for  further  delivery  to  recipient 
governments  equipment  valued  at  $1.1  billion 
through  June  1955;  $190  million  was  delivered  in 
the  first  six  months  of  this  year. 

Hy  mid-1955,  over  375  aircraft  manufactured 
in  the  United  Kingdom,  consisting  of  Canberra 
light  bombers,  Valiant  medium  bombers,  and 
Hunter  day  fighters  and  reconnaissance  planes, 
had  been  delivered  to  the  Royal  Air  Force  as  the 
first  installment  of  a  special  aircraft  assistance 
program  concluded  in  June  1954.  The  United 
States  had  paid  the  agreed  total  of  $85  million 
toward  the  cost  of  their  manufacture. 

In  May  1955,  the  United  States  signed  a  memo- 
randum of  understanding  with  the  British  Gov- 
ernment whereby  $35  million  is  being  provided  as 
the  second  installment  of  this  program.  The  en- 
tire $35  million  is  being  made  available  in  the  form 


46 


$8  Billion  Worth  Of  Military  Weapons  and  Equipment 
Has  Been  Shipped  To  European  Countries 


8.000 


6,000 


4,000 


2,000 


(Millions  of  Dollars) 


The  Trend  By  Fiscal  Years 


(Millions  of  Dollars) 


Monthly  Averages 


1951     '52      '53      '54     '55 


J_ 


Cumulative  Shipments  ' 


1950  1951  1952 

Includes  value  of  excess  slocks;  excludes  Greece  and  Turkey. 


1953 
U.S.  Fiscol  Years 


1954 


1955 


of  U.  S.  surplus  agricultural  commodities;  the 
sterling  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  these  commod- 
ities will  be  used  to  help  finance  the  manufacture 
in  the  United  Kingdom  of  some  70  Valiant 
medium  bombers  and  Canberra  light  bombers  of 
more  recent  design  for  the  use  of  the  KAF  in  de- 
fense of  the  NATO  area. 

In  June  1954,  the  United  States  signed  an  agree- 
ment with  the  French  Government  whereby  $85 
million  is  being  provided  to  France  to  finance  the 
manufacture  of  artillery,  ammunition,  and  small 
arms  for  the  French  NATO  forces.  This  pro- 
gram is  moving  ahead,  and  by  June  30,  1955,  al- 
most 25  percent  of  the  scheduled  production  had 
been  completed. 

During  fiscal  year  1955,  allotments  to  Europe 
of  funds  for  other  than  direct  military  assistance 
amounted  to  $232  million.  This  amount  included 
$152.5  million  to  finance  the  sales  of  surplus  agri- 
cultural commodities  under  Section  402  of  the 
Mutual  Security  Act  of  1954,  the  local  currency 
proceeds  of  which  are  to  be  used  for  direct  forces 
support  and  defense-support  programs.  The 
major  recipients  of  total  allotments  were:  Spain, 


$85  million;  the  United  Kingdom,  $55  million; 
Yugoslavia,  $44  million;  Italy,  $16  million;  and 
the  Federal  Republic  of  Germany  for  support  of 
West  Berlin,  $24  million. 

Mutual  Weapons  Development 

In  an  effort  to  increase  mutual  defense  capa- 
bilities, Congress  in  fiscal  year  1954  authorized 
a  program  to  accelerate  the  research  and  develop- 
ment in  friendly  countries  of  advanced  types  of 
non-nuclear  weapons.  Through  June  30, 1955,  ap- 
proximately $40  million  had  been  obligated  for 
this  purpose ;  $22  million  more  had  been  author- 
ized for  approved  projects  now  under  negotiation. 

The  special  weapons  program  is  helping  to  speed 
the  completion  of  selected  projects  of  European 
countries  which  give  promise  of  providing  weap- 
ons that  meet  specific  operational  requirements  of 
one  or  more  NATO  countries.  Provision  is  also 
made  for  transplanting  some  United  States  proj- 
ects to  certain  countries  at  a  stage  prior  to  pro- 
duction, where  security  considerations  permit. 
Thus,  technical  advice  and  limited  financial  as- 
sistance are  getting  new  types  of  advanced  weap- 


47 


ons  into  service  years  before  they  would  otherwise 
be  perfected.  Weapons  developed  by  friendly 
countries  will  be  easier  for  them  to  produce,  main- 
tain, and  replace.  Requirements  for  United  States 
support  in  this  respect  will  consequently  be  re- 
duced. As  a  by-product  of  such  assistance,  the 
United  States  expects  to  receive  the  right  to  all 
theoretical  and  technical  knowledge  and  the  use 
of  any  weapons  developed  that  may  prove  desirable 
for  defense  purposes. 

Projects  thus  far  chosen  for  support  are  of  a 
classified  nature  and  cannot  be  described  in  detail. 
They  cover  such  items  as  proximity  fuses  and  anti- 
tank, anti-aircraft  and  anti-submarine  weapons, 
including  guided  missiles.  As  a  result  of  require- 
ments specified  by  SHAPE  for  a  light  tactical  sup- 
port fighter  for  NATO  forces,  several  models  have 
been  selected  for  United  States  assistance  under 
the  special  weapons  program. 

Facilities  Assistance  for 
Munitions  Production 

The  foreign  military  facilities  assistance  pro- 
gram is  designed  to  help  friendly  countries  ex- 
pand their  capacity  for  manufacture  and  mainte- 
nance of  armaments  needed  for  defense.  Pressures 
on  American  facilities  and  supply  line  difficulties 
in  the  event  of  hostilities  make  it  essential  that 
indigenous  sources  be  available  to  provide  the 
necessary  production  and  maintenance  support. 

Since  the  beginning  of  the  program  two  years 
ago,  emphasis  has  been  placed  on  expanding 
Europe's  capacity  to  manufacture  propellants  and 
explosives  for  ammunition.  Facilities  in  Europe 
for  the  manufacture  of  these  chemical  components 
had  been  seriously  damaged  during  World  War  II. 
It  is  estimated  that  upon  completion  of  projects 
already  planned,  Europe's  ability  to  produce  am- 
munition will  have  doubled. 

In  addition  to  ammunition  production,  the 
facilities  assistance  program  includes  projects  for 
establishing  major  overhaul  shops  and  mainte- 
nance facilities  needed  overseas  to  protect  our  in- 
vestment in  armaments  already  delivered  under 
the  military  assistance  program. 

In  fiscal  year  1954,  $26  million  of  mutual  se- 
curity funds  was  obligated  for  this  program,  all 
in  Europe.  The  United  States  contribution  con- 
stituted 48  percent  of  the  total  cost  of  the  projects ; 
the  recipient  countries  contributed  about  $28  mil- 
lion, or  52  percent  of  the  total.    During  the  fiscal 


year  ended  June  30,  1955,  $39  million  was  obli- 
gated for  41  projects  in  Europe,  making  the 
United  States  contribution  56  percent  of  the  total 
cost.  In  addition,  $5  million  was  obligated  for 
one  project  in  the  Far  East. 

Aiding  Spain's  Defense  Effort 

Under  agreements  concluded  in  September  1953, 
the  United  States  is  constructing  military  base 
facilities  in  Spain  for  the  use  of  our  armed  forces. 
To  strengthen  Spain's  capabilities  for  the  com- 
mon defense  of  the  West,  the  United  States  is  pro- 
viding assistance  under  the  mutual  security 
program. 

The  program  for  construction  of  military  facili- 
ties is  now  well  under  way.  Construction  con- 
tracts totaling  $55  million  have  been  authorized 
through  June  30,  1955.  Contract  awards  cover 
work  on  the  air  bases  at  Torrejon,  Zaragoza,  and 
Moron;  the  naval  facilities  at  Rota;  and  the  oil 
pipeline  from  Cadiz  to  Madrid  and  Zaragoza. 
Much  of  this  work  is  already  in  progress. 

The  major  effect  of  the  military  assistance  pro- 
gram has  been  to  alert  the  Spanish  armed  forces 
to  deficiencies  and  inadequacies  in  their  logistic, 
personnel,  and  training  systems.  Materiel 
shipped  to  the  Spanish  Army  has  consisted  of 
such  items  as  tanks,  anti-aircraft  and  anti-tank 
weapons,  and  various  types  of  communication 
equipment.  Some  items  have  been  placed  into 
temporary  storage,  pending  completion  of  train- 
ing, reorganization  of  army  units,  and  develop- 
ment of  adequate  support  facilities  to  insure  that 
the  delivered  equipment  will  be  efficiently  utilized 
and  maintained.  Other  items,  particularly  tanks 
and  recoilless  rifles,  are  being  used  by  the  Spanish 
armed  forces. 

Although  mine  sweepers  have  been  delivered 
to  the  Spanish  Navy,  the  military  assistance  pro- 
gram is  directed  primarily  toward  the  improve- 
ment of  existing  vessels.  Spanish  shipyards  have 
not  been  modernized,  and  progress  therefore  will 
necessarily  be  slow.  During  the  first  half  of  1955, 
the  Spanish  Air  Force  worked  with  the  T-33 
and  T-6  training  planes  to  enhance  its  capabili- 
ties for  using  jet  aircraft  which  have  been  sched- 
uled for  future  delivery. 

Through  June  30,  1955,  a  total  of  $170  million 
(excluding  a  $62.5  million  loan  in  fiscal  year  1951), 
had  been  programmed  for  defense  support  and 
technical  exchange  in  Spain,  $85  million  of  which 


48 


was  allotted  in  fiscal  year  1955.  Of  the  $85 
million,  the  equivalent  of  $55  million  was  made 
available  in  the  form  of  surplus  cotton  and  cotton- 
seed oil,  sold  to  Spain  for  pesetas;  $29.5  million 
was  earmarked  for  railway  improvement,  farm 
mechanization,  irrigation,  electric  power,  and 
similar  purposes  which  will  broaden  Spain's  eco- 
nomic base.  The  remaining  $500,000  is  being  used 
to  finance  a  technical  exchange  program.  Of  the 
proceeds  from  the  surplus  sales,  the  equivalent 
of  $44  million  will  be  returned  to  Spain  to  assist 
in  improving  the  Spanish  economy;  $20  million 
will  be  on  a  long-term  loan  basis,  and  $24  million 
will  be  a  grant. 

Economic  conditions  in  Spain  have  substantially 
improved  since  last  year.  Plentiful  spring  rains 
have  refilled  reservoirs  depleted  in  last  fall's 
drought,  so  that  prospects  are  generally  brighter 
for  crops  and  for  production  of  hydroelectric 
power.  Industrial  production  is  also  encourag- 
ing, especially  in  such  key  sectors  as  steel  and 
cement.  These  favorable  developments,  together 
with  the  commodity  shipments  under  the  mutual 
security  program,  have  enabled  Spain  to 
strengthen  its  foreign  exchange  position.  Gold 
and  dollar  reserves  increased  $83  million  in  fiscal 
year  1955. 

Strengthening  Yugoslavia's  Defense 

The  underlying  objective  of  the  mutual  security 
program  in  Yugoslavia  has  been  the  strengthening 
of  the  country's  capabilities  for  keeping  free  of 
outside  domination.  The  Balkan  Alliance  (Yu- 
goslavia, Greece  and  Turkey)  and  improved  rela- 
tions with  Italy  after  the  Trieste  settlement  have 
opened  the  way  for  Yugoslavia  to  associate  more 
closely  with  the  Western  European  community. 
Yugoslavia  requested  and  was  granted  observer 
status  in  the  Organization  for  European  Eco- 
nomic Cooperation  in  January  1955. 

Yugoslavia  continues  to  maintain  a  high  level 
of  defense  preparedness,  notwithstanding  efforts 
toward  normalization  of  relations  with  the  Soviet 
Bloc.  Because  of  its  geographical  situation  and 
despite  its  low  national  income,  Yugoslavia  spends 
a  higher  proportion  of  its  resources  for  defense 
than  any  other  country  in  Europe. 

The  United  States  military  assistance  program 
is  directed  toward  improving  Yugoslavia's  exist- 
ing forces  by  providing  modern  weapons  and 
equipment.     Deliveries  of  tanks,  trucks,  artillery, 


radios,  radar,  and  engineer  items  have  converted 
what  was  once  a  large  guerrilla  force  into  a  mod- 
ern army.  Through  our  military  assistance,  Yu- 
goslav coastal  destroyers  have  been  modernized, 
small  minesweepers  have  been  provided  with  sweep 
gear,  and  a  number  of  patrol  craft  have  been 
placed  in  good  operational  condition.  The  Yugo- 
slav Air  Force  has  been  provided  with  jet  training 
and  jet  fighter  aircraft.  Military  students  from 
the  Yugoslav  armed  services  have  been  given 
formal  courses  of  instruction  in  United  States 
service  schools  in  this  country  and  overseas. 

During  fiscal  year  1955,  nonmilitary  aid  to 
Yugoslavia  totaled  $43.7  million.  Of  this 
amount,  about  $23  million  was  used  to  procure  and 
ship  agricultural  surplus  commodities,  primarily 
wheat  and  cotton,  for  sale  under  Section  402 
of  the  Mutual  Security  Act  of  1954.  Almost 
$6  million  was  used  to  procure  coking  coal;  $3 
million  to  provide  wool;  and  most  of  the  re- 
mainder for  fertilizer,  pharmaceuticals,  fats  and 
oils,  and  transportation  costs.  It  is  expected  that 
the  major  part  of  the  local  currency  sales 
proceeds  will  be  used  for  the  building  of  vital  roads 
and  agricultural  development  projects.  Some 
$340,000  was  used  for  the  technical  exchange  pro- 
gram which  includes  agricultural  projects  to  im- 
prove production  and  distribution  methods,  and 
industrial  and  industrial  management  projects  in 
critical  defense  sectors. 

Additional  amounts  of  wheat  and  cotton  were 
supplied  to  Yugoslavia  under  the  provisions  of 
the  Agricultural  Trade  Development  and  Assist- 
ance Act  of  1954.  Under  Title  I,  525,000  tons  of 
wheat  and  50,000  bales  of  cotton  were  sold  to 
Yugoslavia  for  local  currency;  under  the  emer- 
gency provisions  of  Title  II,  375,000  tons  of  wheat 
were  provided  as  a  grant.  In  addition,  10,000  tons 
of  wheat  and  750  tons  of  butter  were  granted  under 
the  Danube  Flood  Belief  Program. 

Economic  Developments 

Economically,  Western  Europe  continued  to 
make  considerable  progress.  Its  gross  national 
product  for  fiscal  year  1955,  adjusted  for  price 
changes,  rose  over  4  percent.  This  growth  was 
due  mainly  to  a  substantial  advance  in  industrial 
production.  For  the  first  six  months  of  1955, 
industrial  output  set  a  new  record,  almost  10  per- 
cent above  the  comparable  period  of  the  year 
before.     Preliminary  estimates  indicate  that  al- 


49 


though  unfavorable  weather  adversely  affected  the 
output  of  crops  in  the  agricultural  year  of  1954-55, 
the  output  of  livestock  products  expanded  so  that 
on  balance  total  agricultural  production  neared 
the  peak  reached  in  the  previous  year.  Economic 
expansion  has  been  supported  by  a  level  of  em- 
ployment probably  higher  than  ever  before  and  by 
increased  productivity.  Trade  is  at  record  levels, 
and  exports  to  the  dollar  area,  which  had  fallen 
in  1954,  were  8  percent  higher  in  the  first  quarter  of 
1955  than  in  the  comparable  period  of  the 
previous  year.  This  vigorous  European  economic 
activity  was  accompanied  by  general  price  sta- 
bility, although  in  a  few  countries  demand  rose 
faster  than  supply,  creating  mild  inflationary 
pressures. 

Western  Europe's  gold  and  short-term  dollar 
holdings  rose  by  an  estimated  $500  million  in 
the  first  half  of  1955,  reaching  an  all-time  high 
of  $13.8  billion  at  the  end  of  June.  However, 
the  rate  of  increase  in  these  reserves  has  slowed 


steadily  since  1953.  In  addition,  the  overall 
foreign  exchange  position  in  a  number  of  coun- 
tries deteriorated  as  expanding  internal  demand 
produced  a  steep  rise  in  imports  as  against  only 
a  moderate  rise  in  exports. 

The  United  Kingdom  was  one  of  the  countries 
most  affected  by  financial  pressures.  Gold  and 
short-term  dollar  assets  of  the  sterling  area,  which 
are  held  in  London,  dipped  by  some  $335  million 
during  fiscal  year  1955  to  reach  $2.7  billion,  the 
lowest  level  in  a  year  and  a  half.  The  decrease 
resulted  mainly  from  a  larger  trade  deficit  with 
the  dollar  area.  Britain's  difficulties  were  ag- 
gravated in  some  measure  by  the  rail  and  dock 
strikes  of  late  May  and  June. 

In  its  1954  annual  review,  the  Organization  for 
European  Economic  Cooperation  (OEEC)  found 
that  almost  all  the  economic  goals  set  forth  in 
1948  had  been  achieved,  and  in  some  cases,  ex- 
ceeded. Western  Europe  now  enjoys  greater  pros- 
perity, greater  common  military  strength,   and 


Recent  Economic  Developments  In  Western  Europe 


Industrial  Production  10%  Above   1954 


(Index,  1950  =  100) 


126 


III 


H     80    I 


1955 


/^ 


S~^ 


^^^N 


-A/ 

1954 


j i i i_ 


Trade  Deficit  Widened 

2.000 


1,000 


(Millions  of  Dollars) 

Trade  Wi 

(Monthly 


Exports 


_1 I i_ 


1952  1953 

'Includes  Overseas  Territories 


'38    '48  '52  '54        10  2Q         3d         4Q 


1954  "55 


Prices  Rose  in  Several  Countries 


(Index,   1950=100) 


Netherlands 


— ^> — 7 

Germany 


1951 


1952  1953  1954        '55 


Reserves  Increased   at  Slower  Rate 


(Billions  of  Dollars) 

Gold  &  Short-Term  Dollar  Assets 


■;.";.'  Germohy\'' 

j     -'■  .ii.      >i      .                             United  Kingdom 
■i       i       I       1       '       £       I"     1      -'       1 t-J 1 j     nt.J.ninn 


1951  1952 

'Includes  Switzerland 


1953 


1954        '55 


50 


greater  unity  of  purpose  than  ever  before  in  peace- 
time. 

Some  note  should  be  made,  however,  of  the  fac- 
tors that  cloud  an  otherwise  bright  picture.  A 
portion  of  Europe's  growing  reserves  flow  from 
extraordinary  United  States  dollar  expenditures 
of  about  $2.5  billion  a  year  in  the  form  of  troop 
maintenance,  offshore  procurement  orders,  and  aid 
expenditures ;  many  of  these  payments  will  be  pro- 
gressively reduced.  The  extreme  poverty  and  low 
living  standards  in  certain  geographic  areas  con- 
tinue to  present  serious  economic  and  social  prob- 
lems and  form  important  obstacles  to  further  eco- 
nomic growth.  A  hopeful  factor  in  this  respect 
is  the  recent  agreement  by  the  OEEC  countries 
to  make  southern  Italy  an  area  of  collective  in- 
terest; they  are  currently  reviewing  development 
plans  which  Italy  has  put  forward. 

It  also  should  be  noted  that  the  rise  in  indus- 
trial output  in  Europe  appears  to  have  been  gen- 
erally achieved  through  fuller  employment,  while 
productivity,  though  improved,  has  not  increased 
sufficiently  to  assure  continued  long-term  economic 
growth. 

Use  of  $100-Million  Loan  to 
Coal-Steel  Community 

One  of  the  most  important  steps  taken  toward 
the  economic  integration  of  Western  Europe  was 
the  formation  of  the  European  Coal  and  Steel 
Community  (CSC)  as  the  first  federal  institution 
in  Europe  within  which  national  sovereignties 
have  been  merged.  The  establishment  of  the  CSC 
as  a  supranational  organization  reflects  European 
aspirations  for  economic  unification  and  political 
federation  which  parallel  the  fundamental  objec- 
tives of  the  mutual  security  program. 

In  April  1954,  the  United  States  granted  an  in- 
vestment loan  of  $100  million  to  the  High  Au- 
thority of  the  CSC  for  modernizing  and  develop- 
ing the  natural  resources  of  the  Community  and 
thereby  fostering  European  integration  in  a  con- 
crete and  useful  way.  This  loan  is  being  admin- 
istered by  the  Export-Import  Bank  with  funds 
provided  under  the  Mutual  Security  Act,  and  is 
to  be  repaid  over  25  years  with  interest  at  3% 
percent. 

As  of  June  30,  1955,  the  High  Authority  had 
allocated  the  entire  $100  million  for  long-term, 
low-interest  loans  to  enterprises  in  the  Community 
to  improve  the  production  and  utilization  of  raw 


materials.  About  $4G  million  is  being  used  to  con- 
stiuct  and  modernize  power  stations  at  pitheads 
which  will  enable  low-grade  coal  to  be  used  more 
economically;  $35  million  is  being  used  to  help 
develop  other  facilities  for  more  efficient  produc- 
tion of  coal  and  coke;  and  nearly  $19  million  is 
being  used  to  improve  iron-ore  mining. 

The  United  States  loan  has  facilitated  the  rais- 
ing of  additional  investment  funds  in  the  Euro- 
pean market  required  to  meet  the  total  cost  of 
$370  million  represented  by  the  planned  industrial 
projects.  Funds  for  the  High  Authority's  $25- 
million  program  of  loans  for  the  construction  of 
miners'  housing  are  also  being  raised  in  Europe. 

Common  markets  for  coal,  iron  ore,  and  steel 
were  established  in  1953  and  1954,  eliminating 
trade  restrictions  across  some  1,700  miles  of  land 
frontier  of  the  six  member  nations.  Formation 
of  this  single  market  in  coal  and  steel  has  acted 
to  strengthen  competition  among  producers,  to 
lower  prices,  and  to  increase  intra-Community 
trade  in  the  two  basic  industrial  commodities. 
Despite  higher  demand,  steel  prices  in  May 
and  June  1955  were  slightly  lower  than  when  the 
common  market  was  opened  in  May  1953. 


Since  Creation  Of  The  Coal -Steel  Community 
Steel  Trade  Has  Doubled  .  .  . 


(Millions  ol 

Steel  Sh 

Metric  Tons) 

ipments  Within 
munity 

2.1 

4.2 

the  Com 

1952 

1954 

.  And  Coal  Trade  Has  Increased  26  Percent 


(Millions  of  Metric  Tons) 

Coal  Shipments  Within 
the  Community 

24  3 

30.6 

| 

1952 

1954 

Note;  Common   market  established  Coal-Feb.  1 953,  Steel-May  1953. 


51 


During  the  first  half  of  1955,  a  number  of  im- 
portant actions  affecting  transportation  rates  and 
cartels  were  taken.  High  Authority  decisions  to 
end  discrimination  in  transport  charges  within 
the  Community  already  have  resulted  in  as  much 
as  a  25-percent  saving  in  transportation  costs  for 
many  firms  shipping  goods  across  frontiers  em- 
braced by  the  single  market. 

At  their  conference  in  Messina,  Italy,  in  June 
1955,  representatives  of  the  six  nations  of  the 
Community  agreed  to  sponsor  further  confer- 
ences looking  toward  the  enlargement  of  interna- 
tional accords  and  treaties  to  accomplish  the  goal 
of  a  united  Europe.  A  committee  of  government 
delegates  is  scheduled  to  report  by  October  1, 1955, 
on  the  next  steps  which  should  be  taken  toward 
European  economic  integration.  The  committee 
will  examine  in  particular  the  possibility  of  ex- 
tending the  common  market  concept  to  the  fields  of 
transportation  and  energy. 

Progress  Toward  Convertibility 

Encouraging  steps  have  been  taken  by  Euro- 
pean countries  to  chart  and  facilitate  orderly 
progress  toward  limited  convertibility  of  their 
currencies  with  the  dollar.  Impetus  was  given 
to  these  developments  by  the  favorable  economic 
climate  in  the  first  half  of  1955  which  produced 
an  increasing  volume  of  intra-European  and 
extra-European  trade,  and  saw  Western  Europe's 
gold  and  dollar  reserves  continue  to  rise  substan- 
tially. 

Since  its  establishment  in  1950,  the  European 
Payments  Union  has  contributed  to  the  ultimate 
achievement  of  general  convertibility  of  curren- 
cies on  a  worldwide  basis.  The  EPU  has  provided 
automatic  credit  facilities  to  assist  in  settling  trade 
surpluses  and  deficits  among  OEEC  countries. 
Payments  are  settled  on  a  multilateral  basis 
through  a  central  clearing  house  so  that  currency 
earned  anywhere  in  the  EPU  area  can  be  used 
to  pay  a  debt  anywhere  in  the  EPU  area.  Thus, 
in  effect,  Western  European  currencies  are  con- 
vertible among  themselves.  This  limited  convert- 
ibility has  been  a  most  important  factor  in  the 
gradual  removal  of  the  various  restrictions  on  the 
flow  of  intra-European  trade. 

At  their  meeting  in  January  1955,  the  Council 
of  Ministers  of  the  OEEC  set  a  new  target  of  90 
percent  for  intra-European  trade  liberalization — 
that  is,  freeing  of  quantitative  restrictions  90  per- 


cent of  the  value  of  private  intra-European  im- 
ports made  in  1948. 

In  June  1955,  the  Ministers  agreed  upon  renewal 
of  the  EPU,  and  provided  for  settlement  of  defi- 
cits and  surpluses  in  fiscal  year  1956  on  a  75- 
percent  hard  currency  (gold  or  dollars)  and  25- 
percent  credit  basis,  instead  of  the  previous  50- 
50  ratio.  It  was  further  agreed  that  the  EPU 
should  continue  until  member  countries  which  ac- 
count for  at  least  half  of  total  intra-European 
trade  establish  a  limited  convertibility  of  their 
currencies  with  the  dollar.  These  decisions  were 
predicated  on  completion  of  agreements  concern- 
ing a  European  Fund  for  extending  loans,  a  new 
system  of  multilateral  settlements,  and  necessary 
modifications  in  the  Code  of  Liberalization  for 
intra-European  trade,  all  of  which  are  to  be  insti- 
tuted upon  establishment  of  limited  convertibility 
and  the  termination  of  the  EPU. 

In  brief,  the  purpose  of  the  proposed  European 
Fund,  as  envisaged,  would  be  to  provide  credit  to 
member  countries  to  help  them  more  easily  with- 
stand temporary  balance  of  payments  difficulties, 
and  thus  maintain  a  high  level  of  trade  and 
liberalization.  All  OEEC  members  that  accept 
the  intra-European  Code  of  Liberalization  for 
trade  would  be  eligible  to  borrow  from  the  Fund. 
Credits  would  be  non-automatic  and  limited  to  two 
years.  The  granting  of  credits  will  be  based  on 
the  overall  balance  of  payments  situation  of  an 
applicant,  and  the  interests  of  the  OEEC.  Re- 
sources of  the  Fund,  totaling  $600  million,  would 
consist  of  the  $271.6  million  capital  grant  origi- 
nally made  by  the  United  States  to  the  EPU,  and 
$328.4  million  in  gold  contributed  by  members. 
In  event  of  liquidation,  the  United  States  rights 
over  the  EPU  capital  would  be  substantially 
preserved. 

Other  Programs  in  Europe 

Aiding  the  Efforts  of  West  Berlin 

Programs  to  restore  the  productive  base  of  the 
West  Berlin  economy  and  to  reduce  its  high  rate 
of  unemployment  have  been  continued.  Indus- 
trial production  by  mid- 1955  was  more  than  three 
times  that  of  1950,  and  had  reached  the  prewar 
level.  Employment  had  risen  from  643,000  in 
1950  to  well  over  800,000.  Unemployment  was 
further  reduced  from  about  18  percent  of  the  labor 
force  at  the  end  of  1954  to  about  14  percent. 


52 


Agreements  were  concluded  in  March  1955  with 
the  Federal  Republic  of  Germany  and  with  West 
Berlin  authorities  for  the  use  of  proceeds  accruing 
from  sales  of  $23.6  million  of  United  States  wheat. 
The  bulk  of  the  local  currency  funds  made  availa- 
ble will  be  used  to  supplement  existing  investment 
programs.  The  Federal  Republic  itself  is  pro- 
viding from  its  own  resources,  directly  and  in- 
directly, the  equivalent  of  about  $300  million  a 
year,  and  it  is  expected  that  this  support  to  West 
Berlin  will  be  continued  at  the  same  level  during 
fiscal  year  1956. 

Technical  Exchange  For 
Greater  Productivity 

The  European  technical  exchange  program  is 
basically  a  person-to-person  program,  specifically 
designed  to  support  mutual  security  objectives. 
These  objectives  include  economic  expansion 
through  more  competitive  business  practices,  re- 
duction of  Communist  strength  in  labor  organiza- 
tions through  healthier  labor  relations,  and  greater 
economic  integration  through  the  process  of 
tackling  common  problems  on  a  multilateral  basis. 

Under  the  technical  exchange  program,  Ameri- 
can experts  are  sent  to  Europe  to  conduct  seminars 
and  demonstrations  in  specific  subjects  such  as  re- 
tail food  merchandising,  production  planning  and 
control,  marketing  of  fruits  and  vegetables,  and 
foreman  training.  Europeans,  in  turn,  are 
brought  to  this  country  to  study  our  methods  and 
organizations  in  these  fields.  Technical  exchange 
funds  finance  the  dollar  costs  of  these  projects, 
while  the  Europeans  pay  the  ocean  travel  and 
other  non-dollar  costs.  During  fiscal  year  1955, 
approximately  $5.6  million  of  new  funds  was  ob- 
ligated for  this  program.  On  June  30,  some  600 
Europeans  were  in  the  United  States  under  tech- 
nical exchange  projects. 

The  emphasis  of  program  activities  has  gradu- 
ally shifted  during  the  past  year  from  technologi- 
cal projects  to  other  important  aspects  of  produc- 
tivity, such  as  management  practices,  marketing, 
and  training  in  public  and  private  administration. 
Western  Europeans  are  becoming  increasingly  in- 
terested in  techniques  which  can  yield  higher  pro- 
duction, better  wages,  lower  prices,  and  expanded 
markets.  What  were  once  considered  uniquely 
American  ideas  and  methods  of  work  are  begin- 
ning to  enter  the  mainstream  of  European  eco- 
nomic life.     Trade  unions  are  tending  to  empha- 


size economic  aims  rather  than  political  objectives, 
and  universities  are  becoming  conscious  of  the 
need  to  train  management  personnel. 

Of  major  importance  has  been  the  establishment 
of  the  European  Productivity  Agency  (EPA)  of 
the  OEEC  as  an  international  agency  capable  of 
giving  service  and  leadership  to  a  cooperative 
European  effort  in  this  field.  EPA-sponsored 
seminars  and  related  projects  have  been  enthusi- 
astically received  by  a  number  of  member  coun- 
tries; a  capable  staff  has  been  assembled  and  is 
giving  its  full  support  to  EPA  work. 

A  number  of  noteworthy  steps  have  been  taken 
in  the  past  six  months.  In  May,  the  first  issue 
of  the  European  Technical  Digest  was  issued, 
incorporating  data  from  more  than  1,000  Euro- 
pean and  American  journals.  In  June,  arrange- 
ments were  completed  by  EPA  to  continue  inde- 
pendently the  technical  question  and  answer  serv- 
ice formerly  supported  by  FOA.  The  Trade 
Union  Information  Bulletin  was  started  in  Janu- 
ary to  provide  a  means  of  exchange  of  informa- 
tion on  labor  activities  in  the  productivity 
program. 

The  EPA  has  made  considerable  progress  in 
stimulating  and  supporting  productivity  activi- 
ties of  individual  countries.  There  are  now  10 
national  productivity  centers  in  Europe.  Through 
local  initiative  and  community  efforts,  local  pro- 
ductivity centers  are  also  being  established  in  in- 
creasing number.  France,  for  example,  has  5  such 
centers. 

As  one  means  of  strengthening  EPA's  position 
as  a  focal  point  in  the  European  productivity 
movement,  the  United  States  proposed  to  the 
OEEC  in  January  that  programs  for  financing 
dollar  costs  of  technical  exchange  projects  should 
be  coordinated  by  EPA.  Thus,  in  addition  to 
planning  and  arranging  for  multicountry  Euro- 
pean technical  exchange  projects,  the  Agency 
would  review  individual  country  programs  for 
such  projects.  By  this  means,  projects  in  closely 
related  fields  in  several  countries  could  be  brought 
together.  At  its  April  meeting,  the  OEEC  Coun- 
cil accepted  this  proposed  procedure.  The  tech- 
nical exchange  program  in  the  future  will 
therefore  stress  European  action  through  EPA 
coordination,  and  the  development  and  strengthen- 
ing of  permanent  institutions  in  Europe  from 
which  productivity  knowledge  can  be  spread  to 
an  ever-increasing  number  of  persons. 


53 


ICEM  Helps  Resettle  Another 
53,000  People  From  Europe 

The  Intergovernmental  Committee  for  Euro- 
pean Migration  (ICEM),  originally  on  a  provi- 
sional basis,  now  has  a  more  formal  status  pro- 
vided by  a  constitution  which  came  into  force  on 
November  30,  1954.  Two  new  members  were 
added  to  the  Committee  in  the  first  half  of  1955 
when  New  Zealand  and  the  Federation  of  Rho- 
desia and  Nyasaland  joined  ICEM  in  April. 

During  the  first  six  months  of  1955,  ICEM 
moved  another  53,000  persons  from  the  overpopu- 
lated  countries  in  Western  Europe  to  new  homes 
overseas.  From  early  1952  through  June  30, 1955, 
ICEM  had  moved  a  total  of  nearly  340,000  persons, 


most  of  whom  had  been  resettled  in  Australia, 
Canada,  Latin  America,  and  the  United  States. 

ICEM  plans  to  spend  $48.2  million  in  1955— 
$45.6  million  for  operations,  and  $2.6  million  for 
administrative  purposes.  The  United  States  con- 
tributions to  ICEM  are  contingent  upon  the  con- 
tributions of  the  other  25  member  governments 
and  upon  the  volume  of  movement  actually 
achieved.  The  United  States  share  appropriated 
by  Congress  for  calendar  year  1955  amounted  to 
$10.5  million.  During  the  first  half  of  1955,  the 
United  States  paid  to  the  Committee  $5.2  mil- 
lion— $4.9  million  for  program  operations,  and 
$317,263  for  administrative  expenses.  A  second 
installment  of  $313,200  was  also  paid  as  part  of 
the  United  States  contribution  to  ICEM's  $3-mil- 
lion  cash  reserve  fund. 


54 


CHAPTER  VI 


Other  Parts  of  the  Program 


A  NUMBER  of  activities  of  the  mutual  security 
-^*-  program  are  global  in  scope  and  do  not  fit 
readily  into  a  regional  grouping.  A  report  on 
these  activities  is  given  in  this  section. 

Use  Abroad  of  U.  S. 
Surplus  Farm  Products 

Sales  of  $467  Million  Worth  Under  the  Mutual 
Security  Act. — Section  402  of  the  Mutual  Security 
Act  of  1954  provided  that  a  minimum  of  $350 
million  of  mutual  security  funds  be  used  to  finance 
the  sale  abroad,  for  foreign  currencies,  of  our  sur- 
plus agricultural  commodities.  Sales  made  dur- 
ing fiscal  year  1955  under  this  provision  totaled 
$467  million,  including  $147  million  in  grains, 
$250  million  in  cotton,  and  $24  million  in  fats 
and  oils.  About  $365  million  of  these  sales  were 
concluded  during  the  January-June  period  of 
1955.  The  local  currency  proceeds  derived  from 
such  surplus  sales  become  the  property  of  the 
United  States.  They  are  being  used,  in  accord- 
ance with  agreements  with  each  government,  to 
carry  out  the  objectives  of  the  mutual  security 
program — that  is,  for  military  assistance,  defense 
support,  or  development  assistance. 

The  sales  completed  in  fiscal  year  1955  under 
Section  402,  added  on  to  those  completed  under  a 
similar  provision  in  force  during  fiscal  year  1954 
(Section  550),  brought  the  total  surplus  sales 
made  by  the  Foreign  Operations  Administration 
in  the  24-month  period  to  over  $700  million  . 

The  commodities  financed  for  export  and  sale 
in  connection  with  the  mutual  security  program 
abroad  were  generally  sold  at  prevailing  United 
States  market  prices,  and  private  trade  channels 
were  used  to  the  maximum  extent.  Shipments 
were  subject  to  the  statutory  requirement  that  50 
percent  be  shipped  in  American  vessels  as  far  as 
practicable.     Commodities  were  considered  eligi- 


ble for  sale  in  accordance  with  the  recommenda- 
tions of  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture. 

Sales  Proceeds  under  Title  I  of  the  Agricultural 
Trade  Development  and  Assistance  Act. — FOA 

participated  in  the  development  of  policies  and 
sales  programs  under  Title  I  of  the  Agricultural 
Trade  Development  and  Assistance  Act  of  1954 
(Public  Law  480)  through  its  membership  on  the 
interagency  committees  on  agricultural  surplus 
use.  Primary  responsibility  for  sales  of  sur- 
plus farm  products  for  local  currency  was  assigned 
to  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture.  FOA  was  given 
responsibility  for  administering  the  use  of  sales 
proceeds  set  aside  for  financing  purchases  of 
goods  or  services  for  other  friendly  countries,  and 
for  making  loans  or  grants  to  promote  economic 
development  and  expanded  trade. 

As  of  June  30,  1955,  21  agreements  for  surplus 
sales  under  Title  I  had  been  negotiated  with  17  for- 
eign governments  and  totaled  $361  million  at 
United  States  export  market  prices.  These  sales 
included  $124  million  worth  of  cotton,  $135  million 
worth  of  grain,  and  $40  million  worth  of  tobacco. 
The  remainder  covered  other  products  and  cost  of 
transportation.  The  uses  of  the  foreign  currency 
realized  from  the  sales  are  agreed  upon  by  the 
United  States  and  the  purchasing  country. 

Of  the  $361  million  worth  of  sales,  $99  million 
will  be  used  for  payment  of  United  States  ex- 
penses in  the  country,  and  $74  million  will  be  used 
to  procure  items  for  the  common  defense  of  the 
United  States  and  allied  nations.  A  total  of  $161 
million  will  be  set  aside  for  loans  and  grants  to 
promote  multilateral  trade  and  economic  develop- 
ment— $153  million  for  loans  and  $7.5  million  for 
grants.  In  addition,  $13  million  will  be  used  for 
purchases  of  goods  or  services  for  other  friendly 
countries.  Deposits  of  local  currency  will  be 
made  to  the  account  of  the  United  States  Govern- 
ment, and  the  United  States  will  determine  the 


55 


priority  of  expenditures  for  the  purposes  agreed 
upon. 

Emergency  Shipments  under  Title  II. — Title  II 
of  the  Agricultural  Trade  Development  and  As- 
sistance Act  provides  that  up  to  $300  million  worth 
of  surplus  commodities  held  by  the  Commodity 
Credit  Corporation  (CCC)  may  be  used  over  a 
3-year  period  to  provide  assistance  to  friendly 
peoples  in  meeting  famine  or  other  urgent  relief 
requirements.  By  the  end  of  the  1955  fiscal  year, 
program  commitments  totaled  about  $150  million, 
and  authorizations  had  been  issued  for  $109  mil- 
lion worth  of  commodities,  valued  on  the  basis  of 
CCC  cost  and  investment.  Commodities  author- 
ized included  $81  million  worth  of  grains,  $9  mil- 
lion worth  of  fats  and  oils,  $11  million  worth  of 
dairy  products  (including  butter  and  butter  oil), 
$5.5  million  worth  of  cotton,  and  $3  million  worth 
of  dry  beans.  Programs  have  been  undertaken  in 
all  parts  of  the  world,  as  shown  in  the  following 
tabulation : 

Region  Value 

(million  dollars) 

Europe 56.  0 

Danube  flood  relief1 10.3 

Italy 1.  2 

Yugoslavia 44.  5 

Near  East  and  Africa 4.  2 

Libya 472 

Asia 11.0 

Nepal 0.  2 

Pakistan 10.0 

Viet   Nam 0.8 

Latin  America 21.  6 

Bolivia 15.2 

Guatemala 3. 0 

Haiti j 3.  2 

Honduras 0.  2 

Worldwide  (45  countries) 16.7 

Pood  packages 16.  7 

Total 109.  5 

1  Assisted  countries  were :  Austria,  Czechoslovakia,  East  Ger- 
many, Federal  Republic  of  Germany,  Hungary,  and  Yugoslavia. 

New  programs  in  the  first  half  of  1955  included 
the  following  shipments:  15,000  tons  of  corn  to 
Italy  to  alleviate  distress  occasioned  by  severe 
drought;  5,600  tons  of  flour  to  Viet  Nam  for  relief 
of  destitute  civilian  refugees ;  about  27,000  tons  of 
corn  to  Guatemala  to  relieve  a  serious  crop  short- 
age ;  and  a  number  of  different  surplus  commodi- 
ties to  Honduras  for  flood  relief.     Programs  in 


Nearly  $110  Million  Worth  0(  Surplus  Commodities 
Was  Used  For  Relief  Purposes  Abroad 

FOA  Transfers  From  CCC  Stocks' 

(Millions  of  Dollars) 


Bread 
Groins 


Dairy 
Products 


Coarse 
Grains 


Fats  8 
Oils 


Rice 


Raw 
Cotton 


Dry 
Beans 


Other 


64.3 


11.2 


9.8 


8.6 


7.0 


5.5 


2.7 


I  0.3 


$  109.5  Million2 


'Under  Title  II  of  the  Agricultural  Trade  Development  and  Assistance  Act 
-Excludes  cost  of  ocean  freight 


Yugoslavia,  Libya,  Pakistan,  Haiti,  and  Bolivia 
were  expanded  to  meet  continued  needs  in  those 
countries.  Costs  of  ocean  transportation  financed 
from  mutual  security  funds  amounted  to  $12.4 
million.  In  the  first  half  of  1955  also,  a  commit- 
ment was  made  to  expand  existing  Italian  school 
lunch  programs  by  supplying  United  States  sur- 
plus products  to  improve  the  diet  of  Italian  school 
children. 

Freight  Paid  on  Voluntary 
Relief  Shipments 

For  the  fiscal  year  1955,  Congress  appropriated 
$4.4  million  under  the  Mutual  Security  Act  of 
1954  for  financing  the  ocean  freight  costs  of  relief 
shipments  of  American  voluntary  non-profit  re- 
lief agencies  registered  with  the  Advisory  Com- 
mitteee  on  Voluntary  Foreign  Aid.  Of  this 
amount,  $1.5  million  was  obligated  to  pay  for 
ocean  transportation  of  relief  shipments,  and  $2.9 
million  for  ocean  transportation  of  surplus  com- 
modities made  available  to  the  registered  agencies 
by  the  Department  of  Agriculture  under  Public 
Law  480. 

The  original  appropriation  of  $4.4  million  was 
insufficient  to  cover  ocean  freight  costs  of  all 


56 


agricultural  surplus  commodities  made  available 
to  the  voluntary  agencies  during  the  fiscal  year. 
Therefore,  under  the  authority  of  Section  409  (d) 
of  the  Mutual  Security  Act  of  1954,  another  $5.4 
million  was  transferred  for  such  ocean  freight 
costs.  In  addition,  $1.4  million  was  allotted  from 
program  funds  to  cover  the  cost  of  voluntary  relief 
and  surplus  agricultural  commodities  shipments 
to  Korea.  Thus,  a  total  of  $11.2  million  was  made 
available  for  ocean  freight  for  the  1955  fiscal  year. 

From  July  1,  1954  through  June  30,  1955, 
$6.6  million  of  the  total  obligations  of  $11.2  mil- 
lion had  been  expended.  This  brought  to  $38.6 
million  the  payments  since  July  1948  to  defray 
the  cost  of  ocean  transportation  of  voluntary 
relief  shipments. 

During  the  fiscal  year  1955,  the  ocean  freight 
subsidy  was  applied  to  shipments  to  eight  addi- 
tional countries :  Jordan,  Viet  Nam,  Egypt,  Peru, 
Bolivia,  Afghanistan,  Honduras,  and  Chile.  The 
other  countries  are  Austria,  France  (including 
Algeria,  Morocco,  and  Tunisia) ,  Germany,  Greece, 
Hong  Kong,  Italy,  Trieste,  Yugoslavia,  India, 
Pakistan,  Korea,  Formosa,  and  Iran. 

Transportation: 

Over  50  percent  in  U.  S.  Ships 

FOA-financed  cargoes  in  the  period  July  1, 
1954  through  April  30,  1955,  were  being  shipped 
at  a  faster  rate  than  in  the  previous  fiscal  year; 
4.1  million  tons  were  moved  in  the  10-month 
period  as  compared  with  3  million  tons  for  all 
of  fiscal  year  1954.  This  larger  movement  was 
due  to  increased  activity  in  shipment  of  dry-bulk 
cargoes,  particularly  coal  and  grain.  U.  S.-flag 
vessels  carried  more  than  50  percent  of  nonmilitary 
aid  shipments  in  all  categories  and  to  all  areas 
for  the  first  ten  months  of  fiscal  year  1955. 

Preliminary  figures  for  the  10-month  period 
show  that  the  percentage  of  U.  S.-flag  vessels 
carrying  nonmilitary  aid  shipments  from  this 
country  to  Europe  were:  dry-bulk  carrier,  56 
percent;  liner,  59  percent;  tanker,  89  percent. 
For  the  Far  East,  the  percentage  recorded  was 
dry-bulk,  61  percent;  and  liner,  76  percent;  for  the 
Near  East  and  Africa,  it  was  dry-bulk,  51  percent, 
and  liner,  63  percent.  Shipments  to  Latin  Amer- 
ica were  in  the  liner  category  only,  with  a  U.  S.- 
flag  participation  of  94  percent.  Total  tanker 
shipments  outside  the  European  area  involved  less 
than  6,000  tons. 


U.  S.-flag  liner  vessels  carried  80  percent  of  all 
inbound  strategic  materials  procured  with  United 
States  counterpart  funds.  Also,  U.  S.-flag  vessels 
carried  67  percent  of  all  military  items  shipped 
under  grant  aid  programs  through  June  1955. 

Public  Law  664,  passed  in  August  1954,  re- 
quired FOA  to  extend  its  administration  of  the 
U.  S.-flag  preference  provisions  to  nonmilitary  aid 
shipments  originating  in  countries  outside  the 
United  States — that  is,  shipments  from  one  foreign 
port  to  another.  Many  of  the  participating  coun- 
tries already  had  commitments  which  covered  the 
period  immediately  following  enactment  of  the 
new  law.  It  was  therefore  administratively  de- 
termined that  the  accounting  period  for  aid  ship- 
ments originating  offshore  would  begin  with  com- 
mitments made  in  October  1954.  There  are  not 
enough  data  assembled  on  these  offshore  move- 
ments to  provide  a  basis  for  an  adequate  report 
at  this  time. 

Escapees  from  Communism 
Helped  to  a  New  Life 

The  United  States  escapee  program,  established 
to  provide  assistance  to  recent  escapees  from  Com- 
munist countries,  has  devoted  increased  efforts  to 
securing  the  permanent  resettlement  of  escapees, 
either  locally  in  the  country  of  asylum  or  over- 
seas. In  Europe,  projects  for  care  and  mainte- 
nance, supplementary  to  facilities  provided  by  the 
governments  of  the  countries  of  asylum,  are  being 
strengthened  to  insure  that  escapees  are  adequately 
cared  for  while  awaiting  resettlement.  Programs 
of  medical  rehabilitation,  language  instruction, 
and  vocational  training  are  earned  out  to  prepare 
escapees  for  resettlement  opportunities  and  in- 
crease their  chances  of  measuring  up  to  the  criteria 
set  by  national  immigration  authorities.  Counsel- 
ing and  orientation  programs  are  being  reviewed 
and  reinforced  with  particular  attention  to  those 
activities  which  will  serve  to  maintain  the  morale 
of  people  facing  a  completely  new  life.  By  June 
30,  1955,  almost  28,000  escapees  from  the  Com- 
munist-controlled areas  of  Europe  and  the  Far 
East  had  been  resettled  through  the  escapee 
program. 

In  the  first  half  of  the  year,  new  steps  were 
taken  to  accelerate  the  movement  of  escapees  regis- 
tered for  resettlement.  The  Foreign  Operations 
Administration,  together  with  the  Department  of 
State,  established  procedures  under  which  proces- 


57 


sing  of  eligible  escapees  is  given  priority  under 
the  Refugee  Relief  Act.  Registered  escapees  are 
now  being  processed  for  visas  when  it  is  probable 
that  the  assurances  necessary  for  acceptance  under 
the  Act  will  be  obtained,  instead  of  waiting  until 
such  assurances  are  actually  in  hand. 

Several  voluntary  agencies  have  been  engaged 
under  a  contract  to  assist  in  securing  such  as- 
surances for  eligible  escapees.  Over  3,400  assur- 
ances, covering  more  than  6,000  persons,  have  been 
obtained  to  date ;  2,700  were  obtained  during  the 
first  half  of  1955. 

The  Foreign  Operations  Administration  has  as- 
sisted several  voluntary  agencies  and  organiza- 
tions which  are  carrying  on  projects  to  help  anti- 
Communist  political  refugees  in  the  Far  East, 
including  selected  Chinese  and  European  refugees 
in  the  Hong  Kong  area.  These  projects  include 
the  movement  of  refugees  from  Hong  Kong  to 
regions  where  permanent  resettlement  is  feasible. 
They  also  include  activities  to  integrate  refugees 
into  local  community  life.  Over  38,000  persons 
in  the  Far  East  have  been  given  direct  assistance, 
including  over  7,800  resettled  from  Hong  Kong. 

In  recent  months,  the  Soviet  and  satellite  coun- 
tries have  been  conducting  an  intensified  campaign 
to  persuade  Eastern  European  emigres  residing  in 
Western  countries  to  return  to  their  native  land. 
They  have  been  using  every  device  to  pressure 
these  people  into  coming  back  behind  the  Iron 
Curtain,  promising  sympathetic  treatment,  as- 
suring rehabilitation,  and  taking  full  advantage 
of  a  natural  nostalgia  for  one's  homeland. 

In  combating  the  Communist  "come-home" 
propaganda,  the  free  nations  have  as  their  most 
effective  allies  the  emigres  and  refugees  them- 
selves. These  people  have  been  energetic  and 
successful  in  thwarting  the  Soviet  purpose.  The 
efforts  undertaken  through  the  escapee  program 
and  by  the  other  organizations  interested  in  the 
welfare  of  refugees,  reinforced  by  the  support 
of  the  people  who  have  themselves  experienced  life 
under  Communist  regimes,  have  acted  as  effec- 
tive countermeasures  against  the  Communist 
campaign. 

Guaranty  Program  Insures  Private 
Investment  Overseas 

The  investment  guaranty  program  is  an  impor- 
tant means  of  carrying  out  United  States  policy 
to  encourage  American  private  capital  to  move 


into  investments  overseas.  Through  this  pro- 
gram, the  United  States  Government  makes  avail- 
able, for  a  fee,  insurance  to  guaranty  private 
investors  against  the  risks  of  inconvertibility  of 
foreign  currency  receipts  and  loss  through  expro- 
priation or  confiscation.  This  type  of  insurance 
is  offered  to  protect  investments  in  any  country 
with  which  the  United  States  has  formally  agreed 
to  institute  the  guaranty  program. 

Through  our  diplomatic  and  operations  missions 
abroad,  and  by  various  other  means,  continuing 
efforts  have  been  made  to  negotiate  guaranty 
agreements  with  countries  in  which  investors  have 
expressed  an  interest.  Intensification  of  these 
efforts  during  the  first  half  of  1955  produced  such 
agreements  with  six  new  countries:  Costa  Rica, 
Guatemala,  Peru,  Ecuador,  Honduras,  and  Pak- 
istan. As  of  June  30, 1955,  the  guaranty  program 
covered  26  countries — 12  in  Europe,  6  in  Latin 
America,  4  in  the  Far  East,  and  4  in  the  Near  East. 

Through  June  30, 1955,  insurance  totaling  $91.4 
million  had  been  issued  to  cover  91  separate  invest- 
ments. Of  the  total  value  of  guaranties  written, 
$77.6  million  was  for  insurance  against  inconvert- 
ibility for  foreign  exchange  reasons,  and  $13.8 
million  against  loss  through  expropriation  and 
confiscation.  Total  fees  collected  by  the  United 
States  for  this  insurance  service  amounted  to  $1.3 
million;  no  payments  on  the  guaranty  contracts 
have  as  yet  been  required. 

FOA  made  a  number  of  policy  and  operational 
changes  in  the  latter  part  of  1954  to  improve  guar- 
anty program  procedures  and  provide  better  in- 
surance at  lower  cost.  In  the  first  half  of  1955, 
the  total  value  of  guaranties  written  increased 
from  $48.6  million  to  $91.4  million,  a  rise  of  nearly 
88  percent.  These  new  guaranties  covered  for 
the  first  time  American  private  investment  in  proj- 
ects in  Formosa  and  the  Philippines ;  other  guar- 
anties issued  in  the  six  months  were  written  to  ] 
protect  investments  in  France,  Italy,  the  Nether- 
lands, Turkey,  and  the  United  Kingdom. 

Opportunities  for  American 
Small  Business 

FOA's  Office  of  Small  Business  continued  to> 
serve  the  interest  of  American  small  business  firms 
by  alerting  them  to  procurement  and  service  op- 
portunities in  connection  with  the  mutual  security 
program.  In  the  first  half  of  1955,  the  Office  of  j 
Small  Business  circulated  C50  advance  notices  on 


58 


FOA  procurement  to  American  suppliers.  These 
advance  notices  informed  American  smaller  enter- 
prises of  the  types  of  goods  and  services  being 
considered  for  FOA  financing  in  order  to  enable 
them  to  participate  in  procurement  bidding. 

In  addition  to  the  advance  notices  on  procure- 
ment, award  notices  were  published  during  the 
6-month  period  listing  successful  bidders  on  4,000 
specific  FOA  purchases.  Such  releases  on 
awarded  contracts  are  issued  for  the  benefit  of 
American  organizations  which  specialize  in  serv- 
ices, such  as  shippers  and  freight  forwarders. 

The  Contact  Clearing  House  Service  is  a  mech- 
anism through  which  direct  contact  is  established 
between  American  and  foreign  concerns  interested 
in  mutually  beneficial  arrangements  for  invest- 
ment or  licensing.  This  Service  was  reorganized 
in  accordance  with  an  Executive  Order  issued  on 
November  6, 1954.  The  reorganization  took  effect 
on  May  1,  1955.  Under  current  procedures,  the 
Office  of  Small  Business  continues  to  be  responsible 
for  finding  investment  and  licensing  opportunities 
in  foreign  countries.  The  Department  of  Com- 
merce takes  over  the  responsibility  of  calling  such 
opportunities  to  the  attention  of  firms  in  the 
United  States.  Through  May  1,  1955,  the  date 
of  the  changeover  in  functions,  the  Office  of  Small 
Business  had  publicized  2,300  foreign  investment 
opportunities  in  this  country  through  the  Contact 
Clearing  House  Service. 

The  Office  of  Small  Business  continues  the  dis- 
tribution abroad  of  American  investment  and  li- 
censing offers.  Through  the  end  of  June  30, 1955, 
452  specific  proposals  of  this  kind  were  publicized 
in  15  countries  of  Western  Europe.  In  addition, 
106  proposals  were  published  in  IS  areas  outside 
Europe.  Of  the  total  of  558  proposals,  54  were 
circulated  in  the  first  half  of  1955. 

Sales  of  Military  Equipment  to 
Friendly  Free  World  Countries 

An  important  part  of  the  mutual  security  pro- 
gram is  the  sale  to  friendly  foreign  governments 
of  military  equipment,  materials  and  services. 
This  program,  referred  to  as  the  reimbursable 
military  assistance  program,  has  been  carried  on 
for  the  past  five  and  one-half  years  at  virtually 
no  cost  to  the  United  States.  The  purchasing 
countries  pay  with  their  own  dollar  resources  for 
the  items  received.  These  payments  generally 
follow  commercial  practices  and  are  made  either 


in  cash  or  on  short-term  credit.  Deliveries  of 
equipment  and  materials  since  the  beginning  of  the 
program  in  October  1949  have  reached  a  total 
value  of  almost  $500  million. 

Through  May  1955,  61  countries  and  3  inter- 
national organizations  were  eligible  to  purchase 
military  equipment  under  this  program.  Of  these, 
52  countries  have  made  military  purchases  from 
the  United  States.  The  materiel  procured  has 
included  6  light  cruisers,  5  destroyer  escorts,  6 
coast  guard  utility  vessels,  4  patrol  frigates,  667 
aircraft  of  all  types,  487  tanks,  187  gun  motor  car- 
riages, 425  armored  cars,  61,232  rifles  (including 
automatic  and  recoilless),  and  28,351  carbines. 

Total  purchases  of  military  goods  and  services 
were  valued  at  $884  million  (Army  $281,  Navy 
$218,  Air  Force  $3S5).  The  purchasing  govern- 
ments had  paid  $731  million  toward  the  amount 
purchased. 

Legislation  enacted  by  the  Congress  in  1954 
makes  it  possible  to  provide  equipment  on  extended 
terms  of  payment.  This  has  eased  some  of  the 
hardships  previously  encountered  by  certain 
eligible  countries  under  the  requirement  of  cash 
with  order  or  within  60  days  of  delivery.  As  of 
June  30, 1955,  sales  on  credit  have  amounted  to  $17 
million.  These  purchases  consisted  primarily  of 
aircraft. 

In  addition  to  sales  made  under  the  provisions 
of  Section  106  of  the  Mutual  Security  Act  of  1954, 
loan  assistance  under  the  provisions  of  Section 
505  has  been  furnished  in  the  amount  of  $15 
million. 

Participation  in  International 
Organizations 

United  Nations  Expanded  Program  for  Techni- 
cal Assistance. — The  United  States  renewed  its 
support  for  the  United  Nations  Expanded  Pro- 
gram of  Technical  Assistance  (UNTA)  by  con- 
tributing $6.5  million  to  the  program  for  the  first 
half  of  calendar  year  1955.  At  the  UNTA  pledg- 
ing conference  in  November  1954,  56  governments 
pledged  the  equivalent  of  approximately  $13  mil- 
lion to  support  the  program  for  calendar  year 
1955.  The  United  States  made  no  pledge  at  that 
time  in  view  of  the  fact  that  funds  had  not  been 
appropriated  for  a  contribution.  The  $6.5  million 
was  appropriated  by  Congress  in  April,  and  was 
immediately  made  available  to  the  UNTA  pro- 
era  m. 


59 


The  uncertainty  of  the  total  United  States  con- 
tribution for  calendar  year  1955  created  a  number 
of  operating  problems  for  the  UNTA  program, 
particularly  since  the  United  States  contribution 
has  constituted  between  55  and  60  percent  of  the 
central  fund  from  which  the  program  is  financed. 
It  was  not  possible,  therefore,  to  proceed  on  a  firm 
basis  with  long-range  planning.  The  program  in 
the  first  six  months  of  1955  was  primarily  a  con- 
tinuation of  projects  which  were  in  operation  at 
the  end  of  1954.  During  this  period,  there  were 
approximately  1,000  experts  in  the  field  from  60 
countries.  The  projects  were  in  all  fields  of  ac- 
tivity of  the  specialized  agencies  and  the  United 
Nations,  including  health,  agriculture,  labor,  edu- 
cation, aviation,  and  public  administration. 

UNICEF  Steps  Up  Its  Programs.— The  United 
Nations  Children's  Fund  (UNICEF)  in  1955 
reached  more  children  in  more  countries  than  ever 
before.  During  the  first  half  of  the  year, 
UNICEF  was  assisting  254  programs  in  91  coun- 
tries and  territories,  a  marked  increase  over  the 
previous  record  set  in  1954. 

It  is  estimated  that  through  these  programs,  and 
others  to  be  initiated  later  in  1955,  32  million  chil- 
dren and  mothers  will  be  benefited.  This  year  is 
expected  to  be  a  peak  year  for  anti -tuberculosis 
vaccinations.  The  target  of  15  million  children 
to  be  vaccinated  exceeds  the  previous  peak  in  1954 
by  1.5  million.  Similarly,  2  million  children  will 
be  treated  for  yaws,  and  nearly  9  million  will  be 
protected  against  malaria  and  other  insect-borne 
diseases.  UNICEF-aided  programs  for  the  con- 
trol of  trachoma  will  reach  1.4  million  children, 
or  twice  as  many  as  in  1954.  An  estimated  2.6 
million  children  will  receive  a  daily  ration  under 
the  long-range  feeding  programs. 

In  addition,  many  children  and  nursing  and 
pregnant  mothers  will  receive  benefits  from  the 
7,000  maternal  and  child  welfare  centers  and  clin- 
ics for  which  UNICEF  is  furnishing  the  basic 
equipment  and  supplies.  In  the  development  of 
maternal  and  child  health  and  welfare  programs, 
UNICEF  is  emphasizing  the  extension  of  basic 
services  to  new  areas  to  assure  as  wide  a  geo- 
graphic coverage  as  possible.    At  the  same  time, 


plans  are  being  drawn  up  for  training  of  mid- 
wives,  nurses,  and  other  supervisory  personnel  in 
areas  where  these  services  already  exist. 

Aid  to  Africa  was  increased  substantially  in  the 
first  six  months  of  1955.  UNICEF  aid  was  ex- 
tended for  the  first  time  to  four  new  African  ter- 
ritories— British  Somaliland,  the  Trust  Territory 
of  Somaliland,  Gambia  and  Sierra  Leone.  Aid 
to  Latin  America  was  also  increased,  and  a 
UNICEF  program  was  instituted  in  Barbados 
Island.  No  new  assistance  was  approved  for 
countries  in  Europe. 

A  significant  development  is  the  increasing  suc- 
cess which  UNICEF  is  having  in  stimulating 
self-help  on  the  part  of  governments  and  assisted 
peoples.  Self-help  is  not  only  evidenced  by  the 
increasingly  large  amounts  of  matching  funds 
which  the  governments  are  contributing  toward 
projects  in  their  territories.  It  is  also  reflected 
in  actions  such  as  the  taking  over  by  governments 
of  projects  started  with  UNICEF  aid;  increased 
public  health  budgets  for  child  health  programs; 
encouragement  given  to  the  recruitment  of  com- 
petent personnel  for  maternal  and  child  health 
work ;  and  in  some  instances,  the  creation  of  ma- 
ternal and  child  health  or  welfare  departments 
within  government  ministries. 

The  United  States  contributed  $4.2  million  to- 
ward the  first  half  of  the  calendar  year  1955  pro- 
gram of  UNICEF.  This  amount  represents  60 
percent  of  government  contributions  to  the  central 
account  of  UNICEF,  or  a  decrease  in  the  United 
State  contribution  of  approximately  10  percent 
during  the  18-month  period  January  1,  1954 
through  June  30,  1955.  In  addition,  the  United 
States  supplied  UNICEF,  without  cost,  approxi- 
mately 58  million  pounds  of  surplus  milk  powder 
for  use  in  its  child  feeding  programs. 

The  contributions  of  other  governments  to  the 
central  account  of  UNICEF  continued  to  increase. 
As  of  June  30,  49  other  governments,  including  6 
which  had  not  previously  contributed  to  UNICEF, 
had  pledged  a  total  of  $4.87  million  for  1955,  or 
an  increase  of  about  8  percent  over  the  combined 
pledges  of  these  governments  for  1954.  A  number 
of  pledges  are  still  to  be  made. 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office 
Washington  25,  D.  C.  —  Price  45  cents 


60 


U.  S.  GOVERNMENT  PRINTING   OFFICE:  19S5 


fyjwftik  (Jonqfiess 


[fo/i  the  six  months  ended 

31,  f955 


Report  to  Congress 

on  the 

Mutual  Security  Program 


December  31,  1955 


PRESIDENT'S  LETTER  OF  TRANSMITTAL 

To  the  Congress  of  the  United  States: 

I  am  transmitting  herewith  the  Ninth  Semiannual  Report  on  the  Mutual 
Security  Program,  covering  operations  from  July  1, 1955,  to  December  31, 1955, 
in  furtherance  of  the  purposes  of  the  Mutual  Security  Act  of  195-1. 

As  the  report  records,  continued  progress  has  been  made  through  joint 
efforts  in  improving  the  economic  growth  and  the  military  security  of  our  own 
nation  and  of  our  partners  in  the  free  world.  Much,  however,  remains  to  be 
done,  for  the  threat  continues. 

Two  conspicuous  changes  occurring  during  these  six  months  were : 

1.  The  efficient  transfer  of  responsibility  for  the  Mutual  Security  Program 
to  the  newly  created  International  Cooperation  Administration. 

2.  A  sharply  increased  activity  by  the  Soviet  Union  in  barter  trade  and 
in  economic  and  military  assistance  to  nations  outside  the  Communist 
bloc. 

In  sending  this  six  months'  record  of  accomplishment  to  the  Congress,  I 
would  like  to  make  special  mention  of  the  thousands  of  our  fellow  citizens  who 
are  carrying  forward  this  important  work  devotedly  and  voluntarily  in  almost 
80  countries  of  the  free  world.  They  and  their  counterparts  in  the  nations 
where  they  are  working  have  accomplished  much  to  date,  and  will  be  called 
upon  for  imaginative  and  productive  efforts  in  the  future. 


/(_J   (_jL^^/-JrZ^JCj-1Lu~.  /vK^-N, 


The  White  House, 
May  3, 1956 


CONTENTS 

Page 

President's  Letter  of  Transmittal Hi 

Chapter  I.  Progress  and  Program 1 

II.  Military  Defenses  for  Freedom  are  Strengthened 6 

III.  Use  of  U.  S.  Economic  Resources  Abroad 14 

IV.  Sharing  American  Know-How 21 

V.  The  Picture  in  Selected  Countries 28 

VI.  Other  Parts  of  the  Mutual  Security  Program 36 


CHAPTER  I 


Progress  and  Program 


BUILDING  on  past  progress,  the  United  States 
continued  to  help  free  people  throughout  the 
world  strengthen  their  individual  and  collective 
efforts  to  safeguard  their  independence  and  at  the 
same  time  move  ahead  with  effective  measures  for 
economic  self-improvement. 

During  the  July-December  period  of  1955,  fur- 
ther actions  were  taken  to  maintain  and  improve 
the  military  posture  of  friendly  nations  who  stand 
with  us  both  through  collective  security  arrange- 
ments and  through  bilateral  agreements.  Addi- 
tional equipment,  including  advanced  types  of 
guided  missiles,  was  sent  to  United  States  forces 
in  Western  Europe  to  help  insure  the  strongest 
kind  of  defense  capability  for  free  world  forces 
there.  Western  Germany  completed  the  parlia- 
mentary process  necessary  to  begin  its  contribution 
of  strength  to  the  NATO  alliance.  NATO,  itself, 
undertook  a  careful  reappraisal  of  its  defense 
plans  in  light  of  new  thermonuclear  potentiali- 
ties. On  the  other  side  of  the  world,  the  SEATO 
alliance  of  free  Asian  and  Western  nations 
strengthened  its  organizational  structure  and  took 
concrete  steps  to  coordinate  available  resources 
for  maximum  effectiveness. 

Mutual  security  programs  for  joining  our  efforts 
with  the  efforts  for  economic  improvement  being 
undertaken  by  newly  developing  countries  also 
went  forward  during  the  six-month  period.  Go- 
ing developmental  projects  were  being  pushed 
toward  completion,  and  additional  projects  were 
begun.  Hydro  and  thermal  power  projects  in 
South  Korea  and  Taiwan,  for  example,  are  putting 
down  the  necessary  foundations  for  the  building  of 
essential  industry  and  diversification  of  the 
economy.  Expansion  of  transportation  facilities 
under  way  in  Cambodia  and  Thailand  will  open 
up  new  roads  to  market  outlets.  Minerals  devel- 
opment in  Bolivia  and  Pakistan  is  converting 
latent  resources  into  needed  consumer  and  ex- 
port items.    In  free  Viet  Nam,  good  progress  is 


being  made  toward  permanently  resettling  thou- 
sands of  freedom-seeking  refugees  so  that  they  can 
become  useful  and  self-supporting  citizens  in  their 
new  homeland.  These  are  but  a  few  of  the  proj- 
ects which  are  assisting  free  governments  in  their 
endeavors  to  bring  a  greater  measure  of  economic 
well-being  and  security  to  their  people. 

During  the  period,  agricultural  products  that 
the  United  States  has  in  abundance  were  used  as 
an  integral  part  of  specific  programs  and  projects. 
They  were  used  also  to  furnish  urgently  needed 
relief  to  flood  victims  in  Pakistan  and  India  and 
to  drought  victims  in  Cambodia. 

American  technicians  were  working  in  virtually 
every  part  of  the  world  to  advance  the  capabili- 
ties of  other  people  for  helping  themselves  to  a 
better  life.  More  balance  between  the  various 
activity  fields  has  been  achieved  in  the  planning 
of  the  current  programs,  and  additional  contracts 
were  concluded  with  American  universities  and 
other  non-governmental  agencies  for  carrying  out 
certain  field  operations.  Additional  participants 
were  brought  in  from  other  countries  to  study 
American  techniques  and  see  the  American  way  of 
doing  things. 

Soviet  Shift  in  Tactics 

The  last  six  months  of  1955  saw  Soviet  tactics 
shift  increasingly  from  threats  and  violence  to 
more  subtle  methods  for  extending  Communist  in- 
fluence across  new  borders.  The  underlying  pur- 
pose of  this  shift  requires  careful  study,  especially 
in  light  of  the  past  Soviet  policy  of  artful  infiltra- 
tion and  subversion  as  a  means  of  ultimate  domi- 
nation over  the  life  of  a  country. 

The  United  States  is  at  present  examining  the 
implications  of  the  Soviet  tactics  as  they  bear  on 
the  conduct  of  the  mutual  security  program.  In 
this  connection,  the  Executive  Branch  has  come 
to  the  conclusion  that  it  is  important  to  add 
greater  flexibility  and  continuity  in  the  admin- 


istration  of  this  program  so  that,  within  limits, 
the  United  States  will  be  able  to  meet  special 
circumstances  and  make  comparatively  long- 
range  commitments  without  which  it  is  imprac- 
tical to  assist  in  certain  projects  vital  to  countries 
participating  in  the  program. 

Laying  Out  the  Fiscal  Year  1956  Program 

For  the  fiscal  year  which  will  end  on  June  30, 
1956,  the  Congress  appropriated  $2.7  billion  in 
new  funds  for  mutual  security  purposes.  With 
funds  available  from  previous  appropriations,  a 
total  of  $2.9  billion  was  programmed  for  the  1956 
fiscal  year.2  About  45  percent  of  the  total  amount 
was  for  items  which  go  directly  to  the  armed  forces 
of  partner  nations  to  reinforce  total  free  world  se- 
curity. Approximately  35  percent  was  for  pro- 
grams which  give  additional  support  to  the  defense 
efforts  of  these  nations  by  providing  economic 
assistance;  and  some  20  percent  was  for  develop- 
ment aid,  technical  cooperation,  and  a  number  of 
other  purposes  such  as  our  contributions  to  United 
Nations  programs,  funds  for  West  Berlin,  and 
refugee  programs. 

The  greatest  share  of  the  $1.4  billion  in  military 
aid,  including  direct  forces  support,  was  pro- 


grammed for  the  Far  East  and  South  Asia,  but 
appreciable  amounts  were  earmarked  also  for 
military  shipments  to  Europe  and  the  Near  East. 

Of  the  non-military  aid,  defense  support  was 
by  far  the  largest  component,  amounting  to  about 
$1  billion  and  accounting  for  about  two-thirds  of 
funds  for  other  than  direct  military  assistance. 
Defense  support  helps  to  provide  the  supple- 
mental economic  resources  required  if  a  country 
participating  in  the  military  aspects  of  the  mutual 
security  program  is  to  carry  out  an  adequate  de- 
fense effort  and  achieve  or  maintain  economic 
stability.  Virtually  all  of  this  aid  was  pro- 
grammed for  the  less  developed  areas;  the  only 
recipients  in  Europe  were  Spain  and  Yugoslavia. 

The  $173  million  programmed  for  development 
assistance  in  fiscal  year  1956  went  entirely  to  the 
economically  less  developed  areas.  This  form 
of  economic  aid  assists  key  projects  in  develop- 
ment programs  which  are  being  carried  on  by  the 
recipient  countries  themselves.  In  addition  to 
development  assistance  destined  for  individual 
countries,  the  Congress  appropriated  $100  million 
to  the  Asian  Development  Fund  to  be  used  over  a 

2  These  figures  reflect  the  program  as  of  March  15, 
1956. 


The  Mutual  Security  Program  For  FY  1956 


BY  FUNCTION 

(Millions  of  Dollars) 


BY  REGION 

(Percent) 


Technical 


Developm 

Assistan 

$173 


Non-Regional 
18% 


.Europe/ 


1  • 

:::;:::;:::::::  Asio:::::::::::::: 

52% 

INearHS 

.'East  and« 

$AfricasS 
14% 


Total  $2.9  Billion* 


ncludes   funds  mode  available  from    previous  years. 


Non-Military  Programs  Have  Shifted  From  Europe  To 
Economically  Less  Developed  Areas 

EUROPE  LESS  DEVELOPED  AREAS 


1200 


800 


400 


1953 


1954 


1955 


1956* 


1953 


1954 


1955 


1956 


*    For  Spoin,  Yugoslavia  ond  West  Berlin. 


(Program)     Fiscal  Years 


three-year  period  in  Asia.  Forty  million  dollars 
of  this  has  been  tentatively  programmed. 

Some  $153  million  was  programmed  for  techni- 
cal cooperation,  about  15  percent  more  than  in  the 
preceding  fiscal  year.  Upwards  of  one-third  of 
this  amount  was  planned  for  Asia,  with  the  Near 
East  and  Africa,  Latin  America  and  the  non- 
regional  programs  receiving  roughly  equal  por- 
tions of  the  remaining  two-thirds. 

Other  activities  of  the  mutual  security  program 
accounted  for  about  $175  million.  These  included 
costs  of  ocean  freight  for  surplus  agricultural 
commodities,  assistance  to  joint  control  areas  in 
Europe,  assistance  to  Palestine  refugees,  and 
other  purposes. 

Strengthening  Organizational 
Efficiency 

In  July  1955,  ICA  was  formally  incorporated 
as  a  semi-autonomous  agency  operating  within  the 
Department  of  State.  In  the  course  of  the  half- 
year  under  review,  a  number  of  measures  were 
taken  to  promote  greater  efficiency  of  operations. 
Plans  were  under  way  for  eliminating  some  of  the 
functions  under  the  ICA  programs  for  refugees, 


escapees,  and  voluntary  assistance  and  transfer- 
ring part  of  such  functions  elsewhere  in  the 
Department  of  State.  The  investment  guaranty 
program  was  also  under  study  to  determine  where 
it  could  best  be  administered.  One  possibility 
under  consideration  was  to  transfer  that  program 
to  the  Export-Import  Bank  for  administration. 

In  recognition  of  the  diminishing  non-military 
program  in  Europe,  the  ICA  staff  there  is  being 
progressively  reduced.  By  the  end  of  fiscal  year 
1956,  personnel  strength  will  be  20  percent  below 
the  preceding  year;  an  additional  reduction  of 
35  percent  is  planned  for  fiscal  year  1957.  A  num- 
ber of  European  missions  will  be  terminated  by 
June  1956.  Moreover,  several  missions,  mainly  in 
the  Near  East  and  Far  East,  have  been  reorgan- 
ized to  secure  more  uniform  and  effective  opera- 
tions, especially  in  strengthening  fiscal  controls. 

Contracting  procedures  are  receiving  detailed 
attention.  This  function  at  present  is  shared  by 
several  different  organizational  units,  but  plans 
are  in  the  final  stages  for  centralizing  contracting 
responsibility  in  order  to  provide  better  control 
and  more  expeditious  action,  and  to  assure 
uniform  contracting  standards. 


381526—56- 


To  provide  better  management  control  over 
agency  operations,  several  organizational  changes 
are  in  process.  A  small  evaluation  unit  of  highly 
trained  and  experienced  personnel  is  being  organ- 
ized to  visit  key  overseas  missions  periodically  to 
review  the  direction,  content  and  effectiveness  of 
the  country  programs.  Another  change  repre- 
sents part  of  a  continuous  effort  to  strengthen 
fiscal  control.  A  special  assistant  for  finance  has 
been  appointed  to  provide  critical  review  and 
analysis  of  financial  programs,  particularly  those 
in  vol  vine:  loans.  In  addition,  a  special  engineer- 
ing unit  is  being  established  to  improve  technical 
supervision  over  the  capital  projects  which  absorb 
such  a  large  share  of  program  funds.  This  unit, 
staffed  with  competent  engineers  will  be  able,  with 
the  help  of  private  engineering  consultation  on  a 
contract  basis,  to  maintain  the  necessary  technical 
review  and  surveillance  over  the  joint  projects 
under  way.  Such  a  unit  would  also  insure  that 
major  projects  are  economically  and  technically 
sound  before  funds  are  committed  to  them. 

Problems  in  the  Achievement 
of  Progress 

The  mutual  security  program  is  one  of  the  most 
far-spread  and  complex  operations  ever  under- 
taken, involving  military,  economic  or  technical 
activities  in  cooperation  with  nearly  80  countries 
and  territories  in  different  stages  of  economic 
development,  of  widely  varying  political  and 
social  structures,  and  with  diverse  and  sometimes 
conflicting  national  interests.  Through  deter- 
mined and  dedicated  effort,  our  cooperative  en- 
deavors have  produced  real  and  considerable 
accomplishments  toward  the  common  goals  of 
greater  free  world  security  and  accelerated  eco- 
nomic development. 

It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  carrying  out 
a  program  of  such  magnitude  and  complexity 
necessarily  involves  a  number  of  operational  prob- 
lems which  slow  down  the  rate  of  progress.  Many 
overseas  projects,  for  example,  especially  in  the 
field  of  technical  cooperation,  are  being  held  back 
because  competent  specialists  with  the  right  quali- 
fications and  aptitudes  for  work  in  distant  lands 
are  hard  to  find.  Important  overseas  positions 
still  remain  unfilled  despite  constant  improve- 
ments in  recruitment  procedures  and  the  hiring 


under  contract  of  personnel  from  non-governmen- 
tal organizations  and  institutions. 

A  number  of  operational  problems  flow  from 
the  legal  requirements  embodied  in  the  Mutual 
Security  Act.  It  is  becoming  increasingly  diffi- 
cult to  complete  the  amount  of  surplus  agricul- 
tural sales  specified  under  the  Act.  Although 
every  effort  is  being  made  to  reach  the  $300  million 
target  set  for  the  1956  fiscal  year,  a  number  of  con- 
siderations may  prevent  full  attainment  of  that 
goal.  One  consideration  involves  the  fact  that 
program  emphasis  has  shifted  to  the  newly  de- 
veloping countries  where  overall  consumption  of 
food  and  fibres  is  at  a  low  level,  and  where  eco- 
nomic systems  are  not  yet  capable  of  providing  a 
market  for  a  significant  expansion  of  such  con- 
sumption. Then,  too,  many  of  these  countries, 
especially  in  Southeast  Asia,  are  predominantly 
agricultural  and  have  export  surpluses  of  their 
own.  In  an  attempt  to  increase  its  surplus  sales, 
ICA  is  endeavoring  to  negotiate  triangular  ar- 
rangements— that  is,  to  sell  surpluses  to  one  coun- 
try and  use  the  local  currency  obtained  to  procure 
goods  for  programming  in  another  country.  But 
here,  too,  there  are  limiting  factors  in  the  form  of 
legislative  restrictions. 

In  mapping  out  our  programs  abroad,  assistance 
has  been  put  on  a  loan  basis  where  possible.  In  so 
doing,  ICA  has  tried  to  make  sure  that  such  loans 
did  not  supplant  those  which  might  be  available 
from  public  lending  institutions  or  replace  poten- 
tial private  capital  investment.  During  fiscal 
year  1955,  nearly  $210  million  of  mutual  security 
assistance  was  furnished  on  a  loan  basis.  Efforts 
this  year  to  increase  the  volume  of  loans,  however, 
have  run  into  obstacles,  primarily  because  in  many 
instances  the  substitution  of  a  loan  for  a  grant 
would  not  be  feasible  unless  the  terms  were  made  so 
liberal  as  in  effect  to  constitute  a  partial  grant. 

Considerable  attention  has  been  given  to  the 
problem  of  getting  private  industry  in  the  United 
States  to  participate  increasingly  in  the  economic 
development  of  other  countries.  ICA  actions 
taken  along  these  lines  include  assistance  to  coun- 
tries in  promoting  a  more  favorable  investment 
climate,  through  such  measures  as  f  umishing  ad- 
vice in  the  preparation  of  investment  laws  and 
codes,  dissemination  of  investment  opportunities 
to  the  United  States  business  community,  and  the 
guaranty  program  offering  American  investors 


abroad  protection  against  loss  from  expropriation  - 
and  inconvertibility.  It  will  take  time,  however, 
for  such  efforts  to  induce  an  accelerating  flow  of 
private  capital  to  areas  characterized  by  political 
hazards,  remoteness,  internal  insecurity,  and  a  gen- 
eral lack  of  consumer  purchasing  power. 

Besides  these  operational  problems,  there  are  the 
broader  and  more  basic  problems  which  flow  from 
the  attempts  of  newly  developing  countries  to 
speed  up  their  economic  progress  under  handicaps 
of  insufficient  financial  resources,  heavy  defense  ex- 
penditures and  technological  shortages  of  all  kinds. 
Despite  these  handicaps,  the  people  of  these  eoun- 


—  tries  and  their  leaders  are  determined  to  push  for- 
ward at  all  costs  to  lift  themselves  above  their 
present  subsistence  standards  of  living. 

In  carrying  out  mutual  security  operations  in 
furtherance  of  United  States  foreign  policy  objec- 
tives, program  procedures  and  program  direction 
are  under  constant  study  to  insure  the  most  effec- 
tive use  of  available  funds  and  resources.  Pro- 
gram operations  will  continue  to  be  designed  to 
meet  changing  conditions  and  to  take  full  advan- 
tage of*  new  opportunities  for  promoting  free 
world  stability  and  progress. 


CHAPTER  II 


Military  Defenses  for  Freedom 
Are  Strengthened 


GOOD  PROGRESS  was  made  in  the  second 
'  half  of  1955  in  strengthening  free  world  de- 
fense capabilities.  United  States  shipments  of 
weapons  and  equipment  continued  to  buttress 
forces  which  other  free  nations  are  maintaining  in 
all  parts  of  the  world.  The  general  magnitude  of 
these  forces  is  equivalent  to  more  than  200  divi- 
sions, over  2,000  naval  ships  and  about  300  air 
squadrons  as  well  as  related  supporting  units. 

In  Free  Europe,  defenses  on  the  continent  were 
made  stronger  by  the  addition  of  new  guided  mis- 
siles for  use  of  our  armed  forces  serving  there ;  at 
the  same  time,  NATO  initiated  a  reassessment  of 
its  defense  plans  in  light  of  new  advances  in 
nuclear  warfare.  In  South  and  Southeast  Asia, 
the  SEATO  alliance  was  becoming  more  effective 
through  specific  measures  to  strengthen  its  organi- 
zational structure  and  to  establish  the  machinery 
for  gpmbined  military  exercises.  In  Northeast 
Asia,  the  United  States  helped  the  Republic  of 
Korea  and  the  Chinese  Government  on  Taiwan 
tighten  their  defenses,  and  furnished  training  and 
equipment  needed  by  Japan  in  building  up  its 
armed  forces.  In  the  Middle  East,  the  Baghdad 
Pact  provided  a  basis  for  joint  defense  efforts  of 
nations  in  that  area  with  common  security  inter- 
ests. In  Latin  America,  military  assistance  con- 
tinued to  those  countries  working  together  for  the 
security  of  the  Western  Hemisphere. 

U.  S.  Military  Support  to  Free  Nations 

Supplementing  the  defense  efforts  and  commit- 
ments of  its  free  world  partners,  the  United  States 
sent  about  $900  million  worth  of  military  equip- 
ment and  supplies  to  friendly  nations  during  the 
latter  half  of  1955.  Since  the  beginning  of  the 
military  assistance  program  in  October  1949,  the 


United  States  has  shipped  over  $12.4  billion  of 
materiel  of  all  kinds  to  free  world  countries  in  the 
mutual  security  program.  These  shipments  in- 
cluded planes,  tanks  and  combat  vehicles,  and 
naval  vessels,  as  well  as  artillery,  small  arms, 
machine  guns,  electronics,  and  other  military 
supplies. 

Offshore  Procurement — A  portion  of  the  mili- 
tary weapons  and  supplies  provided  under  the 
mutual  security  program  is  manufactured  in 
friendly  countries  overseas  under  the  offshore  pro- 
curement program.  From  September  1951 
through  December  1955,  contracts  placed  under 
this  operation  amounted  to  almost  $2.8  billion. 
Most  of  these  orders,  about  $2.7  billion,  were  in 
Europe  and  the  remainder  in  the  Far  East.  Pay- 
ments for  deliveries  through  December  1955  have 
come  to  $1.7  billion.  Plans  for  fiscal  year  1956 
did  not  finally  crystallize  imtil  about  midway  in 
the  six-month  period;  accordingly,  only  about  $2 
million  worth  of  contracts  was  placed  during 
July-December  1955. 

Significant  political  and  economic  benefits  grow 
out  of  the  offshore  procurement  program,  but  its 
primary  purpose  is  to  develop  military  production 
bases  overseas.  In  the  event  of  an  emergency  there 
would  thus  be  less  dependence  on  supply  lines 
from  the  United  States.  Substantial  strides 
toward  the  achievement  of  this  objective  have  been 
made.  Efforts  are  now  under  way  to  assure  the 
maintenance  of  established  production  plants  in  a 
standby  status.  It  is  hoped  that  this  will  result 
in  a  gradual  but  significant  reduction  in  offshore 
procurement  orders  as  the  countries  in  which 
production  facilities  are  located  assume  greater 
responsibility  for  maintaining  the  important 
munitions  production  potential  that  has  been 
developed. 


NATO  in  Europe 

Discussions  in  the  North  Atlantic  Treaty 
Organization  Council  and  in  NATO  commit- 
tees during  the  second  half  of  1955  pointed  out 
that  NATO  has  entered  a  new  phase  of  its  defense 
preparations.  NATO  planners  are  concentrating 
on  the  need  to  modernize  the  Alliance's  armed 
forces  in  line  with  the  rapid  development  of  new 
weapons  and  the  increasing  thermonuclear  capa- 
bilities of  the  Soviet  Union. 

The  reassessment  of  NATO  military  planning 
in  light  of  nuclear  warfare  possibilities  neces- 
sarily involves  important  changes  in  organization 
and  equipment.  Firm  goals  for  the  size  of  NATO 
forces  were  approved  for  1956,  and  tentative  goals 
were  agreed  upon  for  1957  and  1958.  Apart  from 
the  forces  of  the  Federal  Republic  of  Germany, 
these  goals  do  not  call  for  major  increases  except 
in  the  air  forces  which  have  not  yet  completed 
their  scheduled  buildup.  Primary  emphasis  will 
continue  on  measures  to  improve  the  combat  readi- 
ness of  existing  forces  rather  than  on  efforts  to 
increase  the  number  of  frontline  units. 

In  appraising  the  changes  required  for  modern- 
izing their  forces,  the  NATO  countries  face  a  dual 
problem.  On  the  one  hand,  they  must  weigh  the 
cost  of  financing  more  modern  equipment  against 
the  cost  of  maintaining  and  replacing  the  con- 
ventional equipment  they  now  have.  At  the  same 
time,  they  must  balance  these  costs  against  the 
availability  of  funds  committed  for  defense. 

Defense  expenditures  by  the  European  NATO 
governments  (including  Greece  and  Turkey) 
amounted  to  some  $12  billion  in  1955,  about  the 
same  level  as  in  1954.  These  NATO  members 
have  put  up  from  their  own  resources  about  85 
percent  of  the  total  cost  of  the  European  NATO 
buildup;  the  United  States  has  contributed 
through  the  military  assistance  program  about 
15  percent  of  that  total.  Moreover,  NATO  Eu- 
rope supplies  about  90  percent  of  NATO's  inte- 
grated ground  forces,  75  percent  of  its  combined 
air  forces,  and  a  substantial  share  of  its  total  naval 
strength. 

During  various  meetings  in  the  latter  part  of 
1955,  new  procedures  were  worked  out  which 
would  help  NATO  members,  particularly  the 
smaller  countries,  to  keep  abreast  of  the  latest 
developments  in  more  advanced  weapons  and  tac- 
tics. Such  information  will  enable  them  to  meas- 
ure future  defense  requirements  in  terms  of  the 
resources  they  have  available. 


European  NATO  Countries  Finance  The  Bulk 
Of  Their  Military  Effort 


(Billions  of  Dollars) 


European  NATO    Defense  Expenditures 


1950     1951      1952     1953      1954     1955 

Calendar  Years 


A  New  Air  Defense  Network — Air  defense  has 
been  a  serious  weak  spot  in  the  NATO  structure. 
In  a  major  step  toward  correcting  this  weakness, 
the  NATO  Council  authorized  General  Gruenther 
to  proceed  with  plans  for  developing  a  coordinated 
air  defense  system  for  NATO  Europe.  The 
United  States  offered  to  finance  two  pilot  links, 
estimated  at  $8  million,  in  a  new  jam-proof  com- 
munications system  for  the  air  defense  and  radar 
warning  network.  These  pilot  links,  underwritten 
with  mutual  security  program  funds,  will  con- 
nect Paris  headquarters  with  Naples  in  Italy,  and 
Naples  with  Izmir  in  Turkey.  A  shorter  link  will 
connect  two  points  in  Norway.  General  Gruenther 
has  proposed  that  the  remaining  links  of  the  sys- 
tem, which  will  cost  about  $45  million,  be  financed 
by  all  countries  on  a  multilateral  basis  inasmuch 
as  all  NATO  members  will  be  benefited.  Present 
plans  contemplate  that  the  system  will  be  operated  •" 
by  the  Supreme  Headquarters  for  Allied  Powers 
in  Europe  (SHAPE)  and  will  be  completely  in- 
dependent of  civilian  communications  facilities. 

Advanced  Weapons  for  NATO — Continental 
defense  forces  were  considerably  strengthened 
during  the  second  half  of  1955  by  the  arrival  of  the 
latest  types  of  weapons  and  planes  for  the  Ameri- 
can armed  forces  now  stationed  in  Europe.    Nike, 


A  formation  of  F-100  Super  Sabres.     These  jet  supersonic  fighters  are  being  sent  to  United  States  forces 
in  Europe  to  buttress  NATO  defenses. 


Corporal,  Honest  John,  and  Matador  missiles  and 
280  mm  gun  battalions,  all  with  an  atomic  capa- 
bility, were  dispatched  to  Europe  in  increasing 
quantities.  Moreover,  the  United  States  Air  Force 
recently  announced  the  first  step  toward  replac- 
ing its  F-86  Sabrejets  in  Europe  with  F-100  Super 
Sabres.  The  first  flight  of  the  Super  Sabres  was 
scheduled  to  depart  from  the  United  States  in 
January  1956.  These  F-100's  are  the  first  of 
the  Century  Series  of  supersonic  fighters  to  be 
based  overseas  in  strength  and  will  constitute  a 
major  asset  to  NATO's  defense  forces. 

The  United  States  plans  to  provide  its  NATO 
-partners  with  certain  types  of  modern  defense 
weapons  and  equipment  which  we  are  now  fur- 
nishing in  increasing  numbers  to  our  own  NATO 
forces  in  Europe.  Many  European  countries  are 
now  able  to  finance  a  greater  share  of  the  cost  of 
maintaining  their  existing  forces  using  United 
States  equipment  furnished  in  prior  years.  A 
greater  proportion  of  United  States  assistance  can 
therefore  be  used  in  helping  them  acquire  the  new 


weapons  necessary  for  strengthening  the  common 
defense  effort. 

Germany  Ratifies  MDAP — Since  the  Federal 
Republic  of  Germany  became  a  member  of  the 
North  Atlantic  Treaty  Organization  in  May  1955, 
a  number  of  steps  have  been  taken  to  bring  into 
being  the  German  forces  so  vital  to  the  defense 
of  Western  Europe.  The  buildup  of  these  forces 
will  be  accomplished  in  line  with  the  provisions 
of  the  NATO  and  the  Western  European  Union 
treaties. 

In  December  1955,  the  German  Parliament  rati- 
fied the  U.  S.-German  Mutual  Defense  Assistance 
Agreement,  and  the  way  was  cleared  for  coopera- 
tion in  equipping  and  training  the  required  Ger- 
man armed  forces.  The  United  States  will  provide 
certain  major  items  which  must  be  obtained  from 
outside  Germany  to  equip  initial  German  forces. 
The  total  forces  planned  are  to  be  in  the  dimen- 
sions originally  scheduled — 12  army  divisions, 
approximately  1,300  aircraft,  and  a  small  coastal 
navy. 


\ 


y 


West  German  officers  receiving  instruction  in  the  operation  and  maintenance  of  United  States  ordnance 
equipment  as  part  of  the  training  prodded  under  the  mutual  security  program. 


An  American  military  advisory  group  is  already 
operating  in  Bonn  under  the  terms  of  the  assist- 
ance agreement.  Prospective  German  officers  are 
now  in  training  in  United  States  military  estab- 
lishments both  in  Germany  and  in  this  country. 
The  first  delivery  of  MDAP  equipment  for  the 
German  forces  was  slated  for  shipment  in  January 
1956,  in  token  quantities  for  orientation  of  key 
military  personnel.  Deliveries  of  more  substan- 
tial quantities  will  begin  with  the  activation  of 
the  first  formal  German  training  units,  at  present 
scheduled  for  spring  of  1956.  German  legislation 
has  already  provided  for  the  immediate  induction 
of  6,000  personnel. 

NATO  as  a  Forum  for  IS  on-Military  Affairs — 
On  the  occasion  of  the  Summit  Meeting  and  the 
subsequent  Conference  of  Foreign  Ministers  in 
Geneva,  the  Western  Powers  represented  used  the 
North  Atlantic  Council  of  NATO  as  a  forum  for 
full  consultation  with  the  other  NATO  Govern- 
ments in  order  to  insure  understanding  and  unity 
on  the  Western  side.     Discussions  took  place  prior 


to  both  meetings,  and  the  Permanent  NATO 
Council  in  Paris  was  kept  fully  informed  of  de- 
velopments as  the  Geneva  negotiations  progressed. 
To  a  greater  extent  than  at  any  time  before  in  its 
history,  the  North  Atlantic  Council  became,  dur- 
ing these  months,  the  focal  point  for  political  con- 
sultation by  the  member  governments  on  the 
problem  of  relations  with  the  USSR.  The 
Council  in  December  also  stressed  the  importance 
of  further  consultations  within  NATO  on  the 
question  of  German  reunification  and  noted  that 
Soviet  moves  and  declarations  regarding  Asia  and 
the  Middle  East  constituted  a  new  challenge  to  the 
Free  World. 

NATO  has  made  other  advances  recently  in  the 
field  of  political  and  social  cooperation.  The 
Council  of  Permanent  Representatives  was  asked 
in  December  to  study  and  implement  all  possible 
measures  of  cooperation  in  the  non-military  fields. 
Among  the  steps  taken  was  the  establishment  of  a 
fellowship  program  to  further  the  study  of  the 
common    traditions,    historical    experience,    and 


present  problems  of  the  North  Atlantic  Com- 
munity nations. 

Meanwhile,  last  July  some  200  legislators  from 
member  countries  met  to  consider  methods  of  more 
closely  associating  NATO  with  their  respective 
parliamentary  bodies ;  and  through  them  with  the 
electorates  of  their  countries.  These  legislators 
also  discussed  the  various  political  and  economic 
aspects  of  the  North  Atlantic  Treaty  and  unani- 
mously agreed  to  hold  similar  meetings  in  the 
future. 

Joint  Facilities  for  NATO  Use — Modern  mili- 
tary forces,  although  highly  mobile,  still  require 
the  support  of  certain  fixed  military  installations 
to  retain  their  mobility  and  to  provide  the  required 
staying  power.  These  military  "public  works" 
for  NATO  are  termed  infrastructure ;  they  include 
airfields,  pipelines,  naval  fleet  bases,  telecommu- 
nications, radar  systems,  ammunition  storage  and 
fuel  oil  tanks.  Inasmuch  as  these  military  in- 
stallations are  for  joint  use  of  the  NATO  forces, 
the  cost  is  shared  jointly  by  all  NATO  countries. 

As  of  December  31,  1955,  agreed  NATO  pro- 
grams for  infrastructure  construction  through  the 
end  of  calendar  year  1956  amounted  to  approxi- 
mately $2  billion.  The  United  States  share  of 
these  costs  is  about  $780  million,  approximately 
38  percent  of  the  total. 

Over  half  of  the  $2  billion  program  is  being 
used  to  construct  174  tactical  airfields.  By  mid- 
1955,  there  were  142  airfields  in  a  sufficiently  ad- 
vanced state  of  construction  to  permit  use  in  an 
emergency  by  modern  jet  aircraft.  During  the 
latter  half  of  1955,  however,  little  further  progress 
was  made  on  airfield  construction  since  most  proj- 
ects were  held  up  in  view  of  the  current  reassess- 
ment of  the  NATO  military  posture. 

One  of  the  major  infrastructure  projects  under- 
way is  a  continental  fuel  distribution  system 
which  will  include  about  3,800  miles  of  pipeline 
and  nearly  450  million  gallons  of  storage  capacity 
essential  for  the  support  of  modern  jet  air  forces. 
This  project  will  provide  a  central  European  net- 
work of  fuel  pipelines,  connecting  with  ports  on 
the  Channel  and  Mediterranean  coasts,  that  can 
be  supplied  by  the  tanker  fleets  of  NATO  coun- 
tries. By  December  1955,  work  was  well  along 
on  more  than  half  of  the  planned  pipeline  and 
fuel  storage  facilities. 

Another  important  development  now  in  progress 
is  the  telecommunications  program.  This  will 
reinforce  existing  facilities  by  the  addition  of 


about  4,000  miles  of  land  lines,  3,700  miles  of 
radio  relay  circuits,  and  more  than  700  miles  of 
submarine  cables.  Nearly  all  the  contracts  for 
this  communications  program,  totaling  some  $400 
million,  have  been  placed;  more  than  65  percent 
of  the  projects  have  already  been  completed. 

Assistance  to  Spain  and  Yugoslavia — United 
States  military  assistance  to  Spain  covers  pro- 
vision of  military  equipment  and  improvement  of 
the  logistics  and  training  systems  of  Spain's  armed 
forces. 

The  United  States  is  building  naval  and  air 
base  facilities  in  Spain  under  a  series  of  agree- 
ments concluded  with  the  Spanish  Government. 
This  program  of  military  construction  is  progress- 
ing satisfactorily.  By  the  end  of  December  1955, 
contracts  totaling  $145  million  had  been  author- 
ized. For  the  air  bases  at  Torrejon,  Zaragoza 
and  Moron,  these  contracts  covered  provision  of 
pavements,  drainage,  on-base  fuel  facilities, 
troop  housing  and  messing  facilities,  and  ware- 
housing. For  the  naval  base  at  Rota,  the  con- 
tracts included  waterfront  work,  airfield  paving, 
and  related  facilities.  In  addition,  the  contracts 
provide  for  fuel  terminals  and  transmission  pipe- 
lines from  Eota  through  Madrid  to  Zaragoza. 

During  the  six-month  period  of  this  report  the 
United  States  continued  to  furnish  Spain's  army 
with  tanks,  anti-aircraft  and  anti-tank  weapons, 
and  various  types  of  communication  equipment. 
Spain's  navy  received  a  net  tender,  in  addition 
to  minesweepers  already  delivered,  and  material 
for  ship  modernization  and  harbor  defense ;  how- 
ever, progress  on  the  modernization  program  is 
slow.  The  Spanish  air  force  is  using  T-33  and 
T-6  training  planes  provided  by  the  United  States 
to  develop  capabilities  for  using  jet  fighters.  The 
initial  consignment  of  F-86F  day  fighters  was 
delivered  during  the  six-month  period,  and  the 
Spanish  air  force  was  able  to  activate  its  first  jet 
fighter  unit. 

In  Yugoslavia,  the  fundamental  aim  of  the 
mutual  security  program  has  been  to  assist  that 
country's  own  efforts  to  keep  free  of  foreign  domi- 
nation. United  States  military  assistance  is  di- 
rected toward  improving  Yugoslavia's  existing 
forces  by  providing  modern  weapons,  equipment, 
and  training.  Deliveries  of  tanks,  trucks,  artil- 
lery, radios,  radar  and  engineer  items  have  con- 
verted what  were  once  largely  guerrilla  forces  into 
a  modern  army.  Through  United  States  aid, 
Yugoslavia's  coastal  destroyers  have  been  modern- 


10 


ized,  small  mine  sweepers  received  sweep  gear,  and 
a  number  of  patrol  craft  have  been  placed  in  good 
operational  condition.  In  addition,  the  Yugoslav 
Air  Force  has  been  provided  with  jet  training 
aircraft  and  is  now  engaged  in  a  program  under 
which  it  will  be  equipped  with  jet  fighter  bombers 
and  jet  pursuit  planes.  Military  students  from 
the  Yugoslav  armed  forces  have  been  given  for- 
mal courses  of  instruction  in  United  States  service 
schools  in  this  country  and  overseas. 

In  keeping  with  its  policy  of  pursuing  an  in- 
dependent course  politically,  Yugoslavia  resinned 
normal  relations  with  the  Soviet  Bloc.  At  the 
same  time,  it  maintained  close  ties  with  Greece  and 
Turkey,  its  allies  in  the  Balkan  Alliance,  and 
strengthened  its  relations  with  Western  European 
countries  both  directly  and  through  its  association 
with  certain  Western  European  bodies  such  as  the 
Organization  for  European  Economic  Coopera- 
tion (OEEC).  Recently,  Yugoslavia,  which  has 
observer  status  in  the  OEEC,  has  expressed  an  in- 
terest in  participating  more  fully  in  the  work  of 
that  organization,  including  activities  of  the 
European  Productivity  Agency. 

SEATO  in  Southeast  Asia 

The  United  States  is  actively  engaged  in  pro- 
viding military  assistance  to  the  Asian  countries 
of  the  Southeast  Asia  Treaty  Organization.  The 
Asian  members  of  SEATO  are  Pakistan,  the 
Philippines,  and  Thailand.  Other  SEATO 
members,  in  addition  to  the  United  States,  are 
Australia,  France,  New  Zealand,  and  the  United 
Kingdom.  Cambodia,  Laos,  and  free  Viet  Nam 
fall  within  the  area  covered  by  the  Treaty. 

The  defense  capacity  of  the  Asian  members  of 
SEATO  continued  to  be  strengthened  during  the 
second  half  of  1955  with  military  equipment 
furnished  by  the  United  States.  In  addition, 
American  military  advisers  are  assisting  in  the 
training  of  troops  in  these  SEATO  countries;  ap- 
proximately 3,000  military  students  were  training 
in  United  States  installations. 

SEATO  took  several  measures  in  the  second 
part  of  1955  to  strengthen  its  organizational  struc- 
ture. The  Foreign  Ministers  of  member  countries 
make  up  a  central  Council.  Serving  the  Council 
are  representatives  of  the  member  countries  who 
coordinate  activities  on  a  permanent  basis.  The 
Council  also  has  a  group  of  military  advisers  who. 


in  turn,  are  backstopped  by  committees  which  deal 
with  the  various  elements  of  military  planning. 

It  is  not  contemplated  that  SEATO  will  set  up 
an  extensive  permanent  structure.  It  is  felt,  how- 
ever, that  a  continuous  Secretariat  is  necessary  to 
enable  the  organization  to  function  on  an  efficient 
basis.  General  agreement  has  been  reached  for 
establishing  a  SEATO  public  relations  office  and 
a  research  center  in  Bangkok,  Thailand.  These 
bodies  would  provide  member  countries  with  in- 
formation on  developments  which  affect  SEATO 
objectives,  as  well  as  material  on  Communist  sub- 
versive activities  and  means  for  countering 
such  subversion. 

SEATO  military  advisers  and  supporting  com- 
mittees have  made  good  progress  in  exchanging 
views  necessary  for  improving  military  coordi- 
nation. They  have  conferred  on  methods  of 
achieving  better  standardization  of  weapons  and 
equipment,  of  improving  training,  and  of  using 
the  training  facilities  of  one  nation  to  assist  the 
forces  of  another.  These  discussions  will  furnish 
a  firmer  basis  for  combined  military  exercises. 

Much  remains  to  be  done  in  SEATO,  but  the 
new  alliance  in  Asia  enters  its  second  year  with  the 
knowledge  that  tangible  initial  steps  have  been 
taken  toward  the  creation  of  an  effective  organi- 
zation for  freedom. 

Aid  to  Northeast  Asia  and  Taiwan 

Rounding  out  the  SEATO  defense  line,  the 
United  States  has  assisted  the  individual  efforts  of 
the  Republics  of  China  and  Korea  to  maintain  and 
strengthen  their  capabilities  of  defense  against  po- 
tential military  aggression.  We  have  also  coop- 
erated in  Japan's  efforts  for  defense  by  providing 
training  and  selected  types  of  equipment  which  the 
Japanese  need  to  get  their  defense  buildup  under 
way. 

In  Korea,  essential  military  weapons,  equipment, 
and  training  supplied  during  the  second  half  of 
1955,  together  with  defense  support  aid,  made  it 
possible  for  the  ROK  Government  to  maintain  a 
force  strength  of  20  active  divisions,  a  marine  divi- 
sion, a  navy  of  approximately  50  vessels,  and  an  air 
force  of  one  fighter  wing  plus  miscellaneous  sup- 
porting aircraft.  Reserve  divisions  also  have  been 
developed.  In  further  efforts  to  improve  Korea's 
military  capabilities,  the  United  States  provided 
logistical  training  to  the  Korean  Second  Army. 
This  unit  is  now  conducting  the  logistical  support 


11 


381526—56- 


© 

t: 

E 

re 

o> 

at 

0> 

e 

1_ 

im 

B> 

A 

^£ 

>» 

O 

«-* 

a_ 

s 

3 

^^H 

W 

© 

o 

l/> 

0> 

re 

2J 

^5 

^rf 

UJ 

3 

<u 

S 

> 
re 

« 

«/i 

i_ 

© 

a> 

i_ 

^2 

§ 

3 

© 

-o 

w 

< 

-a 

>. 

e 

re 

© 
© 

s 

oo    2 


12 


activities  which  were  formerly  performed  by  our 
own  armed  forces. 

In  Taiwan,  the  United  States  continued  to  fur- 
nish assistance  in  the  form  of  training,  equipment 
and  other  materials  used  by  the  Chinese  armed 
forces  on  the  island.  Deliveries  of  major  items 
of  military  weapons  and  supplies  during  the  sec- 
ond half  of  1955  helped  to  strengthen  the  Re- 
public of  China's  capabilities  for  coping  with  the 
continued  threat  of  Communist  military  action. 
Replacement  of  conventional  fighter-type  aircraft 
by  jet  aircraft  in  the  Chinese  Nationalist  Air  Force 
continued. 

In  Japan's  recent  program  of  constructing  a 
broad  base  for  defensive  strength,  progress  has 
been  made  in  developing  ground  forces,  maritime 
defense  forces  with  supporting  vessels  and  air- 
craft, and  a  small  air  force.  Most  of  the  equip- 
ment of  Japan's  air  units  has  been  furnished 
through  United  States  military  aid ;  but  by  mutual 
agreement  Japan  is  beginning  to  produce  a  limited 
number  of  trainer  and  interceptor  fighter-type 
aircraft.  In  addition,  Japan  is  constructing  ves- 
sels to  be  used  in  its  coastal  defense.  Although 
Japan's  air  force  is  still  a  fledgling,  it  is  rapidly 
developing  capacity  to  absorb  various  types  of  pro- 
grammed aid  equipment.  To  insure  that  the  ships 
and  aircraft  we  supply  are  used  most  effectively, 
selected  Japanese  personnel  are  being  given  "on- 
the-job"'  training  in  Japan  and  more  formal  train- 
ing in  the  United  States. 

Aid  to  Baghdad  Pact  Nations 
in  the  Middle  East 

The  Pact  of  Mutual  Cooperation  between  Tur- 
key and  Iraq,  generally  known  as  the  Baghdad 
Pact,  was  concluded  in  February  1955.     It  was 


subsequently  enlarged  by  the  addition  of  the 
United  Kingdom  in  April,  of  Pakistan  in  Septem- 
ber, and  of  Iran  in  November.  Like  other  free 
world  alliances,  the  Pact  established  a  regional 
system  of  collective  defense  against  aggression, 
within  the  framework  of  the  United  Nations  Char- 
ter, as  a  basis  for  promoting  peace,  political  sta- 
bility, and  economic  well-being  within  its  area. 
Though  not  a  member,  the  United  States  has  pub- 
licly endorsed  the  pact  as  a  demonstration  of  the 
common  security  interest  among  the  northern  tier 
of  nations  in  the  Middle  East  area.  Because  of 
its  geographic  overlap  with  NATO  and  SEATO, 
the  Baghdad  Pact  constitutes  a  vital  span  anchored 
in  neighboring  free  world  alliances  to  the  west  and 
east. 

The  armed  forces  of  the  Middle  East  and  South 
Asian  members  of  the  Baghdad  Pact  are  being 
strengthened  with  United  States  military  assist- 
ance. Turkey,  Iran,  Iraq,  and  Pakistan  have 
signed  mutual  defense  assistance  agreements  with 
the  United  States.  During  the  half-year,  military 
equipment  and  training  measures  were  carried  out 
to  improve  their  capacity  for  fulfilling  individual 
and  collective  defense  responsibilities. 

The  organizational  structure  of  the  Baghdad 
Pact  is  still  in  the  formative  stage.  Beginning 
with  its  first  organizational  meeting  at  Baghdad 
in  November  1955,  the  Council  of  Deputies  formed 
military  and  economic  committees  in  recognition 
of  the  interdependence  of  military  and  economic 
measures  in  promoting  security  and  peace  in  the 
region.  As  the  year  closed,  the  Economic  Com- 
mittee was  preparing  to  meet  in  order  to  establish 
effective  organizational  arrangements  and  launch 
specific  activities  in  the  field  of  economic  coop- 
eration. 


13 


CHAPTER  III 


Use  of  U.S.  Economic  Resources 

Abroad 


AS  part  of  the  mutual  security  program,  the 
-^*-  United  States  is  actively  engaged  in  helping 
people  in  newly  developing  countries  to  build  a 
broader  and  more  diversified  economic  base.  In 
strengthening  their  economic  foundation,  many  of 
these  countries  face  a  twofold  problem.  Security 
requirements  necessitate  their  carrying  a  defense 
burden  beyond  the  present  capability  of  their 
economies  to  support  without  outside  aid.  United 
States  economic  resources  are  being  used  to  help 
the  participating  countries  in  their  efforts  to  cope 
with  this  particular  problem.  Industrial  and 
agricultural  commodities  are  being  furnished  in 
substantial  measure  both  to  fill  existing  shortages 
and  to  provide  additional  local  currency  for  use 
of  the  recipient  government  in  meeting  develop- 
mental and  military  needs. 

The  other  part  of  the  problem  which  these  coun- 
tries face  involves  the  achievement  of  legitimate 
economic  objectives  necessary  to  maintain  political 
stability  and  meet  the  aspirations  of  their  people. 
In  this  respect,  the  United  States  is  furnishing  the 
materials  and  technicians  to  supplement  local  ef- 
forts in  carrying  forward  key  developmental  proj- 
ects. In  some  cases,  we  are  also  aiding  in  the  solu- 
tion of  special  difficulties  such  as  refugee  care 
and  resettlement. 

Accelerating  Specific  Develop- 
ment Projects 

The  projects  which  are  being  assisted  through 
the  mutual  security  program  encompass  virtually 
every  type  of  activity  designed  to  bring  the  po- 
tential resources  of  the  participating  countries  in- 
to full  production  so  that  they  can  better  meet 
their  security  needs  and  at  the  same  time  move 
steadily  forward  with  essential  self-development 
plans.     They  have  included  hydro  and  thermal 


power  projects  to  promote  greater  industrializa- 
tion, vital  irrigation  works  to  increase  land  avail- 
able for  food  production  in  deficit  areas  and  pre- 
vent recurrent  food  crises,  port  improvements  to 
enable  a  country  to  earn  more  foreign  exchange 
and  take  a  bigger  part  as  a  partner  in  world  trade. 
They  have  included  projects  in  highway  and  rail- 
road construction  to  open  up  hinterland  areas  and 
new  markets  as  well  as  projects  to  develop  mineral 
resources  and  expand  small  industries.  Activities 
such  as  these  not  only  make  possible  a  more  effec- 
tive and  self-sustaining  effort  by  the  people  of  the 
participating  country ;  they  also  open  the  way  for 
a  larger  inflow  of  private  capital,  both  foreign  and 


Almost  Two-Thirds  Of  Aid  For  Specific  Projects 
In  FY  1956  Is  Earmarked  For  Asia 


Total  Project  Aid 
$455  Million 


14 


domestic,  by  providing  expanded  opportunities 
for  productive  investment. 

Almost  two-thirds  of  the  project  aid  pro- 
grammed during  the  first  half  of  fiscal  year  1956 
was  for  Asia,  where  countries  such  as  Korea,  free 
Viet  Nam  and  Taiwan  face  serious  problems  of 
economic  rehabilitation  as  a  result  of  Communist 
aggression.  Approximately  one-fifth  was  allo- 
cated to  countries  in  the  Near  East  and  Africa 
area,  and  most  of  the  remainder  to  Latin  America. 
The  small  portion  of  project  aid  for  Europe  went 
to  Spain. 

The  following  paragraphs  describe  some  of  the 
projects  under  way  in  the  July-December  period 
of  1955  to  which  the  United  States  provided  sup- 
plemental assistance  in  commodities,  supplies, 
equipment  and  technical  guidance. 

Building  Needed  Power  Resources. — Korea  is 
handicapped  by  a  severe  power  shortage  origi- 
nally created  when  the  Communists  cut  off  the 
country's  main  generating  sources  in  the  North. 
In  addition,  the  few  power  installations  in  the 
South  were  extensively  damaged  in  the  Commu- 
nist invasion.  To  meet  Korea's  critical  need  for 
power,  plans  were  laid  in  1954  to  expand  gen- 
erating capacity  from  68,000  kilowatts  to  about 
300,000  kilowatts  by  1960.  As  part  of  this  effort, 
three  new  plants  with  a  total  generating  capacity 
of  100,000  kilowatts  are  being  constructed  to  serve 
the  capital  city,  Seoul,  the  manufacturing  and 
port  city  of  Pusan,  and  the  important  coal  mining 
center  at  Samchok  on  the  east  coast.  In  addition, 
the  hydroplant  at  Hwachon  is  being  expanded. 
The  major  portion  of  this  new  capacity  should  be 
in  operation  by  mid-1956.  Rehabilitation  of  other 
existing  power  facilities  at  Tangin-ri,  Unam  and 
Yongwol,  when  completed,  will  further  increase 
output.  Fiscal  year  1956  funds  are  also  being  used 
to  extend  and  improve,  power  transmission  and 
distribution  systems. 

Taiwan's  present  electric  power  capacity  is  not 
sufficient  to  support  essential  expansion  of  the 
island's  industrial  resources.  To  remedy  this  sit- 
uation, it  is  planned  to  increase  installed  capacity 
by  226,000  kilowatts  above  the  level  existing  at 
the  end  of  1953,  so  that  Taiwan  can  achieve  a 
total  power  output  of  590,000  kilowatts  by  1957. 
These  plans  include  rehabilitation  of  existing 
installations. 

In  November  1955,  the  first  unit  of  the  Nan  Pu 
thermal  power  plant  went  into  commercial  opera- 
tion.   This  steam  turbine  generator  unit  and  boiler 


Taiwan  Electric  Power  Capacity  To  Reach 
590,000  KW  In  1957 

590 


(1,000    KW) 


493      / 


364      / 


Thermal 


1953 


1955 


has  a  capacity  of  40,000  kilowatts.  Construction 
of  this  plant  improves  the  relationship  between 
thermal  generating  capacity  and  run-of-river  hy- 
dro-plants. The  latter  must  have  reliable  standby 
thermal  capacity  during  the  dry  seasons,  when 
output  of  hydro-power  is  reduced,  in  order  to  help 
meet  the  demands  for  peak  and  base  load 
operation. 

Constructing  Essential  Transport  Facilities. — 
Cambodia  presently  relies  on  the  Port  of  Saigon 
in  free  Viet  Nam  to  ship  out  and  bring  in  its  goods. 
This  arrangement  is  uneconomical  and  is  causing 
costly  delays.  Negotiations  were  completed  at  the 
end  of  1955  for  a  contract  to  design  and  supervise 
construction  of  a  highway  linking  the  capital  city 
of  Cambodia,  Phnom  Penh,  with  the  new  deep 
seaport  of  Kompong  Som  being  constructed  by 
the  French  on  the  Gulf  of  Siam.  The  completion 
of  the  highway  and  port  will  not  only  reduce  high 
shipping  costs  and  delays  resulting  from  depend- 
ence on  foreign  ports;  it  will  also  stimulate  local 
agriculture  and  industry  and  make  essential  con- 
sumer goods  available  to  the.  people  at  reduced 
costs.  The  United  States  is  providing  needed  ma- 
terials and  equipment  for  the  highway;  Cambodia 
is  furnishing  the  labor  and  paying  the  local  cur- 
rencv  costs  of  construction. 


15 


The  lack  of  transportation  facilities  in  Thai- 
land hampers  economic  development,  limits  gov- 
ernment services  to  the  people  and  seriously  re- 
stricts the  mobility  and  effectiveness  of  Thai 
defense  and  internal  security  forces.  This  is  espe- 
cially true  of  the  isolated  region  of  northeastern 
Thailand  where  living  standards  are  quite  low 
and  crop  failures  are  frequent,  These  factors, 
together  with  its  proximity  to  Communist-held 
areas  and  the  presence  of  large  numbers  of  North 
Vietnamese  refugees,  make  this  area  especially 
vulnerable  to  subversion.  A  $20  million,  all- 
weather  Northeast  Highway  is  being  constructed 
through  virgin  territory  for  about  100  miles  from 
Sara  Buri  on  the  Central  Plains  to  Korat  in  the 
northeast  to  assist  in  the  defense  and  economic 
development  of  this  depressed  area. 

Another  transportation  project  provides  for 
general  highway  improvement  throughout  Thai- 
land in  order  to  strengthen  a  skeleton  network  of 
all-weather  highways  to  meet  the  country's  basic 
military  and  economic  needs.  During  fiscal  years 
1955  and  1956,  the  United  States  expects  to  con- 
tribute about  $18  million  to  this  project. 

South  Korea's  railways  were  severely  damaged 
during  the  Communist  invasion.  In  addition,  the 
North-South  orientation  of  the  country's  track 
system  did  not  provide  the  lateral  connecting  lines 
necessary  for  adequate  transportation  from 
coastal  to  inland  points.  Under  the  mutual  secu- 
rity program,  the  United  States  has  been  helping 
Korea  rebuild  and  operate  its  railroads  for  the 
past  two  years.  It  is  expected  that  about  $25 
million  will  be  made  available  for  this  purpose  in 
fiscal  year  1956. 

In  December  1955,  the  newly  built  Cholan  spin- 
line  was  completed.  This  spur  will  carry  coal 
from  the  Samchok  mines  on  the  east  coast  of  Korea 
directly  to  its  point  of  consumption  at  Seoul  on 
the  west  coast.  Transportation  time  has  been  cut 
from  ten  days  to  ten  hours,  since  the  long  coastal 
trip  to  Pusan  has  been  eliminated,  and  it  is  no 
longer  necessary  to  reload  from  shore  to  barge  and 
on  to  shore  again. 

Developing  Irrigation  and  Natural  Resources. — 
Haiti  is  working  to  repair  and  improve  the  irriga- 
tion systems  which  were  damaged  by  Hurricane 
Hazel  in  October  195-4.  In  support  of  this  project, 
$1.3  million  of  mutual  security  funds  were  made 
available.  The  resulting  direct  increase  in  agri- 
cultural production  will  be  used  to  meet  Haiti's 
internal  consumption  needs.     In  addition,  many 


sections  of  mountainous  land  will  be  freed  for  the 
production  of  coffee  and  other  crops  which  could 
provide  foreign  exchange  revenues.  Work  under 
the  present  plan  includes  strengthening  the  main 
irrigation  canals  and  distribution  systems  in  order 
to  minimize  potential  damage  from  future  floods. 
It  will  also  improve  the  drainage  system  so  that 
seepage  water  may  be  collected  and  re-used  for  ir- 
rigation on  the  lower  plains.  In  the  latter  half  of 
1955,  three  diversion  dams  destroyed  by  the  hur- 
ricane were  replaced ;  a  number  of  damaged 
emergency  flood  protection  works  were  also  re- 
paired and  new  ones  constructed. 

Bolivia  is  trying  to  find  another  source  of  for- 
eign exchange  earnings  to  make  up  for  heavy  losses 
resulting  from  the  fall  in  the  production  and  price 
of  tin,  the  main  source  of  its  export  revenues.  Oil 
shows  promise  of  providing  excellent  returns. 
Last  year,  for  the  first  time,  Bolivia  became  a  net 
exporter  of  petroleum. 

To  assist  Bolivia  in  the  development  of  a  new 
petroleum  law,  the  United  States  sent  a  top-flight 
American  expert  at  the  request  of  the  Bolivian 
Government  to  work  with  a  Bolivian  team  of 
specialists.  A  petroleum  code  was  formulated  to 
protect  the  basic  rights  and  interests  of  Bolivia 
in  its  oil  resources  and  at  the  same  time  to  attract 
foreign  capital  to  develop  them.  The  Bolivian 
Government  has  put  the  new  code  into  effect,  and 
several  United  States  firms  have  already  shown 
that  they  are  interested  in  providing  capital  for 
further  exploration  of  the  country's  petroleum 
resources. 

Israel's  pressing  population  problem  calls  for 
the  fullest  use  of  its  limited  natural  resources.  An 
American  engineering  firm  has  been  evaluating 
Israeli  deposits  of  copper,  magnesium  and  iron  so 
that  the  economic  possibilities  of  developing  such 
resources  can  be  examined.  Copper  and  iron 
deposits  appear  to  be  the  most  promising.  The 
second  stage  of  the  project  is  now  being  started, 
and  two  trained  drillers  with  necessary  equipment 
are  being  sent  to  Israel  to  help  determine  the  extent 
of  actual  resources  at  the  copper  and  iron  mines. 
A  training  program  will  also  be  initiated  under 
which  Israeli  technicians  will  be  trained  in  drill- 
ing, sampling,  and  technical  analysis,  thereby 
enabling  them  to  carry  on  with  additional  explo- 
ration of  the  nation's  natural  resources  in  other 
fields. 

Expanding  Manufacturing  Industries. — Inade- 
quate supplies  of  fertilizer  in   past  years  have 


16 


limited  Taiwan's  yields  of  rice  and  other  food- 
stuffs. By  increasing  local  production  of  fer- 
tilizer, Taiwan  will  be  able  to  raise  its  crop  levels 
and  at  the  same  time  save  some  of  the  scarce 
foreign  exchange  it  has  had  to  spend  for  fertilizer 
imports.  In  1955,  Taiwan  imported  about  300,- 
000  tons  of  chemical  fertilizer  valued  at  $22 
million.  This  item  accounted  for  more  than  10 
percent  of  total  imports. 

Through  the  mutual  security  program,  Taiwan 
is  being  helped  to  establish  a  domestic  fertilizer 
industry  that  will  make  maximum  use  of  the 
island's  raw  materials.  For  example,  expansion 
of  the  Kaohsiung  ammonium  sulphate  plant  now 
under  way  will  increase  production  of  ammonium 
sulphate  from  20  tons  to  100  tons  a  day.  It  is  ex- 
pected that  the  plant  will  lie  completed  by  the  fall 


Packaging  ammonium  sulphate  at  the  Kaohsiung 
jertilizer  plant  in  Taiwan.  This  plant  is  being 
expanded  to  make  maximum  use  of  tin  island's  raiv 
materials  and  cut  down  on  import  requirements, 

of  1956.  The  Kaohsiung  plant  will  also  produce 
■_'."i  tons  of  anhydrous  ammonia  a  day  for  other  fer- 
tilizer  projects.  In  addition,  this  plant  is  related 
to  two  other  projects.     One  is  a  nitrogen  solution 


plant  which  will  use  ammonium  sulphate  from  the 
Kaohsiung  plant  for  the  production  of  liquid 
nitrogen  fertilizer.  The  other  is  a  pyrite  explora- 
tion project  which  aims  to  insure  a  continuous  sup- 
ply of  sulphur  for  the  Kaohsiung  and  other 
fertilizer  factories.  The  Kaohsiung  works  will 
cost  approximately  $3.3  million,  with  almost  $2 
million  coming  from  United  States  funds  and  the 
balance  from  counterpart  and  local  government 
funds. 

Because  Spam  is  highly  susceptible  to  adverse 
weather  conditions,  its  agricultural  sector  is  not 
too  reliable  an  earner  of  the  foreign  exchange 
required  for  essential  imports  of  manufactured 
goods.  Therefore,  manufacturing  for  local  con- 
sumption is  being  encouraged  to  give  the  economy 
greater  stability.  To  meet  Spain's  growing  in- 
dustrial requirements  for  stamped  steel  products, 
the  United  States  is  assisting  in  construction  of 
a  cold-finishing  mill  in  Bilbao  which  is  being  car- 
ried out  by  a  Spanish  steel  company.  This  mill  is 
expected  to  go  into  production  in  mid-1957  with  an 
initial  output  of  about  40,000  metric  tons  of  sheet 
steel  a  year.  As  demand  increases,  production  is 
expected  to  expand  to  the  full  120,000  ton  capac- 
ity. The  United  States  contribution  of  equi p- 
ment  for  this  steel-finishing  plant  amounts  to 
$3.9  million ;  the  company  is  financing  $2.7  million 
of  the  total  cost. 

Pakistan  must  diversify  its  productive  resources 
in  order  not  to  become  overly  dependent  on  the 
agricultural  sector  of  its  economy.  The  Pakistan 
Government,  therefore,  is  working  on  plans  to 
expand  its  modest  manufacturing  industry.  The 
city  of  Lahore,  in  the  northern  part  of  West 
Pakistan,  is  the  main  manufacturing  area  of  the 
country.  A  survey  of  the  metal  products  industry 
there  pointed  up  a  number  of  deficiencies  in  manu- 
facturing processes.  There  was  little  or  no  quality 
control,  tools  were  inadequate,  personnel  wTere 
poorly  trained,  and  manufacturing  costs  were  ex- 
cessive. At  the  request  of  the  Pakistani  Govern- 
ment, the  United  States  is  helping  to  establish 
a  training  center  in  Lahore  to  demonstrate  efficient 
techniques  of  industrial  production  and  to  advise 
local  manufacturers  on  their  particular  problems. 

The  United  States  is  providing  technicians  to 
help  staff  the  center  and  is  furnishing  the  dollar 
costs  of  instructional  equipment.  The  center  will 
furnish  guidance  in  such  fields  as  machine  shop 
operation,  tool  grinding,  welding,  heat  treatment, 
plating  and  inspection.    There  will  also  be  train- 


17 


ing  in  foundry  operations,  pattern  making  and 
forging,  along  with  tool,  gauge  and  die  making. 
By  the  end  of  1955,  the  building  to  house  the 
center  was  almost  completed,  and  contract  nego- 
tiations for  the  United  States  staff  were  well 
under  way. 

Resettling  Refugees  From  Communism. — Up 
to  June  1955,  $56  million  of  mutual  security  funds 
had  been  allotted  to  free  Viet  Nam  for  the  evacu- 
ation, reception  and  emergency  relief  of  some 
600,000  civilian  refugees  from  Communism  in  the 
North.  During  the  second  half  of  1955,  an  addi- 
tional $37  million  was  programmed  for  the  perma- 
nent resettlement  and  rehabilitation  of  these  free- 
dom-seeking people.  This  last  phase  of  United 
States  assistance  will  help  relocate  the  new  popu- 
lation on  unused  but  potentially  productive  land. 
Assistance  takes  the  form  of  equipment  for  land 
preparation,  farm  tools,  draft  animals,  seed,  and 
fertilizer.  The  program  is  also  providing  equip- 
ment to  meet  the  needs  of  fishing  and  village  in- 
dustries and  basic  community  services,  including 
medical  and  sanitation  facilities.  At  the  end  of 
the  year,  the  Vietnamese  Government's  land  re- 
form program  got  off  to  a  vigorous  start.  A  block 
of  almost  200,000  acres  of  land  was  made  available 
for  resettlement  purposes,  with  prospects  of  more 
acreage  being  made  available  in  the  near  future. 

President's  Fund  for  Asian 
Economic  Development 

A  new  measure  to  assist  the  area  of  free  Asia  in 
expanding  its  economic  growth  on  the  basis  of  self- 
help  and  mutual  cooperation  was  created  by  the 
establishment  of  the  President's  Fund  for  Asian 
Economic  Development.  Under  this  authority, 
$100  million  was  appropriated  in  fiscal  year  1956, 
to  remain  available  for  use  over  a  three-year  pe- 
riod. Preference  is  to  be  given  to  projects  which 
will  clearly  contribute  to  promoting  greater  eco- 
nomic strength  in  the  Asian  region  as  a  whole  or  in 
one  or  more  groups  of  countries  in  it. 

This  legislation  represented  a  new  element  in 
the  mutual  security  program,  particularly  in  its 
regional  approach.  Before  using  the  funds,  there- 
fore, it  was  necessary  to  work  out  new  guidelines 
fully  reflecting  the  intent  of  the  law  and  to  get 
some  indication  from  the  countries  in  the  area  on 
feasible  projects  which  they  could  undertake.  In- 
formal views  of  Asian  countries  were  obtained,  for 
example,  during  the  October  1955  meetings  in 


Singapore  of  the  Consultative  Committee  of  the 
Colombo  Plan. 

During  the  period  of  July-December  1955,  a 
workable  basis  was  established  for  using  the 
Fund,  and  a  number  of  projects  which  appeared  to 
qualify  for  financing  through  the  Fund  were  se- 
lected for  further  careful  examination.  Among 
proposals  favorably  considered  was  the  establish- 
ment of  a  regional  nuclear  research  center  for  the 
benefit  of  Asian  countries.1 

Such  a  center  for  regional  study  will  permit 
Asian  scientists  to  learn  how  to  apply  the  benefits 
of  nuclear  science  to  area  problems  in  medicine, 
agriculture  and  industry.  Specific  proposals  have 
emerged  also  for  transportation  and  telecommuni- 
cations links  between  countries  as  well  as  for 
development  of  minerals  production  in  certain 
countries  for  export  to  others  in  the  region.  In 
addition,  consideration  is  being  given  to  the  estab- 
lishment of  technical  training  centers  for  the  Asian 
region  as  a  whole. 

The  establishment  of  the  Fund  has  stimulated 
keen  interest  on  the  part  of  the  countries  of  free 
Asia  and  has  given  them  a  greater  incentive  to 


work     together 
advantage. 


for     their     mutual     economic 


Providing  Saleable  Commodities 

In  addition  to  assistance  for  specific  projects, 
the  United  States  furnishes  a  substantial  amount 
of  commodities  which  go  directly  to  consumers  and 
private  industries  through  sale  in  the  local  mar- 
kets of  the  recipient  countries.  More  than  $750 
million  worth  of  such  saleable  commodities  was 
programmed  for  the  1956  fiscal  year.  A  substan- 
tial portion  is  in  the  form  of  agricultural  products, 
most  of  which  are  in  surplus  in  this  country.  Chief 
among  these  are  grains,  raw  cotton,  and  fats  and 
oils.  Principal  industrial  commodities  furnished 
are  made  up  of  textiles,  machinery,  iron  and  steel, 
and  fuels. 

These  commodities  help  to  meet  the  essential 
needs  of  consumers  and  of  industry,  and  in  so 
doing  they  act  to  curb  inflationary  forces.  They 
also  provide  additional  financial  resources  to  the 
recipient  government  for  meeting  local  currency 
costs  of  economic  development  and  of  supporting 
the  armed  forces. 

About  60  percent  of  the  proceeds  in  local  cur- 
rencies realized  from  the  marketing  of  saleable 


1  This  center  was  subsequently  approved  for  location 
at  Manila  in  the  Philippines. 


18 


commodities  programmed  for  this  fiscal  year  will 
be  used  by  the  recipient  countries  for  specific  de- 
velopment projects,  enabling  the  purchase  of  local 
materials  and  the  payment  of  local  labor. 

The  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  these  commodi- 
ties are  also  used  to  carry  out  essential  military 
activities.  Approximately  40  percent  of  such 
proceeds  provide  financing  for  troop  pay,  locally 
available  military  supplies  and  vital  military  con- 
struction such  as  airfields,  barracks,  and  storage 
facilities. 

Use  of  Surplus  Agricultural  Commodities 

To  put  United  States  surplus  farm  products  to 
constructive  use  overseas,  work  continued  on  three 
broad  programs. 

Sales  of  $60  Million  Worth  Under  the  Mutual 
Security  Act. — Section  402  of  the  Mutual  Security 
Act  of  1954  as  amended  requires  that  a  minimum 
of  $300  million  of  funds  made  available  for  fiscal 
year  1956  be  used  to  finance  the  export  and  sale  of 
United  States  surplus  agricultural  commodities  in 
exchange  for  foreign  currencies.  Proceeds  from 
these  sales  are  used  on  a  loan  or  grant  basis  to  carry 
out  the  objectives  of  the  mutual  security  pro- 
gram— that  is,  for  military  assistance,  defense  sup- 


Over  $500  Million  Worth  Of  Surplus  Products 
Have  Been  Authorized  For  Sale  Under 
Section  402  Of  The  Mutual  Security  Program 


300 


250 


200 


150 


100 


50 


(Millions  of  Dollars) 


244 


181 


Total:  $508  6  Million 

(July  1, 1954- December  31,1955) 


29 


27 


27 


LU 


Cotton       Grains       Fruits       Fats  8       Other 

Oils 


port,  or  development  assistance. 

During  the  six-month  period,  sales  reached  $60 
million,  and  sales  involving  several  times  this 
figure  were  in  process  of  negotiation.  The  major 
item  of  the  surplus  commodities  component  was 
$34  million  for  grains.  Other  commodities  in- 
cluded $8  million  for  cotton,  $5  million  for  frozen 
beef,  $1.5  million  for  shell  eggs,  and  $2.8  million 
for  sugar.  The  sugar  is  part  of  the  100,000  tons 
which  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  pro- 
cured to  relieve  a  pressing  domestic  problem. 
Negotiations  for  additional  sales,  including  the  re- 
mainder of  the  sugar,  will  be  concluded  in  conjunc- 
tion with  ICA  programming.  Commodities  are 
considered  eligible  for  sale  in  accordance  with  the 
recommendations  of  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture. 
Sales  were  generally  made  at  prices  prevailing  in 
the  United  States  export  market.  Private  trade 
channels  were  used  to  the  maximum  extent  pos- 
sible. Shipments  of  these  commodities  were  sub- 
ject to  the  statutory  requirement  that  50  percent  be 
shipped  in  American  vessels  as  far  as  practicable. 

Sales  Proceeds  Under  Title  I  of  the  Agricul- 
tural Trade  Development  and  Assistance  Act. — 
Other  legislation  outside  the  mutual  security  pro- 
gram— specifically,  Title  I  of  the  Agricultural 
Trade  Development  and  Assistance  Act  of  1954 
(Public  Law  480  as  amended) — provides  that 
local  currency  proceeds  derived  from  sales  of  sur- 
plus agricultural  commodities  may  be  used  by  the 
United  States  for  several  purposes.  ICA  is  re- 
sponsible for  administration  of  funds  set  aside  for 
loans  or  grants  for  economic  development  and  pro- 
motion of  multilateral  trade,  and  for  procurement 
of  goods  or  services  for  other  friendly  countries. 

By  December  31,  agreements  providing  for  sales 
of  over  $500  million  (United  States  export 
market  value)  of  surplus  farm  products  had  been 
concluded.  The  sales  agreements  provide  that  the 
equivalent  of  $236  million  of  the  sales  proceeds 
may  be  used  for  loans,  $7.5  million  for  grants,  and 
$15  million  for  purchases  for  other  friendly 
countries. 

During  the  period  under  review,  loan  agree- 
ments made  pursuant  to  the  sales  agreements, 
amounting  to  the  equivalent  of  about  $S0 
million  in  local  currencies,  were  concluded  with 
four  countries— Japan,  Israel,  Peru,  and  Spain. 
Programs  for  utilization  of  loan  funds  are  de- 
veloped jointly  by  the  United  States  and  the 
foreign  sjovernments.     By  the  end  of  the  year,  pro- 


19 


grams  totaling  about  $69  million  had  been  ap- 
proved in  Japan,  Israel  and  Peru.  Funds  will  be 
used  for  electric  power  development,  irrigation  and 
reclamation  of  land,  and  improvement  of 
productivity. 

Shipments  Under  Title  11. — Title  II  of  Public 
Law  480  provides  that  up  to  $300  million  of  sur- 
plus commodities  held  by  the  Commodity  Credit 
Corporation  (CCC)  may  be  used  over  a  three-year 
period  for  assistance  to  friendly  peoples  in  meet- 
ing famine  or  other  urgent  relief  requirements. 

By  the  end  of  1955,  programs  undertaken  under 
this  continuing  authority  reached  $141  million, 
valued  on  the  basis  of  CCC  cost  and  investment. 
During  July-December  1955,  ICA  authorized  the 
transfer  of  about  $32  million  of  surplus  commod- 


ities under  Title  II.  This  amount  included  $11 
million  of  nonfat  dry  milk,  $11  million  of  wheat 
and  corn,  $5  million  of  rice,  $3  million  of  fats  and 
oils  and  $2  million  of  raw  cotton  and  dry  beans. 
These  commodities  were  used  mainly  for  urgent 
relief  requirements  in  seven  countries  in  the  Near 
East,  Far  East  and  Latin  America,  and  the  expan- 
sion of  a  school  lunch  program  in  Italy. 

To  assist  victims  of  flood  conditions,  an  initial 
shipment  of  40,000  tons  of  wheat  was  authorized 
for  Pakistan;  also  10,000  tons  each  of  rice  and 
wheat  were  distributed  in  northeast  India  for 
similar  reasons.  To  cope  with  another  form  of 
disaster,  Cambodia  was  furnished  10,000  tons 
of  rice  to  deal  with  urgent  relief  needs  resulting 
from  a  severe  drought  in  1954. 


20 


CHAPTER  IV 


Sharing  American  Know-How 


rp  HE  LATTEK  half  of  1955  marked  the  fifth 
-*-  anniversary  of  technical  cooperation  between 
the  United  States  and  the  economically  less  de- 
veloped areas  around  the  world  under  the  Act  for 
International  Development  and  successor  legisla- 
tion, although  small  cooperative  programs  had 
been  carried  on  in  Latin  America  since  1942. 
In  the  five-year  period,  the  program  of  sharing 
technical  skills  with  others  has  grown  from  an  idea 
on  paper  to  a  productive  reality.  Today,  thou- 
sands of  American  technicians  are  working  with 
other  free  people  in  every  part  of  the  world; 
thousands  of  nationals  from  other  lands  are  com- 
ing to  the  United  States  for  technical  training; 
and  hundreds  of  individual  demonstration  proj- 
ects are  being  carried  on  in  virtually  every  field 
of  activity  needed  to  underpin  a  country's  eco- 
nomic growth. 

Since  we  cannot  transmit  modern  technical 
knowledge  directly  to  each  of  the  hundreds  of 
millions  of  economically  less  developed  people  in 
the  free  world,  our  technicians  train  local  people 
who  in  turn  train  others.  They  start  one 
demonstration  of  a  better  way.  This  grows  to 
ten  and  then  to  a  hundred  demonstrations  through 
local  initiative  so  that  ultimately  the  improved 
way  becomes  the  standard  method  of  doing  things 
in  a  country.  They  work  with  local  agencies  to 
develop  and  staff  locally  rooted  institutions  and 
organizations  which  can  expand  and  continue  the 
work  begun. 

The  effects  of  our  cooperative  programs  of 
demonstration,  training,  and  advisory  services  are 
becoming  more  and  more  self-evident.  Wherever 
American  technical  resources  have  been  joined 
with  the  resources  of  others,  you  will  find 
tangible  achievements.  Better  health,  a  longer 
and  more  productive  life,  improved  food  crops, 
accelerated  and  more  efficient  manufactures,  more 
meaningful  and  useful  educational  methods,  more 
effective    administrative   procedures    in    govern- 


ment— all  of  these  gains  are  directly  attributable 
to  the  unified  initiative  of  American  technicians 
and  their  counterparts  in  a  cooperating  country. 
Encouraged  by  these  visible  results,  host  coun- 
tries today  are  contributing  by  far  the  greater 
share  of  manpower  and  funds  in  almost  every 
technical  cooperation  project. 

Economic  development  through  technical  co- 
operation, though  continuous  and  cumulative,  is 
necessarily  a  gradual  operation.  It  is  an  effort 
to  help  people  help  themselves  by  transmitting 
needed  know-how.  It  is  faced  with  near  primitive 
economic  conditions  in  many  areas.  Often,  po- 
litical, social  and  administrative  barriers  must 
be  overcome.  Confidence  and  trust  must  be  won 
before  plans  can  be  worked  on.  Progress,  there- 
fore, is  an  evolutionary  process  of  planting  seeds 
of  ideas  and  techniques  and  waiting  for  them  to 
grow. 

Current  Program  Trends 

Current  programs  of  technical  cooperation  are 
focusing  on  the  development  of  greater  balance 
and  integration  among  activities  in  various  func- 
tional fields.  They  are  being  aimed  also  at  broad- 
ening the  base  of  the  program  through  use  of 
contracts  with  non-governmental  agencies  to  carry 
out  certain  field  operations.  Then,  too,  the  pro- 
gram as  a  whole  has  grown  in  terms  of  actual 
numbers  of  American  and  cooperating  country 
personnel  at  work. 

A  More  Balanced  Program — Although  work  in 
agriculture  and  natural  resources  still  accounts  for 
more  than  one- fourth  of  the  technical  cooperation 
activities  scheduled  for  fiscal  year  1956,  this  field 
is  receiving  relatively  less  emphasis  than  in  past 
years.  Activities  in  public  health  have  also  been 
somewhat  curtailed  proportionately.  The  pro- 
gram is  moving  increasingly  toward  assistance 
in  industry  and  mining,  transportation,  public 
administration,   and   other   sectors   as   countries 


21 


Agriculture  And  Health  Activities  Receive 
Relatively  Less  Emphasis  As  Other  Programs  Expand 


(Percent) 
10  20 


Agriculture  ond 
Natural  Resources 


Education 

Health  and 
Sanitation 

Industry  and 
Mining 

Public 
Administration 

Transportation 

Community  Develop. 
Socio  I  Welfare 
ond  Housing 

Other 


:  FY  195 5  .,.:;.  ..,.-,-;:■;  ;.j 

~|FY1956'" 


Distribution    of 

Technical  Cooperation    Funds 
Programmed,  Percent   by 
Field  of  Activity 


strive  for  better  balance  and  diversification  in 
their  development  efforts. 

Greater  Use  of  Contracts — Additional  technical 
cooperation  contracts  have  been  placed  with 
United  States  universities,  private  firms,  and 
other  nongovernmental  agencies.  At  the  end  of 
1955,  51  American  universities  held  79  contracts 
for  undertakings  abroad  in  37  countries.  The 
number  of  technicians  operating  under  such  con- 
tracts increased  from  31  percent  to  37  percent  of 
total  technicians  abroad  in  the  course  of  the  six 
months  covered  in  this  report.  The  program  for 
fiscal  year  1956  shows  a  continuation  of  that 
movement. 

A  significant  development  has  been  the  increased 
use  of  inter-university  contracts  between  Amer- 
ican and  foreign  educational  institutions.  Under 
these  arrangements,  American  universities  assist  in 
strengthening  the  foreign  institutions  in  those 
areas  of  higher  education  and  extension  work 
which  are  of  greatest  significance  to  economic 
development. 

The  effectiveness  of  the  contract  technique  va- 
ries by  field  of  activity.  In  public  administration, 
the  program  has  about  an  equal  number  of  people 
under  direct  hire  as  compared  to  contract  hire. 
Similarly  in  education,  about  46  percent  of  the 


educational  technicians  are  under  contract  ar- 
rangements. Contracts  are  not  as  practical  in  the 
field  of  agriculture  because  such  a  large  propor- 
tion of  American  technicians  is  recruited  from 
the  Department  of  Agriculture  and  land-grant 
colleges.  As  a  result,  only  15  percent  of  agricul- 
tural technicians  are  expected  to  be  recruited  under 
contract  arrangements  during  fiscal  year  1956. 

Over-all  Program  Growth — From  June  30  to 
December  31,  1955,  the  number  of  technical  coop- 
eration technicians  actually  on  duty  overseas  in- 
creased from  3217  to  3881,  a  growth  of  over  20 
percent.  It  is  expected  that  there  will  be  well  over 
4,000  technicians  on  duty  by  June  30, 1956.  These 
figures  include  both  technicians  directly  employed 
and  those  under  contracts. 

It  is  difficult  to  recruit  competent  American 
technicians  for  overseas  assignments  in  certain 
fields  of  activity.  Qualified  public  administrators, 
for  example,  are  reluctant  to  go  overseas  at  mod- 
erate salaries  and  make  the  necessary  adjustments 
in  living  conditions. 

The  most  critical  shortage  area  is  in  the  field  of 
public  health  where  it  has  been  impossible  to  ob- 
tain enough  qualified  public  health  doctors  and 
sanitary  engineers.  The  problem  is  attributable 
to  the  limited  number  of  Americans  who  are 
trained  in  these  fields  and  to  the  very  great  de- 
mand for  such  personnel  in  this  country. 


More  American  Technicians  Are  Serving  Abroad 

3,881 

Technicians  Overseas 
at  End  of  Period  Stated 

3,217 

1,827 

1,960 

As 

of  Dec 
1955 

31, 

1953            1954           1955           1956 

Fiscal  Years 

22 


The  flow  of  participants  from  the  cooperating 
countries  to  the  United  States  to  take  part  in  pro- 
grams of  technical  training  and  observation  of 
American  methods  is  increasing  significantly. 
Some  5,665  persons  are  scheduled  to  participate 
in  such  programs  in  fiscal  year  1956,  an  increase 
of  24  percent  over  fiscal  year  1955.  Participant 
programs  are  putting  more  stress  on  the  broad 
fields  of  community  development  and  housing. 
Activities  in  labor  and  education  are  also  receiv- 
ing more  attention. 

During  the  July-December  period  of  1955,  a 
study  was  begun  to  determine  the  desirability  of 
providing  certain  types  of  technical  training  in 
places  outside  the  United  States.  In  those  cases 
where  training  in  the  United  States  may  be  too 
highly  advanced  and  too  technical,  or  because  of 
language  difficulties,  it  is  felt  that  training  in  an- 
other country  might  be  of  more  positive  assistance 
to  the  participants  concerned.  ICA  is  continuing 
to  study  this  matter.  In  the  meantime,  somewhat 
increased  use  is  being  made  of  established  training 
institutions  overseas. 

At  best  the  two-way  flow  of  technicians  and 
trainees  directly  engaged  in  a  technical  cooperation 
program  can  reach  but  a  small  fraction  of  the 
population  of  the  participating  countries.  There- 
fore, to  achieve  a  greater  mass  impact,  intensified 
efforts  have  been  made  to  expand  the  distribution 
of  technical  literature,  films,  visual  aids,  and  other 
specialized  types  of  training  materials  in  the  co- 
operating countries.  These  valuable  materials  for 
learning,  commonplace  in  the  United  States,  are 
lacking  in  most  newly  developing  countries. 

Activity  Highlights  in  Selected  Fields 

Some  of  the  more  noteworthy  developments  in 
technical  cooperation  activities  during  the  July- 
December  period  are  described  in  the  following 
paragraphs. 

Atoms- for-Peace — In  terms  of  its  implications 
for  the  future,  possibly  one  of  the  most  far-reach- 
ing developments  was  the  start  made  in  carrying 
out  the  program  for  advancing  peaceful  uses  of 
nuclear  energy. 

In  October  1955,  the  first  group  of  30  physicists 
and  electrical  and  chemical  engineers  from  19 
countries  finished  the  first  course  in  the  School  of 
Nuclear  Science  and  Engineering,  at  the  Argonne 
National  Laboratory  in  Illinois.  The  course  was 
conducted  under  the  combined  auspices  of  the 


Atomic  Energy  Commission,  the  State  Depart- 
ment, and  the  International  Cooperation  Admin- 
istration. Thirty-nine  more  scientists  and  en- 
gineers arrived  in  October  for  the  second  course 
at  Argonne;  a  total  of  27  different  countries  were 
represented  in  the  two  courses.  The  visiting  scien- 
tists received  a  thorough  grounding  in  reactor 
science  and  technology,  with  particular  emphasis 
on  the  versatile  nuclear  research  reactors  which 
are  basic  to  building  a  sound  atomic  energy 
program. 

Another  phase  of  the  Atoms-for-Peace  Program 
was  carried  out  at  the  Oak  Ridge  Institute  of 
Nuclear  Studies  in  Tennessee.  Here,  scientists 
from  countries  receiving  radio-isotopes  from  the 
Atomic  Energy  Commission  were  brought  in  to 
study  the  research  uses  of  such  isotopes  in  medi- 
cine, biology,  agriculture,  industry  and  the  phys- 
ical sciences.  Scientists  taking  this  course  came 
from  India,  Guatemala,  the  Philippines,  Taiwan, 
Thailand,  and  Greece. 

Through  these  courses,  nuclear  information  will 
be  provided  to  other  countries  of  the  free  world 
to  assist  them  in  making  practical  applications  of 
atomic  energy  in  a  wide  range  of  fields.  Examples 
of  such  applications  are :  in  industry,  the  detection 
of  wear,  flaws  and  quality  in  materials;  in  medi- 
cine, treatment  of  types  of  cancer,  and  blood  dis- 
eases ;  and  in  agriculture,  development  of  hardier 
strains  of  plants. 

Technical  Cooperation  in  Industry — Cooper- 
ating governments  have  expressed  increased  in- 
terest in  improving  industrial  production  proc- 
esses and  general  management  techniques.  Dur- 
ing the  six-month  period,  the  United  States  ex- 
panded its  assistance  in  industrial  methods  to 
cover  more  countries.  Team  of  senior  executives 
from  American  industries  served  as  seminar 
leaders  in  conferences  with  top  management 
in  Mexico,  Chile,  and  Japan.  The  Pakiston 
Industrial  Development  Board  employed  an 
American  management  firm  to  help  map  out  a 
broad  outline  of  an  industrial  development  policy 
and  program  stressing  immediate  investment 
opportunities. 

ICA  concluded  new  contracts  with  three  Ameri- 
can universities  to  furnish  assistance  in  engineer- 
ing and  related  work  to  educational  institutions 
in  India,  Indonesia,  and  Japan.  Five  other 
American  universities  continued  their  relationship 
in  these  fields  with  partner  institutions  in  India, 
Thailand,  Peru,  and  Taiwan. 


23 


Two  Egyptian  scientists  being  trained  in  the  use  of  radio-isotopes  for  medical  diagnosis.  Scientists  from 
all  over  the  jree  world  are  studying  peaceful  uses  of  atomic  energy  at  American  research  centers  under  the 
Atoms-for-Peace    Program. 


In  India,  an  American  steel  expert  advised  the 
management  of  an  iron  and  steel  plant  to  simplify 
the  shapes  and  sizes  of  steel  mill  products  and  to 
establish  a  minimum  amount  for  production 
orders,  thereby  avoiding  operations  at  uneconom- 
ically  low  levels.  These  steps  are  expected  to  in- 
crease the  output  of  the  plant  by  nearly  180,000 
tons  annually.  In  addition,  by  using  mechanically 
mined  hard  ores,  the  plant  should  be  able  to  raise 
pig  iron  production  by  226,000  tons  annually. 
These  improvements,  when  fully  realized,  are  ex- 
pected to  yield  cost  savings  of  $10  million  an- 
nually, and  use  of  the  hard  ore  will  eliminate  the 
need  for  investing  $8.5  million  in  an  ore-crushing 
and  sintering  plant. 

Agriculture — In  the  field  of  agriculture  and 
natural  resources,  greater  emphasis  was  placed  on 
extension  work,  credit  facilities,  and  applied  agri- 
cultural research.  Conservation  and  marketing 
also  received  more  attention. 


In  one  major  project  during  the  six-month 
period,  five  American  land-grant  colleges  joined 
together  to  assist  the  agricultural  colleges  and 
major  research  institutions  of  India.  Some  40 
agricultural  technicians  from  these  land-grant  col- 
leges will  go  to  India  to  help  strengthen  agricul- 
tural teaching,  and  applied  research  and  extension 
programs  of  local  institutions. 

In  keeping  with  the  principles  of  self-help  basic 
to  the  technical  cooperation  program,  projects 
started  with  United  States  assistance  have  been 
taken  over  by  the  cooperating  foreign  govern- 
ments wherever  possible.  For  example,  in  Costa 
Rica  the  Extension  Service,  formerly  operated  as 
a  joint  undertaking,  is  now  completely  under  the 
administration  of  the  Costa  Rican  Ministry  of 
Agriculture.  Since  its  creation  in  1948,  this  serv- 
ice has  expanded  to  an  organization  with  34  field 
offices  serving  92,000  individual  farmers.  As 
another    example,    during   the    half-year    under 


24 


review  normal  responsibilities  for  carrying  out 
locust-control  measures  were  assumed  by  the  gov- 
ernments of  Pakistan,  Iraq,  Jordan,  and  Iran. 
These  countries  now  have  well  organized  and 
competent  departments  of  plant  protection;  four 
of  them  operate  their  own  spray-inane  units. 

Public  Administration — As  economic  develop- 
ment proceeds,  many  of  the  countries  are  seeking 
to  improve  their  governmental  administrative 
practices  and  train  personnel  to  run  their  increas- 
ingly complex  operations.  Requests  for  assistance 
in  public  administration  have  been  received  from 
nearly  50  countries.  While  emphasis  in  technical 
assistance  in  public  administration  has  been  on 
aiding  improvement  of  central  government  serv- 
ices, ICA  is  also  giving  particular  attention  to 
projects  which  will  contribute  to  the  development 

Increasing  efforts  have  been  made  to  meet 
growing  requirements.  ICA  has  225  public  ad- 
ministration technicians  overseas  under  direct  em- 
ployment, and  an  equal  number  of  technicians 
working  under  42  university  and  management- 
firm  contracts. 

During  the  six-month  period,  the  participant 
program  in  public  administration  continued  to 
expand  in  numbers  of  foreign  officials  visiting 
the  United  States  for  training  and  for  observa- 
tion of  American  practices.  More  than  350  key 
officials  representing  26  countries  are  now  in  this 
country  on  practical  training  programs  in  public 
administration.  Such  training  is  integrated  with 
the  work  of  the  United  States  technicians  abroad 
and  is  an  important  contribution  to  the  building  of 
local  institutional  strength  in  cooperating  coun- 
tries. 

ICA  has  given  priority  to  projects  that  will 
result  in  bringing  better  services  directly  to  the 
people.  A  noteworthy  development  in  this  con- 
nection was  the  completion  of  a  private  manage- 
ment-firm contract  to  assist  the  Philippine  Gov- 
ernment in  improving  issuances  of  land  titles. 
When  this  project  was  first  undertaken  some  15 
months  ago,  the  government  was  issuing  land  titles 
at  the  rate  of  5,000  a  year.  By  December  1955, 
with  United  States  help  under  this  contract,  the 
rate  of  issuance  of  land  titles  by  the  Philippine 
Bureau  of  Lands  had  increased  to  more  than 
60,000  a  year.  This  operation  has  contributed  sig- 
nificantly toward  giving  added  security  to  the 
people  in  the  ownership  of  their  lands. 

Under  a  contract  with  Michigan  State  Univer- 
sity, an  extensive  program  of  in-service  training 


was  inaugurated  in  free  Viet  Nam  to  enable  the 
new  government  to  improve  the  competence  of  its 
civil  service  and  its  services  to  the  people. 

In  Honduras,  technical  assistance  in  customs 
administration  is  leading  to  the  installation  of 
simpler  methods  for  revision  of  tariff  rates  and  a 
faster  and  more  equitable  handling  of  imports. 

Education — In  the  second  half  of  1955,  ICA 
financed  a  contract  with  the  University  of  Tennes- 
see to  assist  India  in  improving  training  in  home 
economics.  Another  contract  with  Columbia  Uni- 
versity was  expanded  to  assist  Afghanistan  in 
reconstructing  its  entire  educational  system  and 
in  revising  its  curriculum  materials  and  teacher 
training  methods. 

In  the  Philippines,  a  cooperative  project  was 
started  to  furnish  practical  training  in  a  number 
of  secondary  schools  in  agronomy,  fisheries,  weav- 
ing, industrial  arts,  and  homemaking.  The 
United  States  will  supply  hand  tools  and  power 
equipment  for  demonstration.  The  schools  se- 
lected will  become  pilot  schools  for  others  of  the 
same  level.  In  a  companion  project,  three  small 
high  schools  will  undertake  development  of  a 
comprehensive  secondary  curriculum  for  typically 
rural  areas.  Major  emphasis  will  be  on  func- 
tional studies  geared  to  the  preparation  of  rural 
youth  for  community  improvement. 

Housing — Technical  cooperation  in  housing 
seeks  to  demonstrate  to  people  in  newly  developing 
areas  how  they  can  work  together  to  build  better 
homes  with  very  little  capital  by  the  efficient  use 
of  local  materials.  Financial  assistance  from  the 
United  States  is  minimal  and  largely  confined  to 
furnishing  technicians. 

A  typical  example  of  the  techniques  employed 
is  in  Indonesia,  where  American  technicians  car- 
ried out  a  six-month  training  course  in  housing. 
Indonesian  students  received  classroom  instruc- 
tion from  American  housing  experts  who  were 
assisted  by  qualified  local  technicians.  Two 
courses  were  given,  each  of  them  to  an  enrollment 
of  30  students.  These  students  are  now  in  a  posi- 
tion to  train  their  fellow  citizens  across  the  coun- 
try. The  skills  they  learned  will  be  used  in  the 
Indonesian  Government's  500-unit  demonstration 
project  in  Dj  ark  art  a. 

In  Taiwan,  American  technicians  have  intro- 
duced the  concept  of  long-term  residential  mort- 
gage credit.  During  the  second  half  of  1955,  loans 
covering  over  1,800  family  dwelling  units  were 
approved  by  local  lending  agencies. 


25 


A  vocational  education  shop  at  the  School  of  Arts  and  Crafts  in  Panama.     Cooperative  education  programs 
in  Latin  America  emphasize  the  teaching  of  practical  skills  related  to  real-life  situations. 


Transportation — Under  the  technical  coopera- 
tion program,  American  experts  have  assisted 
other  nations  with  technical  guidance  and  train- 
ing in  all  the  major  forms  of  transportation. 
Transportation  authorities  in  Spain  were  aided 
in  the  installation  of  centralized  traffic  control  on 
Spanish  railroads.  This  operation  greatly  in- 
creased the  flow  of  traffic  on  two  existing  routes 
and  eliminated  the  necessity  of  expensive  double- 
tracking.  In  the  Philippines,  the  United  States 
has  provided  the  services  of  American  transpor- 
tation technicians  to  make  a  survey  of  Philippine 
transportation  and  outline  methods  for  integra- 
tion, improvement  and  expansion. 

A  regional  survey  involving  Viet  Nam,  Laos, 
Cambodia,  and  Thailand  will  produce  data  on  the 
navigability  of  the  Mekong  River,  as  well  as  re- 
lated information  pertaining  to  power  develop- 
ment potentialities  and  the  feasibility  of  irrigation 
in  this  strategic  area  of  Southeast  Asia. 


As  a  result  of  United  States  engineering  studies 
in  Egypt,  extensive  improvements  in  highway 
construction  are  now  being  introduced  which  will 
provide  better  roads  and  reduce  construction  costs 
by  as  much  as  50  percent.  In  addition,  a  large 
Egyptian  training  center  is  being  established  to 
show  how  to  maintain  and  operate  transportation 
equipment. 

Public  Health — Because  of  its  direct  impact  on 
the  well-being  of  individuals,  assistance  in  pub- 
lic health  is  one  of  the  most  productive  and  attrac- 
tive forms  of  technical  cooperation.  Cooperative 
efforts  in  this  field  have  brought  striking  and  wide- 
spread benefits  to  people  in  virtually  every  one  of 
the  participating  countries. 

Additional  progress  was  made  during  the  pe- 
riod in  helping  countries  located  in  the  world's 
malaria  belt.  In  the  Far  East,  individual  malaria 
control  programs  were  broadened  to  aim  at  com- 
plete eradication  of  this  disease.  Of  special 
significance   was  the   regional   approach   of  the 


26 


Southeast  Asian  countries  with  common  bor- 
ders— Thailand,  Laos,  Cambodia,  and  Viet  Nam — 
in  a  coordinated  attack  on  their  malaria  problem. 
In  Iran,  the  Iranian  Government  assumed  the  en- 
tire financial  support  of  the  malaria  control  pro- 
gram. India  expanded  its  program  to  include 
100  million  people  in  exposed  areas. 

In  Latin  America,  three  new  health  centers  were 
completed  in  Bolivia  with  United  States  technical 
guidance.  Hospital  administration  seminars  were 
held  in  Colombia,  Peru,  and  Brazil  under  the 
supervision  of  the  American  Hospital  Association. 

Two  particularly  critical  situations  received 
attention  during  the  six-month  period.  ICA 
rushed  drugs  and  medical  supplies  to  West  Pakis- 
tan to  prevent  epidemics  from  the  October  floods. 
In  free  Viet  Nam,  where  health  problems  in  the 
rural  areas  were  sharply  aggravated  by  the  heavy 
influx  of  refugees  from  the  North,  United  States 
technicians  helped  the  Vietnamese  make  prepara- 
tions to  develop  a  school  for  training  health 
technicians. 

Community  Development — Host  country  com- 
munity development  programs  and  activities  are 
expanding  in  number  and  scope,  particularly  in 


the  Near  East  and  South  Asia.  During  the  sec- 
ond half  of  1955,  American  technicians  aided  the 
Iraqi  people  in  initiating  a  national  village  im- 
provement j>rogram  in  Shaqlawa.  This  program 
was  based  in  large  part  on  the  demonstration  of 
methods  and  techniques  by  the  International  Vol- 
untary Services,  Inc.,  under  contract  with  ICA. 

In  the  Philippines,  the  government  embarked 
upon  a  nation-wide  rural  improvement  program 
which  included  the  establishment  of  provincial 
and  municipal  councils  and  the  training  of  staff 
at  all  levels  in  community  development  techniques. 

Pakistan  is  doubling  its  facilities  to  train  field 
workers  in  the  village-improvement  program.  In 
India,  the  program  now  reaches  a  total  of  more 
than  100,000  villages  embracing  a  population  of 
over  60  million  people. 

Other  countries  which  have  either  expanded 
their  programs  in  community  development  or  ini- 
tiated pilot  projects  include  Iran,  Jordan,  Af- 
ghanistan, Libya,  Laos,  and  Brazil.  In  each  of 
these  programs,  the  United  States  participated 
with  technical  staff  or  demonstration  equipment, 
or  both,  during  the  period  of  this  report. 


27 


CHAPTER  V 


The  Picture  in  Selected  Countries 


THIS  SECTION  describes  noteworthy  de- 
velopments during  the  six-month  period  in 
selected  participating  countries.  The  main  as- 
pects of  United  States  military  assistance  to  these 
countries  through  the  mutual  security  program 
have  been  described  in  Chapter  II  of  this  report. 
Many  specific  details  on  the  amounts  and  types 
of  military  aid  programs  and  activities  in  a  par- 
ticular country  are  of  a  classified*  nature  and  must 
of  necessity  be  omitted  from  the  following  coun- 
try highlights. 

Asia 

Korea 

With  a  heavy  defense  burden  superimposed  on 
a  war-damaged  and  power-short  economy,  the  Re- 
public of  Korea  must  depend  to  a  large  extent  on 
external  resources  to  rebuild  its  strength.  Ac- 
cordingly, a  tentative  aid  level  of  $297  million 
was  programmed  for  defense  support  in  fiscal  year 
1956.  Of  this  amount,  $91  million  was  earmarked 
for  specific  projects,  covering  chiefly  electric 
power,  railway  rehabilitation,  communications 
and  the  development  of  needed  industries.  The 
remaining  $206  million  was  earmarked  for  assist- 
ance in  the  form  of  fertilizer,  raw  cotton,  fuels, 
cereals,  and  industrial  goods.  A  substantial  por- 
tion of  the  local  currency  received  from  the  domes- 
tic sale  of  these  commodities  will  be  used  to 
support  the  ROK  military  budget.  Other  sales 
proceeds  will  help  finance  the  local  costs  of  essen- 
tial development  projects. 

Complementing  the  defense  support  program 
and  increasing  its  effectiveness  are  the  joint  activi- 
ties in  technical  cooperation.  About  $5  million 
was  tentatively  programmed  for  fiscal  year  1956 
for  advisory  services  and  training  to  help  Korea 
develop  essential  technical,  managerial,  and  ad- 
ministrative skills. 

Korea   made   some   progress   during   the   last 


FY  1956  Program  For  Korea: 
Main  Commodity  Components 

Total  Program 
S302  Million 


(Millions  of  Dollars) 


Services  4%' 


Industrial 
Commodities 


Agricultural 
Commodities 


months  of  1955  in  slowing  down  the  inflationary 
forces  which  have  retarded  the  rate  of  economic 
progress.  The  Korean  Government  initiated  a 
number  of  deflationary  measures,  including  ad- 
justment in  the  value  of  the  Korean  hwan;  in  ad- 
dition, the  domestic  sale  of  commodities  imported 
under  the  mutual  security  program  helped  drain 
off  some  of  the  purchasing  power  which  had  in- 
flated prices  of  essential  goods  in  short  supply. 
Underlying  inflationary  forces  were  still  strong, 
however,  at  the  end  of  the  year. 

Korea's  agricultural  production  had  regained 
pre- World  War  II  levels  by  the  end  of  1955.  Ko- 
rean efforts  to  achieve  needed  food  output  gains 
were  supported  by  United  States  assistance  in  in- 
stituting  effective   irrigation    and   flood   control 


28 


measures  and  in  developing  better  methods  for 
raising  fish  and  livestock  production.  These 
gains,  though  encouraging,  have  not  kept  pace 
with  normal  population  growth,  and  per  capita 
output  is  still  about  25  percent  below  prewar. 

Industrial  production  in  general  reached  ap- 
proximately the  level  of  1949.  Gains  in  some  seg- 
ments were  partially  offset,  however,  by  declines 
in  others  because  of  Korea's  severe  shortage  of 
electric  power.  The  power  shortage  should  be 
considerably  eased  by  the  end  of  1956,  when  the 
construction  of  three  new  thermal  power  plants, 
with  a  total  generating  capacity  of  100,000  kilo- 
watts, should  be  largely  completed. 

Among  other  aid  projects  showing  progress  was 
the  rehabilitation  of  transport  facilities.  An  out- 
standing development  in  the  six-month  period  was 
the  completion  of  the  Maesong-Cholan  railroad 
spur.  This  new  spur  line  supplied  the  missing 
link  needed  to  transport  coal  from  the  Samchok 
mines  on  the  east  coast  to  Seoul  in  the  west.  Rail 
transportation  was  helped  also  by  increased  rolling 
stock  and  signal  equipment,  better  track  main- 
tenance, and  a  variety  of  other  improvements. 
Additional  progress  was  made  in  the  replacement 
of  war-damaged  bridges  and  in  harbor  and  port 
rehabilitation.  In  these  improvements  of  Korea's 
transportation  facilities,  the  United  States  has 
supplied  most  of  the  heavy  equipment,  and  Korea 
has  provided  the  labor  component. 

Taiwan 

Taiwan  does  not  have  the  productive  resources 
to  support  simultaneously  its  rapidly  increasing 
population  and  an  armed  force  of  the  present  size. 
The  mutual  security  program  in  Taiwan  is  geared 
to  underpin  those  military  and  related  undertak- 
ings essential  to  United  States  interests  which  are 
beyond  the  capacity  of  the  Government  of  the 
Republic  of  China.  During  the  July-December 
period  of  1955,  $60  million  was  tentatively  pro- 
grammed for  these  purposes;  of  this  amount,  $20 
million  was  on  a  loan  basis. 

Taiwan's  economic  picture  in  the  latter  part  of 
1955  was  again  clouded  by  inflation.  Wholesale 
prices  rose  by  18  percent  in  the  six-month  period, 
a  greater  rise  than  any  during  the  last  two  years. 
This  price  upswing  was  attributable  in  large 
measure  to  defense  outlays.  Stricter  import  con- 
trols and,  in  lesser  degree,  exchange  rate  devalu- 
ation were  other  measures  which  accounted  for  the 
new  upturn  in  the  inflationary  trend.     The  force 


of  inflationary  pressures  was  somewhat  eased  by 
United  States  deliveries  of  nearly  $50  million 
worth  of  grains,  cotton,  fats  and  oils,  chemicals 
and  other  commodities  which  supplemented  Tai- 
wan's local  output  of  commodities  during  the 
half-year  by  more  than  10  percent.  In  addition, 
a  substantial  portion  of  the  local  currency  pro- 
ceeds realized  from  the  sales  of  such  commodities 
in  Taiwan  are  being  used  for  construction  and 
repair  of  military  bases  and  airfields  and  for 
the  improvement  of  harbor  and  communication 
facilities. 

The  price  rise  in  the  six-month  period  was  a 
disturbing  factor,  but  there  were  a  number  of 
favorable  developments  which  indicated  forward 
progress  in  Taiwan's  economic  growth.  Agri- 
cultural production  improved  as  did  industrial 
production.  Foreign  exchange  reserves  showed 
a  small  increase  at  the  end  of  1955,  an  improvement 
which  stemmed  mainly  from  increased  exports  to 
Japan  under  the  Sino-Japanese  trade  agreement. 

A  loan  fund  has  been  established  in  Taiwan,  de- 
signed specifically  to  help  the  development  of  the 
island's  small  industries  by  making  capital  avail- 
able at  moderate  interest  rates.  This  fund  is 
financed  in  large  part  from  local  currency  that  was 
acquired  by  the  government  through  the  sale  on 
local  markets  of  commodities  furnished  under  the 
mutual  security  program.  Loans  financed  by  the 
fund  are  channeled  through  commercial  banks 
to  aid  the  expansion  of  small  private  industries. 
Some  150  loans,  amounting  to  about  $3  million  in 
local  currency,  have  been  made  to  assist  a  variety 
of  enterprises — chemicals  and  chemical  products, 
textiles,  paper,  processed  foods  and  other  items. 

Free  Viet  Nam 

By  the  end  of  1955,  there  was  evidence  of  greater 
stability  in  the  Government  of  Viet  Nam,  per- 
mitting increased  attention  to  economic  rehabili- 
tation and  development.  Working  committees 
established  within  the  government  began  to  plan 
priorities  for  economic  expansion;  a  Directorate 
General  of  Planning  was  set  up.  To  accelerate 
imports,  most  of  which  come  in  under  the  mutual 
security  program,  the  Government  of  Viet  Nam 
took  measures  to  improve  its  import  licensing  and 
exchange  control  machinery. 

Despite  the  extension  of  the  government's  au- 
thority by  the  defeat  of  the  rebellious  sects  and 
the  strengthening  of  President  Diem's  position  in 
the  October  referendum,  a  number  of  unsettling 


29 


factors  persisted.  Of  a  military  nature  were  the 
continued  activity  of  some  dissident  groups  and 
subversive  elements,  particularly  in  outlying  areas, 
and  the  unabated  Communist  military  threat  from 
the  North.  On  the  economic  side,  prices  rose  10 
to  15  percent  during  the  half-year  period.  Pro- 
duction of  rice,  Viet  Nam's  staple  food  and  once 
its  main  foreign  exchange  earner,  has  not  yet 
recovered  from  the  effects  of  the  Indochina  war 
and  is  still  well  below  the  pre-World  War  II  level. 

Over  $130  million  in  local  currency  generated 
by  sales  of  aid  commodities  in  Viet  Nam  was  used 
for  support  of  the  Vietnamese  military  budget  in 
1955.  These  expenditures  covered  troop  pay  and 
allowances,  food,  clothing,  medical  services  and 
transportation,  and  construction  of  barracks  and 
training  grounds.  Such  assistance  has  facilitated 
the  reorganization  and  maintenance  of  Vietnamese 
armed  forces  and  strengthened  their  military  ca- 
pabilities for  maintaining  security  in  the  country. 

Major  steps  were  taken  in  December  toward 
making  the  refugees  self-supporting.  Initial 
measures  call  for  permanent  resettlement  of  some 
100,000  refugees  through  assistance  in  clearing 
land  and  making  other  improvements  at  reloca- 
tion sites;  many  refugees  will  be  transferred  to 
new  areas  in  the  south  and  west  of  Saigon. 

With  so  much  of  the  Vietnamese  population  de- 
pendent on  an  agricultural  sector  heavily  damaged 
during  the  period  of  hostilities,  a  large  segment 
of  United  States  assistance  continued  to  be  di- 
rected toward  agricultural  development.  The 
dedication  in  October  of  the  Tuy  Hoa  irrigation 
project,  which  will  bring  46,000  acres  of  land  back 
into  production,  was  a  milestone  in  United  States 
assistance  in  broadening  irrigation  measures.  In 
another  form  of  assistance,  proceeds  from  the  sale 
of  aid  goods  on  the  local  markets  were  used  to 
extend  credit  to  the  rural  population  at  moderate 
interest  rates.  In  the  month  of  September  alone, 
such  loans  amounted  to  almost  one  million  dollars 
in  Vietnamese  piasters. 

India 

United  States  aid  to  India  has  been  meshed  with 
India's  objectives  under  its  first  five-year  plan  of 
economic  development.  The  Indian  Government 
is  spending  the  equivalent  of  about  $1.5  billion 
from  its  own  resources  under  this  plan,  roughly 
90  percent  of  public  projected  expenditures.  In- 
dian private  enterprise  is  spending  about  $3.5 
billion  as  part  of  the  plan.     United  States  as- 


sistance to  India  in  the  five-year  plan  period  has 
totaled  about  $460  million,  including  a  wheat  loan 
of  $190  million  in  1951. 

The  objectives  of  the  first  five-year  plan  are 
being  reached  in  virtually  all  major  aspects.  For 
example,  an  actual  increase  of  15  percent  is  being 
attained  in  total  national  income  against  a  planned 
increase  of  11  percent;  the  per  capita  increase  will 
be  at  least  8  percent.  A  gain  of  11  million  tons  in 
food  grains  over  the  base  year  1949-50  was  regis- 
tered in  crop  year  1954-55  as  against  a  planned 
increase  of  7.6  million  tons,  thus  restoring  India's 
per  capita  agricultural  production  to  prewar 
levels. 

Although  the  main  focus  of  the  first  plan  has 
been  on  agriculture  to  overcome  India's  acute  food 
shortage,  many  advances  have  been  made  in  the 
non- agricultural  sector.  Industrial  production  is 
now  50  percent  above  pre-plan  levels.  Numerous 
factories  have  been  established  to  lay  the  ground- 
work for  more  diversified  industry,  and  a  good 
start  has  been  made  in  improving  transportation 
facilities. 

As  part  of  its  program  allocations  of  some  $38.5 
million  for  rehabilitating  India's  badly  deterio- 
rated railroad  system,  the  United  States  during 
the  second  half  of  1955  continued  deliveries  of 
rolling  stock  and  steel  for  local  production  of 
railroad  equipment.  Four  locomotives  and  2,120 
freight  cars  have  been  shipped ;  the  remainder  of 
the  planned  100  locomotives  and  8,700  freight  cars 
are  scheduled  for  delivery  in  the  near  future. 
India's  railway  system  is  a  key  factor  in  the  coun- 
try's developmental  progress.  Each  day,  some 
3,800  trains  carry  more  than  3  million  passengers 
over  34,000  miles  of  track.  The  Indian  Govern- 
ment is  spending  some  $2  billion  in  rupees  on  rail- 
road improvement. 

Also  in  the  six-month  period,  the  equivalent  of 
$14  million  in  local  currency  proceeds  from  the 
sale  of  American  wheat  was  made  available  to  pay 
the  costs  of  local  labor  and  materials  in  building 
the  Rihand  Dam.  India  contemplates  spending 
more  than  $150  million  on  this  project  designed 
for  greater  flood  control  and  power  in  the  State 
of  Uttar  Pradesh. 

In  further  support  of  India's  efforts  to  achieve 
its  planned  goals  under  its  first  development  plan, 
$50  million  was  programmed  from  fiscal  year  1956 
funds  for  development  assistance;  $37.5  million 
of  this  was  on  a  loan  basis.  Surplus  agricultural 
commodities  accounted  for  $20  million  of  the  total. 


30 


An  additional  $10  million  in  technical  cooperation 
was  also  programmed. 

Joint  technical  cooperation  measures  have 
helped  spur  advances  in  health,  education,  and 
housing,  although  there  is  still  a  great  deal  to  be 
done  in  these  fields.  During  the  half-year,  the 
United  States  continued  to  support  the  country- 
wide anti-malaria  program  begun  in  1952. 

The  community  development  program  in  India 
has  brought  far-reaching  and  significant  improve- 
ments to  India's  village  population.  In  thou- 
sands of  villages,  farmers  are  now  actively  con- 
tributing labor,  materials,  and  money  to  build 
schools,  community  halls,  roads,  and  hospitals. 
Over  60  million  Indians  in  100,000  villages  have 
contributed  $88  million  in  local  currency  to  im- 
provement projects,  about  twice  as  much  as  came 
from  the  Indian  Government. 

India's  second  five-year  plan,  scheduled  to  begin 
in  April  1956,  is  being  designed  to  provide  more 
opportunities  for  employment  by  emphasizing 
industrial  expansion.  However,  construction  of 
new  manufacturing  plants  on  the  scale  projected, 
along  with  necessary  improvements  in  related  fa- 
cilities of  transportation,  communication  and  mar- 
keting, will  require  considerably  more  capital 
investment  than  did  the  first  five-year  plan.  In 
large  degree,  therefore,  the  success  of  India's  sec- 
ond plan  will  hinge  on  mobilizing  the  full  re- 
sources of  all  sectors — state  and  central  govern- 
ment, private  industry,  and  rural  and  urban 
population. 

Pakistan 

Pakistan's  economic  situation  was  serious  in  the 
latter  half  of  1955.  A  large  foreign  exchange 
imbalance  had  developed  because  of  sharp  declines 
in  domestic  output  and  lower  world  prices  for 
jute  and  cotton,  the  country's  principal  export 
crops.  Moreover,  Pakistan's  armed  forces  impose 
a  heavy  burden  on  its  budget.  Accentuating  these 
difficulties,  West  Pakistan  was  stricken  by  one  of 
the  worst  floods  in  its  history  in  October. 

To  assist  Pakistan  in  meeting  these  immediate 
and  critical  economic  problems,  about  $63  million 
was  programmed  for  defense  support  during  the 
July-December  period  from  fiscal  year  1956 
funds;  $20  million  was  on  a  loan  basis.  Of  the 
total,  $5  million  was  earmarked  for  surplus  ag- 
ricultural products.  Some  $26.4  million  was  for 
supplies  and  equipment  for  projects  geared  to  im- 
proving the  use  of  land  and  water  resources  and 


for  industrial  development,  including  fertilizer 
plants  and  development  of  fisheries.  About  $30 
million  was  for  essential  consumer  goods. 

Contracts  for  two  important  surveys  were 
signed  during  the  period.  One  was  to  examine 
the  possibilities  for  private  investment  in  Pakis- 
tan to  determine  which  industries  can  best  be  de- 
veloped in  light  of  availability  of  natural  re- 
sources, economic  needs  of  the  country,  potential 
markets,  and  maximum  returns.  The  other  was 
an  interim  agreement  with  an  American  firm  to 
survey  the  preliminary  work  performed  to  date  in 
connection  with  the  multi-purpose  dam  on  the 
Karnafuli  Eiver  in  East  Pakistan  and  to  recom- 
mend a  work  schedule  for  its  completion.  This 
dam  will  provide  irrigation,  electric  power,  and 
flood  control  when  completed  as  planned  in  1960. 

Programming  of  assistance  for  Pakistan  in  fis- 
cal year  1956  also  included  $8.7  million  for  techni- 
cal cooperation.  Joint  activities  will  be  continued 
in  agriculture,  land  reclamation,  transportation, 
public  health,  and  vocational  education.  The  as- 
sistance which  American  technicians  are  provid- 
ing to  Pakistan's  nationwide  community  develop- 
ment program  is  helping  thousands  of  villagers 
to  coordinate  their  efforts  in  building  progressive 
and  better  integrated  rural  communities.  Typi- 
cal of  such  assistance  is  the  help  they  provide  in 
establishing  village  training  centers  in  each  of  the 
major  provinces  of  Pakistan.  Local  leaders  are 
being  trained  in  the  centers  to  carry  on  village- 
level  work  in  agriculture,  education,  sanitation, 
and  cottage  industries. 

The  Near  East  and  Africa 

The  Arab  States  and  Israel 

Over  the  past  four  years  the  United  States, 
through  the  mutual  security  program,  has  worked 
with  the  countries  of  the  Near  East  in  support  of 
measures  which  would  help  accelerate  the  rate  of 
economic  development  in  the  area  as  a  basis  for 
engendering  political  stability.  These  efforts 
were  sharply  slowed  down  in  the  latter  half  of  the 
year  when  the  frictions  and  tensions  between  the 
Arab  States  and  Israel  were  aggravated  by  open 
Soviet  intervention  to  expand  Communist  activi- 
ties into  another  strategic  arena  and  put  new 
obstacles  in  the  way  of  peaceful  solution  there. 

The  uncertain  atmosphere  resulting  from  these 
newly  introduced  factors  made  it  difficult  to  plan 
firm  program  projects  for  fiscal  year  1956.     It  is 


31 


possible  that  funds  earmarked  for  the  area  will 
be  used  along  different  lines  from  those  originally 
projected.  One  consideration,  for  example,  in- 
volves the  High  Dam  at  Aswan,  the  key  to  Egypt's 
future  capacity  to  support  its  growing  population. 
So  important  is  this  project  that  the  United  States, 
the  United  Kingdom  and  the  World  Bank  have 
joined  forces  in  offering  to  assist  Egypt  in  its 
financing. 

During  the  six-month  period,  Israel  completed 
work  on  a  project  to  bring  more  water  to  the 
parched  lands  in  the  Negev  area.  A  66-inch  pipe- 
line was  opened  to  divert  the  waters  of  the  Yarkon 
River  which  formerly  flowed  unused  into  the  Medi- 
terranean. These  waters  are  now  carried  more 
than  60  miles  into  the  Negev  desert  and  make  pos- 
sible the  irrigation  of  over  200,000  acres  of  once- 
barren  soil.  About  10  percent  of  the  cost  of  the 
project  was  financed  from  counterpart  funds  real- 
ized from  the  sale  of  United  States  commodities 
on  Israeli  markets. 

The  United  States  continued  its  activities 
throughout  the  area  in  support  of  technical  co- 
oj^eration  programs  designed  to  overcome  the 
basic  problems  of  low  production,  illiteracy,  poor 
health,  and  inefficient  public  administration. 
American  support  went  also  toward  carrying  out 
economic  development  projects  in  Egypt,  Israel 
and  Jordan  funded  from  prior  year's  funds.  In 
Jordan,  for  example,  assistance  was  given  in  de- 
veloping a  network  of  roads  which  will  link  agri- 
cultural producing  areas  with  wider  markets. 
Other  assistance  was  provided  in  afforestation, 
construction  of  terraces  to  conserve  water,  and  the 
tapping  of  underground  water  resources. 

Iran 

In  contrast  to  the  unsettled  conditions  which 
prevailed  in  Iran  over  the  past  several  years,  the 
second  half  of  1955  was  a  period  of  stability  on 
all  fronts.  Oil  production  was  well  up  to  sched- 
ule, and  Iran's  development  program,  financed 
primarily  from  the  renewed  oil  revenues,  promised 
to  make  significant  headway. 

Iran's  adherence  to  the  Baghdad  Pact  during 
the  latter  part  of  1955  represented  a  major  de- 
parture from  its  traditional  policy  of  neutrality 
in  the  Middle  East.  Despite  considerable  counter- 
pressure  from  the  Soviet  Union,  the  Government 
of  Iran  determined  that  this  step  was  in  its  own 
best  interests  and  has  now  joined  wholeheartedly 


Iranian  Oil  Production  Revives 


35 


30 


25 


20 


15 


10 


(Mill 

1 

on 

Metric 

Tons) 

1 

A 

/ 

_^<s 

1 

i .^£.........:is:«3 

1950 


'51 


52 


'53 


'54        '55 


with  the  other  signatory  powers  in  associating 
itself  with  the  West  in  the  common  defense. 

During  the  second  half  of  1955,  the  United 
States  provided  Iran  with  grant  funds  amounting 
to  $10  million  for  essential  imports,  the  local  sale 
of  which  would  produce  revenue  to  reduce  the 
government's  deficit  in  its  operating  budget. 

In  conjunction  with  the  $8  million  technical  co- 
operation program  approved  for  this  fiscal  year, 
a  major  reorientation  of  the  technical  program 
was  undertaken.  This  was  done  to  meet  changing 
requirements  of  the  country  and  to  place  increas- 
ing responsibility  with  the  Government  of  Iran 
for  activities  formerly  carried  by  the  United  States 
technical  mission.  Projects  in  road  and  building 
construction,  for  example,  which  had  been  ad- 
visable earlier  in  the  program,  are  now  being 
brought  to  a  conclusion  or  turned  over  to  the 
Iranian  Government  which  can  now  finance  and 
manage  these  types  of  activities. 

Libya 

United  States  economic  aid  to  Libya  is  chan- 
neled through  the  Libyan- American  Reconstruc- 
tion Commission  (LARC).  Actual  work  under 
LARC  got  under  way  in  the  late  summer  of  1955 
on  priority  projects  such  as  water  development 
and  conservation,  capitalization  of  an  agricultural 
credit  bank,  and  renovation  of  the  Federal  Coast 
Road. 


32 


American  technicians  are  working  with  the 
Libyan  people  to  build  dikes  and  earth  levees 
which  will  make  better  use  of  available  water  and 
reduce  the  severe  flood  damage  to  land  and  life 
heretofore  caused  by  heavy  rains  in  the  interior. 
In  addition  to  its  protective  features,  this  op- 
eration, as  it  is  expanded,  may  increase  the  pro- 
ductivity of  some  100,000  acres  of  land  for  food 
and  forage  production. 

Recurrent  drought  and  flash-floods  have  cut 
Libya's  production  of  cereal  foods  and  brought 
the  threat  of  hunger  or  starvation  to  many  areas 
of  the  country.  To  ease  this  situation,  the  United 
States  shipped  12,800  tons  of  wheat  to  Libya  dur- 
ing the  second  half  of  1955.  This  amount  brought 
total  shipments  of  wheat  to  Libya  for  the  past 
two  years  to  45,000  metric  tons. 

Under  the  technical  cooperation  program  of  $2 
million  for  fiscal  year  1956,  American  technicians 
are  helping  on  joint  projects  to  improve  local 
health  conditions  and  develop  better  sanitation 
measures.  Carpet-wool  washing  and  marketing, 
forestry,  livestock  management,  and  teacher  train- 
ing are  other  fields  in  which  the  United  States  is 
furnishing  technical  assistance. 

Turkey 

The  outstanding  development  in  Turkey  has 
been  the  very  rapid  expansion  of  the  general  econ- 
omy. The  heavy  concentration  on  investment 
activities  brought  in  its  wake  a  considerable  degree 
of  inflation.  This  situation  had  assumed  such 
critical  proportions  by  the  end  of  1955  that  a  new 
cabinet  was  formed  which  plans  to  undertake  a 
reform  program  directed  toward  economic  stabili- 
zation. 

The  planned  stabilization  measures,  if  adopted, 
should  check  the  inflationary  effects  of  an  unreal- 
istic budget  and  other  public  activities  which, 
while  not  included  in  the  budget,  have  the  same 
unsettling  effect  on  the  general  economy.  Re- 
forms in  fiscal  and  monetary  policy  are  also  indi- 
cated. A  drive  has  been  launched  to  moderate 
inflationary  pressures  by  holding  down  the  total 
investment  program;  part  of  this  program  in- 
cludes concentrating  on  the  completion  of  projects 
which  are  either  already  under  way  or  which  are 
expected  to  reflect  almost  immediate  improvement 
in  production. 

In  light  of  the  prevailing  economic  atmosphere, 
only  $14.5  million  of  aid  from  1956  fiscal  year 
funds  was  made  available  by  the  end  of  1955. 


Latin  America 

Bolivia 

To  help  forestall  imminent  economic  chaos  in 
Bolivia,  the  United  States  in  fiscal  year  1954  be- 
gan an  emergency  program  of  economic  assistance 
geared  to  Bolivia's  overall  development  plan.  This 
program  was  continued  in  fiscal  years  1955  and 
1956.  During  the  second  half  of  calendar  year 
1955,  $20  million  of  development  assistance  funds 
were  made  available,  bringing  the  cumulative  total 
of  United  States  aid  to  approximately  $50  mil- 
lion. About  70  percent  of  this  was  in  surplus 
foodstuffs  needed  to  avert  serious  food  shortages 
in  Bolivia;  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  these  com- 
modities have  been  used  to  pay  local  costs  of 
economic  development  projects.  The  remainder 
was  for  the  purchase  of  equipment,  supplies  and 
materials  requiring  dollar  outlays. 

Among  the  more  important  projects  undertaken 
during  the  second  half  of  1955  was  the  prepara- 
tion and  enactment  of  a  petroleum  code  to  attract 
private  foreign  capital  for  the  development  of 
Bolivia's  petroleum  resources.  These  oil  resources 
are  regarded  as  a  significant  potential  source  of 
foreign  exchange  earnings  which  will  considerably 
reduce  the  country's  present  heavy  dependence  on 
the  export  of  minerals,  principally  tin. 


Bolivia  Is  Developing 
Its  OH  Resources 


Oil  Production 

( 1,000  Metric  Tons  ) 


267 


1951 


1952        1953        1954 


1955 


33 


Another  cooperative  project  involved  a  com- 
prehensive study  by  an  American  engineering  firm 
on  methods  to  improve  the  efficiency  of  extractive 
and  marketing  operations  of  Bolivia's  mining 
industry.  Also,  contracts  were  concluded  with 
American  engineering  firms  for  the  design  and 
construction  of  a  permanent  all-weather  bridge 
across  the  Piray  River.  Lack  of  such  a  bridge 
has  been  a  major  bottleneck  in  the  development  of 
penetration  and  feeder  roads  to  fan  out  from  the 
Santa  Cruz  terminal  of  the  newly  completed  Co- 
chabamba-Santa  Cruz  highway.  This  road  sys- 
tem, when  completed,  will  open  up  for  develop- 
ment the  fertile  lowlands  around  Santa  Cruz. 

A  technical  cooperation  program  of  $2.6  million 
for  fiscal  year  1956  is  designed  to  assist  in  im- 
proving agricultural  production  and  marketing 
procedures.  Direct  efforts  toward  this  end  in- 
clude cooperation  in  agricultural  research,  and 
extension  and  development  of  a  supervised  agri- 
cultural credit  system.  Allied  with  these  efforts 
are  the  joint  programs  to  improve  educational, 
health,  and  public  service  training  methods  and 
facilities.  The  technical  cooperation  program 
also  includes  encouragement  of  small  industry 
through  increased  private  investment. 

Despite  notable  progress  in  the  cooperative 
programs  undertaken  thus  far  in  Bolivia,  many 
serious  economic  obstacles  remain  to  be  overcome. 
There  is  a  substantial  annual  deficit  in  the  balance 
of  payments  caused  largely  by  a  steady  decline  in 
income  from  tin  exports.  Possibilities  for  obtain- 
ing needed  foreign  credit  are  extremely  limited. 
Moreover,  Bolivia  is  experiencing  a  serious  in- 
flationary movement,  and  attempts  to  curb  it  have 
thus  far  been  unsuccessful.  As  efforts  to  improve 
performance  in  agriculture  and  mining  take  hold, 
however,  and  new  land  and  petroleum  resources 
are  brought  into  production,  Bolivia's  opportuni- 
ties to  work  its  way  out  of  its  present  economic 
difficulties  will  continue  to  improve. 

Guatemala 

The  United  States  has  expanded  its  program  of 
assistance  to  Guatemala  in  order  to  help  the  new 
pro-West  government  strengthen  the  nation's 
economic  position.  A  $15  million  development 
assistance  program  has  been  approved  for  the  1956 
fiscal  year,  primarily  for  highway  construction; 
$5  million  of  this  is  to  be  in  the  form  of  surplus 
agricultural  commodities.  Other  projects  include 
rural  and  agricultural  development  and  additional 


equipment  for  the  Roosevelt  Hospital.  Moreover, 
the  United  States  is  contributing  $1.8  million 
for  technical  cooperation  to  step  up  production  in 
industry  and  agriculture,  and  advance  the  nation's 
progress  in  health,  education,  and  public  adminis- 
tration. 

Because  of  the  importance  of  building  a  network 
of  roads  to  open  large  tracts  of  potentially  produc- 
tive areas  to  convenient  markets,  the  Government 
of  Guatemala  has  placed  top  priority  on  its  high- 
way program.  Toward  this  objective,  $10.2  mil- 
lion was  approved  to  meet  local  currency  costs  of 
construction.  These  funds  will  be  used  to  move 
forward  on  three  crucial  transportation  links. 
One  is  the  Atlantic  Highway,  which  will  connect 
Guatemala  City  with  the  Atlantic  ports  of  Puerto 
Barrios  and  Santo  Tomas.  Another  involves 
work  on  the  Pacific  Slope  Highway  which  crosses 
Guatemala  from  Mexico  to  El  Salvador.  The 
third  project  is  a  road  connecting  Quetzaltenango 
on  the  Pan  American  Highway  with  Retalhuleu 
on  the  Pacific  Slope  Highway.  The  Guatemalan 
Government  has  been  working  on  these  roads  as 
rapidly  as  weather  conditions  permit  in  order  to 
be  ready  to  enter  the  intensive  construction  phase 
when  the  dry*  season  begins  in  January. 

Haiti 

A  total  of  $5.6  million  has  been  allocated  for 
economic  and  emergency  aid  to  Haiti  since  the 
program  began  in  fiscal  year  1955.  During  the 
July-December  period  of  1955,  some  $800,000  was 
used  to  pay  for  emergency  supplies  and  the  freight 
costs  of  surplus  agricultural  commodities  shipped 
to  Haiti  to  alleviate  the  conditions  caused  by  a 
disastrous  hurricane  and  flood,  and  subsequent 
drought.  In  addition,  grants  totaling  $2.8  million 
in  development  assistance  funds  are  being  used  to 
reconstruct  flood  damaged  farm-to-market  roads 
and  irrigation  systems. 

Some  $2  million  has  been  made  available  to 
assist  the  Haitian  Government  meet  expenses  con- 
nected with  the  construction  of  the  Peligre  Dam 
and  other  irrigation  systems  in  Haiti's  Artibonite 
Valley  Project.  When  completed,  the  dam  and 
irrigation  canals  will  supply  water  and  power  for 
about  80,000  acres  of  land  in  what  is  now  a  semi- 
arid  and  nonproductive  area.  By  expanding  the 
arable  land  acreage  and  rehabilitating  key  roads 
and  irrigation  systems,  Haiti  will  be  able  to  in- 
crease its  production  of  food  crops  badly  needed 


34 


for  domestic  consumption,  and  its  export  of  prod- 
ucts such  as  coffee,  sisal,  and  cacao. 

The  $1.4  million  made  available  for  the  tech- 
nical cooperation  program  in  fiscal  year  195C  will 
continue  the  cooperative  programs  started  in  1942 
in  agriculture,  education,  sanitation  and  public 
administration.  Interrelated  projects  in  each  of 
these  fields  are  now  being  carried  on  independently 
in  specific  areas  by  the  Haitian  Government,  as 
local  trained  technicians  and  capital  become 
available. 

Europe 

Spain 

For  the  1956  fiscal  year,  $27  million  was  pro- 
grammed to  provide  Spain  with  urgently  needed 
agricultural  commodities,  including  $20.5  million 
earmarked  for  cotton,  $5  million  for  meat,  and  $1.5 
million  for  eggs.  The  remainder  of  the  fiscal 
year's  program,  expected  to  reach  a  total  of  $50 
million,  will  go  for  industrial  equipment  and  sup- 
plies for  economic  development,  and  for  technical 
exchange. 

Spanish  economic  progress  in  recent  years  has 
been  handicapped  by  recurrent  and  severe 
droughts.  Water  shortages  have  not  only  held 
down  agricultural  output  but  have  also  retarded 
production  in  critical  industries  which  depend  on 
hydroelectric  sources  of  power.  In  the  latter  half 
of  1955,  favorable  rainfall  combined  with  assist- 
ance provided  through  the  mutual  security  pro- 
gram spurred  an  upturn  in  the  Spanish  economy. 
Notable  elements  in  this  assistance  included  de- 
liveries of  industrial  raw  materials  and  machinery, 
cotton,  fats  and  oils,  and  other  commodities  which 
helped  fill  critical  needs. 

The  plentiful  rainfall  in  the  fall  and  winter  of 
1955,  the  heaviest  in  many  years,  brought  hydro- 
electric power  reserves  to  levels  higher  than  at  any 
time  in  Spain's  history.  Production  of  electric 
power  in  1955  was  more  than  15  percent  over  1954. 
The  upsurge  in  power  availabilities  made  possible 
an  increased  output  in  a  number  of  basic  manu- 
factured items. 

Although  Spain's  agricultural  output  in  1955 
showed  a  net  gain,  production  of  several  staple 
items  still  lags  considerably.  Heavy  frost  dam- 
age to  citrus,  nut  and  vegetable  crops  will  reduce 
Spain's  export  earnings  and  thus  for  a  time  impair 


its  ability  to  finance  imports  of  sorely  needed  in- 
dustrial items. 

During  the  past  year,  Spain  noticeably  strength- 
ened several  important  sectors  of  its  economy. 
The  overall  improvement  in  production,  a 
strengthening  of  investor  confidence,  and  a  mod- 
erate increase  in  gold  and  dollar  assets  were  some 
of  the  factors  indicating  that  Spain  was  emerg- 
ing from  difficulties  which  previously  had  held  its 
economy  at  a  stand-still.  But  much  remains  to 
be  done  in  rehabilitation  of  the  railroads,  mod- 
ernization of  industry,  expansion  of  thermal 
power  capacity  to  supplement  the  hydroelectric 
power  system  during  periods  of  drought,  and  re- 
duction of  Spanish  agriculture's  vulnerability  to 
drought. 

Yugoslavia 

United  States  economic  aid  has  served  to  assist 
Yugoslavia  in  maintaining  a  position  of  national 
independence  by  contributing  to  the  support  of  an 
economic  base  for  its  defense  efforts.  Since  1950, 
such  aid  has  amounted  to  more  than  $400  million. 
About  60  percent  of  it  has  been  in  agricultural 
commodities,  and  roughly  30  percent  in  fuels  and 
semi-processed  goods. 

Yugoslavia's  efforts  to  insure  its  independence 
place  an  exceptionally  heavy  defense  burden  on 
its  economy.  Its  defense  expenditures  are  about 
10  percent  of  its  gross  national  product,  the  high- 
est proportion  in  non-Soviet  Europe;  but  its  per 
capita  consumption  is  among  the  lowest.  More- 
over, its  available  gold  and  foreign  exchange  re- 
serves continue  to  be  extremely  limited. 

During  the  second  half  of  1955,  plans  were  well 
advanced  to  allot  some  $25  million  from  1956 
fiscal  year  appropriations  for  sales  of  surplus 
wheat,  cotton,  hides  and  skins,  and  tallow  under 
Section  402  of  the  Mutual  Security  Act.  Under 
consideration  were  technical  exchange  projects 
totaling  approximately  $1  million  in  agriculture 
and  industry,  especially  in  the  service  and  con- 
sumer fields.  Technical  exchange  projects  were 
contemplated  also  in  transportation,  education  and 
public  administration.  During  the  six-month 
period,  arrangements  were  completed  for  the  ship- 
ment to  Yugoslavia  of  300,000  additional  tons  of 
wheat,  valued  at  approximately  $22  million,  under 
Title  I  of  Public  Law  480. 


35 


Other  Parts  of  the  Mutual 
Security  Program 


CHAPTER  VI 


Investment  Guaranty  Agreements 
With  30  Countries 

HPHKOUGH  the  investment  guaranty  program, 
■*-  the  United  States  makes  available,  for  a  fee, 
insurance  to  protect  new  private  investors  against 
the  risks  of  inconvertibility  of  foreign  currency  re- 
ceipts and  loss  through  expropriation  or  confis- 
cation in  any  foreign  country  with  which  the 
United  States  has  formally  agreed  to  institute  the 
guaranty  program.  There  was  increased  activity 
in  the  program  during  1955,  following  the  sim- 
plification of  policies  and  procedures  and  the  com- 
pletion of  guaranty  agreements  with  additional 
countries. 

By  the  end  of  1955,  agreements  had  been  com- 
pleted with  30  countries — 13  in  Europe,  9  in  Latin 
America,  4  in  the  Far  East,  and  4  in  the  Near 
East.  A  total  of  98  guaranty  contracts  had  been 
issued,  affording  protection  of  $94.5  million  for 
investments  in  a  variety  of  industrial  and  com- 
merical  projects  in  10  of  the  30  countries.  Of 
particular  significance  during  1955  were  the  agree- 
ments with  8  countries  of  Latin  America  which 
facilitated  investment  in  an  area  long  favored  by 
United  States  investors.  Continuing  efforts  are 
being  made  to  negotiate  agreements  with  other 
countries  in  which  American  investors  have  ex- 
pressed an  interest. 

At  the  end  of  1955,  applications  for  new  guaran- 
ties of  approximately  $273  million  were  under 
consideration.  Of  this  amount,  $84  million  repre- 
sented applications  filed  during  the  latter  half  of 
the  year,  one  of  the  largest  six-month  totals  since 
the  guaranty  program  was  instituted. 

At  the  end  of  1955,  consideration  was  being 
given  to  transferring  the  administration  of  the 
investment  guaranty  program  to  the  Export-Im- 
port Bank,  inasmuch  as  the  program  appeared  to 


fit  in  with  the  broad  pattern  of  activities  which 
the  Bank  conducts  in  servicing  American  business 
overseas. 

Opportunities  for  American 
Small  Business 

ICA's  Office  of  Small  Business  continued  to 
serve  the  interests  of  American  business  firms, 
particularly  smaller  enterprises,  by  alerting  them 
to  procurement  and  service  opportunities  in  con- 
nection with  the  mutual  security  program.  In 
the  latter  half  of  1955,  more  than  2,600  notices  on 
proposed  ICA-financed  procurement  were  circu- 
lated to  American  suppliers,  informing  them  of 
details  required  for  submission  of  bids.  For  the 
information  of  American  organizations  specializ- 
ing in  services,  such  as  freight  forwarders  and 
transportation  companies,  award  notices  were 
published  listing  successful  bidders  on  more  than 
4,300  transactions  financed  by  ICA.  In  addition, 
memoranda  were  issued  providing  general  infor- 
mation of  current  interest  to  exporting  firms. 

The  Contact  Clearing  House  Service  assists 
in  establishing  direct  communications  between 
American  and  foreign  concerns  interested  in  ex- 
ploring the  possibilities  of  licensing  or  investment 
arrangements.  In  conjunction  with  this  opera- 
tion, the  Office  of  Small  Business  is  responsible  for 
finding  overseas  opportunities  for  American  busi- 
ness firms  and  for  distribution  abroad  of  American 
licensing  and  investment  offers;  and  the  Depart- 
ment of  Commerce  brings  foreign  business  oppor- 
tunities to  the  attention  of  firms  in  the  United 
States.  During  the  period  under  review,  the  Of- 
fice of  Small  Business  distributed  59  American 
investment  proposals  in  33  foreign  countries  and 
obtained  157  foreign  proposals  for  publication  by 
the  Department  of  Commerce. 


36 


Transportation:  Over  50  Percent 
in  American  Ships 

Shipments  to  and  from  the  United  States — In 

compliance  with  the  American  flag  rule  on  ocean 
shipments  of  commodities  financed  under  the  mu- 
tual security  program,  more  than  half  of  the  6.4 
million  tons  of  such  non-military  cargo  in  the  1955 
fiscal  year  was  carried  in  U.  S.-flag  vessels.  Of 
the  amount  shipped  by  tramp  steamers,  53  percent 
was  in  U.  S.-flag  vessels;  for  liner  carriage,  the 
ratio  was  65  percent,  and  for  tankers  90  percent. 
For  the  period  of  July-December  1955,  prelimi- 
nary figures  covering  2.1  million  tons  of  non-mili- 
tary cargo  show  55  percent  of  tramp  and  67 
percent  of  liner  carriage  in  American  ships. 
There  were  no  tanker  shipments  during  the  half- 
year. 

On  military  shipments,  68  percent  of  the  total 
of  military  end-items  shipped  since  the  beginning 
of  the  mutual  security  program  was  carried  on 
U.  S.-flag  commercial  vessels.  For  the  July- 
December  period  of  1955  the  proportion  carried 
in  United  States  commercial  vessels  was  82 
percent. 

Virtually  all,  99  percent,  of  the  inbound  stra- 
tegic materials  procured  with  United  States 
counterpart  funds  was  imported  in  American 
bottoms. 

Shipments  Between  Foreign  Countries — The 
rule  of  U.  S.-flag  preference  was  extended  by 
Public  Law  664,  August  1954,  to  non-military  aid 
shipments  originating  in  foreign  ports  and  des- 
tined for  other  foreign  ports.  Preliminary  fig- 
ures show  that  waivers  of  the  requirement  had  to 
be  made  on  three-fourths  of  the  1.5  million  tons 
of  such  cargo  shipped  in  the  1955  fiscal  year  be- 
cause no  U.  S.-flag  services  were  available.  On  the 
remaining  fourth,  compliance  was  obtained  for 
tramp  and  tanker  categories.  It  was  achieved  also 
in  the  liner  category,  except  for  the  Far  East.    The 


situation  in  liner  vessels  is  being  reviewed  with 
participating  countries  in  the  Far  East  area. 

Multilateral  Programs 

The  United  Nations  Technical  Assistance 
(UNTA)  program,  operating  through  the  UN  and 
its  specialized  agencies,  continued  to  expand  in 
1955  as  contributions  from  supporting  govern- 
ments showed  a  total  increase  of  approximately  11 
percent  over  the  previous  year.  The  United 
States  contribution  for  the  calendar  year  1955  was 
$15  million,  about  54  percent  of  total  contribu- 
tions from  70  governments.  UNTA  had  1,880 
technicians  at  work  in  more  than  80  countries  and 
territories  during  1955.  In  addition,  2,050  fellow- 
ships were  awarded  for  trainees. 

During  the  second  half  of  1955,  the  United  Na- 
tions Children's  Fund  (UNICEF)  continued  its 
work  in  maternal  and  child  health,  mass  health 
campaigns,  and  child  nutrition.  At  its  September 
meeting,  the  Executive  Board  of  UNICEF  allo- 
cated about  $7.4  million  for  long-range  projects, 
including  $2.4  million  for  malaria  eradication  in 
Mexico.  The  United  States  is  contributing  $9 
million  to  UNICEF  for  the  calendar  year  1955 
program. 

The  United  States  continued  its  support  of  the 
technical  cooperation  program  of  the  Organiza- 
tion of  American  States  (OAS) .  Seven  regional 
training  centers  are  being  operated  in  Latin  Amer- 
ica under  this  program.  Pledges  to  OAS  from 
21  governments  for  the  calendar  year  1955 
amounted  to  approximately  $1.6  million,  of  which 
the  United  States  pledged  70  percent. 

The  United  Nations  Refugee  Fund  (UNEEF) 
entered  into  full  operations  during  the  latter  half 
of  1955.  In  1955,  the  UNREF  Executive  Com- 
mittee approved  project  allocations  amounting  to 
$3.1  million  to  benefit  approximately  23,000 
refugees. 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office 
Washington  23,  D.  C.    —    Price  35  cents 


37 


U.   S.  GOVERNMENT   PRINTING    OFFICE:  19E6